<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><?xml-stylesheet href="http://www.blogger.com/styles/atom.css" type="text/css"?><feed xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom' xmlns:openSearch='http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/' xmlns:georss='http://www.georss.org/georss' xmlns:gd='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005' xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3676613442927368468</id><updated>2012-02-16T05:06:59.875-08:00</updated><category term='C Programming - Simple Lessons'/><title type='text'>My computer Science</title><subtitle type='html'></subtitle><link rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#feed' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://yourcomputerscience1.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3676613442927368468/posts/default?max-results=100'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://yourcomputerscience1.blogspot.com/'/><link rel='hub' href='http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/'/><link rel='next' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3676613442927368468/posts/default?start-index=101&amp;max-results=100'/><author><name>My Computer science</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05161445276768708925</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><generator version='7.00' uri='http://www.blogger.com'>Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>179</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>100</openSearch:itemsPerPage><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3676613442927368468.post-7078997863155866923</id><published>2009-07-27T10:45:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2009-07-27T10:45:56.720-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Be a Software Crack Professional: How to make key generators?</title><content type='html'>How to make key generators?&lt;br&gt;-===========================-&lt;br&gt;Introduction&lt;br&gt;------------&lt;br&gt;I take no responsibility of the usage of this information.&lt;br&gt;This tutorial, is for educational knowledge ONLY.&lt;br&gt;Hi there, in this tutorial, I intend to teach you how to make a pretty&lt;br&gt;simple keygen, of a program called W3Filer 32 V1.1.3.&lt;br&gt;W3Filer is a pretty good web downloader...&lt;br&gt;I guess some of you might know the program.&lt;br&gt;I`ll assume you know:&lt;br&gt;A.How to use debugger (in this case, SoftIce).&lt;br&gt;B.How to crack, generally (finding protection routines,patching them,etc...).&lt;br&gt;C.How to use Disassembler (This knowledge can help).&lt;br&gt;D.Assembly.&lt;br&gt;E.How to code in Turbo Pascal (tm).&lt;br&gt;Tools you`ll need:&lt;br&gt;A.SoftIce 3.00/01 or newer.&lt;br&gt;B.WD32Asm. (Not a must).&lt;br&gt;C.The program W3Filer V1.13 (if not provided in this package), can be found in&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.windows95.com"&gt;www.windows95.com&lt;/a&gt; I believe.&lt;br&gt;D.Turbo Pascal (ANY version).&lt;br&gt;Well, enough blah blah, let&amp;#39;s go cracking...&lt;br&gt;Run W3Filer 32.&lt;br&gt;A nag screen pops, and , demands registration (Hmm, this sux ;-)) Now,&lt;br&gt;We notice this program has some kind of serial number (Mine is 873977046),&lt;br&gt;Let&amp;#39;s keep the serial in mind, I bet we`ll meet it again while we&amp;#39;re on&lt;br&gt;the debugger.&lt;br&gt;Well, now, let&amp;#39;s put your name and a dummy reg code...&lt;br&gt;set a BP on GetDlgItemTextA, and, press OK.&lt;br&gt;We pop inside GetDlgItemTextA, Lets find the registration routine...&lt;br&gt;I`ll save you the work, the registration routine is this:&lt;br&gt;:00404DB2 8D95A8FAFFFF lea edx, dword ptr [ebp+FFFFFAA8]&lt;br&gt;:00404DB8 52 push edx ---&amp;gt; Your user name here.&lt;br&gt;:00404DB9 E80B550000 call 0040A2C9 ---&amp;gt; Registration routine.&lt;br&gt;:00404DBE 83C408 add esp, 00000008 ---&amp;gt; Dunno exactly what is it.&lt;br&gt;:00404DC1 85C0 test eax, eax ---&amp;gt; Boolean identifier, 0 if&lt;br&gt;:00404DC3 7D17 jge 00404DDC ---&amp;gt; registration failed, 1 if&lt;br&gt;OK.&lt;br&gt;Well, Let&amp;#39;s enter the CALL 40A2C9, and see what&amp;#39;s inside it:&lt;br&gt;(Please read my comments in the code).&lt;br&gt;* Referenced by a CALL at Addresses:&lt;br&gt;|:00404DB9 , :00407F76&lt;br&gt;|&lt;br&gt;:0040A2C9 55 push ebp&lt;br&gt;:0040A2CA 8BEC mov ebp, esp&lt;br&gt;:0040A2CC 81C4B0FEFFFF add esp, FFFFFEB0&lt;br&gt;:0040A2D2 53 push ebx&lt;br&gt;:0040A2D3 56 push esi&lt;br&gt;:0040A2D4 57 push edi&lt;br&gt;:0040A2D5 8B5508 mov edx, dword ptr [ebp+08]&lt;br&gt;:0040A2D8 8DB500FFFFFF lea esi, dword ptr [ebp+FFFFFF00]&lt;br&gt;:0040A2DE 33C0 xor eax, eax&lt;br&gt;:0040A2E0 EB16 jmp 0040A2F8&lt;br&gt;* Referenced by a (U)nconditional or (C)onditional Jump at Address:&lt;br&gt;|:0040A2FB(C)&lt;br&gt;|&lt;br&gt;:0040A2E2 0FBE0A movsx ecx, byte ptr [edx] ----&amp;gt; Here Starts the&lt;br&gt;interesting part.&lt;br&gt;:0040A2E5 83F920 cmp ecx, 00000020 ----&amp;gt; ECX is the the current&lt;br&gt;char in the user name, Hmm, 20h=&amp;#39; &amp;#39;...&lt;br&gt;:0040A2E8 740D je 0040A2F7 ----&amp;gt; Let&amp;#39;s see,&lt;br&gt;:0040A2EA 8A0A mov cl, byte ptr [edx] ----&amp;gt; Generally, all this loop&lt;br&gt;does, is copying&lt;br&gt;the user name from&lt;br&gt;[EDX], to [ESI], WITHOUT the spaces!&lt;br&gt;(Keep this in mind! ).&lt;br&gt;:0040A2EC 880C06 mov byte ptr [esi+eax], cl&lt;br&gt;:0040A2EF 42 inc edx&lt;br&gt;:0040A2F0 40 inc eax&lt;br&gt;:0040A2F1 C6040600 mov byte ptr [esi+eax], 00&lt;br&gt;:0040A2F5 EB01 jmp 0040A2F8&lt;br&gt;* Referenced by a (U)nconditional or (C)onditional Jump at Address:&lt;br&gt;|:0040A2E8(C)&lt;br&gt;|&lt;br&gt;:0040A2F7 42 inc edx&lt;br&gt;* Referenced by a (U)nconditional or (C)onditional Jump at Addresses:&lt;br&gt;|:0040A2E0(U), :0040A2F5(U)&lt;br&gt;|&lt;br&gt;:0040A2F8 803A00 cmp byte ptr [edx], 00&lt;br&gt;:0040A2FB 75E5 jne 0040A2E2 ----------------&amp;gt; This is the loop , we got&lt;br&gt;what it does,&lt;br&gt;Let&amp;#39;s continue tracing&lt;br&gt;the code...&lt;br&gt;:0040A2FD 56 push esi --------&amp;gt; The user name is pushed, in order&lt;br&gt;to&lt;br&gt;Upcase it&amp;#39;s chars.&lt;br&gt;* Reference To: USER32.CharUpperA, Ord:0000h&lt;br&gt;|&lt;br&gt;:0040A2FE E80F330000 Call User!CharUpper ---&amp;gt; After this, our name is in&lt;br&gt;upper case.&lt;br&gt;:0040A303 56 push esi -----&amp;gt; Our name in upper case here.&lt;br&gt;* Reference To: cw3220mt._strlen, Ord:0000h&lt;br&gt;|&lt;br&gt;:0040A304 E86F300000 Call 0040D378 ---&amp;gt; This is the length of our name.&lt;br&gt;:0040A309 59 pop ecx&lt;br&gt;:0040A30A 8BC8 mov ecx, eax ---&amp;gt; ECX=Length.&lt;br&gt;:0040A30C 83F904 cmp ecx, 00000004 ---&amp;gt; Length&amp;gt;=4 (MUST).&lt;br&gt;:0040A30F 7D05 jge 0040A316 ---&amp;gt; Let&amp;#39;s go to this address...&lt;br&gt;:0040A311 83C8FF or eax, FFFFFFFF&lt;br&gt;:0040A314 EB67 jmp 0040A37D&lt;br&gt;* Referenced by a (U)nconditional or (C)onditional Jump at Address:&lt;br&gt;|:0040A30F(C)&lt;br&gt;|&lt;br&gt;:0040A316 33D2 xor edx, edx&lt;br&gt;:0040A318 33C0 xor eax, eax&lt;br&gt;:0040A31A 3BC8 cmp ecx, eax&lt;br&gt;:0040A31C 7E17 jle 0040A335 ---&amp;gt; (Not important, just another useless&lt;br&gt;checking).&lt;br&gt;===================================================================================&lt;br&gt;============ FROM HERE AND ON, THE IMPORTANT CODE, PAY ATTENTION&lt;br&gt;==================&lt;br&gt;===================================================================================&lt;br&gt;One thing before we continue, EDX = 00000000h as we enter to the next&lt;br&gt;instructions.&lt;br&gt;* Referenced by a (U)nconditional or (C)onditional Jump at Address:&lt;br&gt;|:0040A333(C)&lt;br&gt;|&lt;br&gt;:0040A31E 0FBE1C06 movsx ebx, byte ptr [esi+eax] ---&amp;gt; EBX &amp;lt;--- char in user&lt;br&gt;name, offset EAX.&lt;br&gt;:0040A322 C1E303 shl ebx, 03 -----&amp;gt; Hmm, it shl&amp;#39;s the char by 03h...&lt;br&gt;(Remember that).&lt;br&gt;:0040A325 0FBE3C06 movsx edi, byte ptr [esi+eax] ---&amp;gt; Now EDI &amp;lt;--- Char in&lt;br&gt;user name , offset EAX.&lt;br&gt;:0040A329 0FAFF8 imul edi, eax -----&amp;gt; It multiplies the char by the&lt;br&gt;offset in user name! (Remember that).&lt;br&gt;:0040A32C 03DF add ebx, edi -----&amp;gt; Adds the result to EBX (That was&lt;br&gt;Shelled (Ding Dong =)).&lt;br&gt;:0040A32E 03D3 add edx, ebx -----&amp;gt; EDX=EDX+EBX!!! - This is the CORE&lt;br&gt;of this registration routine!!!&lt;br&gt;:0040A330 40 inc eax -----&amp;gt; Increase EAX by one (next char).&lt;br&gt;:0040A331 3BC8 cmp ecx, eax&lt;br&gt;:0040A333 7FE9 jg 0040A31E ----&amp;gt; If ECX&amp;lt;EAX then, we leave the&lt;br&gt;loop.&lt;br&gt;* Referenced by a (U)nconditional or (C)onditional Jump at Address:&lt;br&gt;|:0040A31C(C)&lt;br&gt;|&lt;br&gt;:0040A335 A120674100 mov eax, dword ptr [00416720] ---&amp;gt; HMMMMMM, What&amp;#39;s in&lt;br&gt;here?????&lt;br&gt;:0040A33A C1F803 sar eax, 03 ---------&amp;gt; WAIT! Please type in SIce &amp;#39;?&lt;br&gt;EAX&amp;#39;&lt;br&gt;Does this number in EAX look&lt;br&gt;familiar to us? ;-)&lt;br&gt;If you still don`t understand,&lt;br&gt;than, It&amp;#39;s&lt;br&gt;our SERIAL NUMBER! (PLEASE, take&lt;br&gt;your time, and check by&lt;br&gt;yourself - don`t trust me!). OK,&lt;br&gt;so now we know,&lt;br&gt;That it SHR&amp;#39;s EAX by 03 (SAR is&lt;br&gt;almost identical to SHR).&lt;br&gt;:0040A33D 03D0 add edx, eax ---------&amp;gt; Hmm, it adds the result from the&lt;br&gt;loop, the serial number shr&amp;#39;d by 03h&lt;br&gt;:0040A33F 52 push edx -------&amp;gt; Let&amp;#39;s continue. (At this point, I&lt;br&gt;can tell you , the reg number, is&lt;br&gt;in EDX - only that the reg number&lt;br&gt;is in HEX --&amp;gt; That&amp;#39;s how you enter it).&lt;br&gt;* Possible StringData Ref from Data Obj -&amp;gt;&amp;quot;%lx&amp;quot;&lt;br&gt;|&lt;br&gt;:0040A340 685EF54000 push 0040F55E&lt;br&gt;:0040A345 8D95B0FEFFFF lea edx, dword ptr [ebp+FFFFFEB0]&lt;br&gt;:0040A34B 52 push edx&lt;br&gt;* Reference To: USER32.wsprintfA, Ord:0000h&lt;br&gt;|&lt;br&gt;:0040A34C E8E5320000 Call 0040D636 -------&amp;gt; This one, does HEX2STR (Takes&lt;br&gt;the value from EDX, and turns it to an hex string).&lt;br&gt;:0040A351 83C40C add esp, 0000000C&lt;br&gt;:0040A354 8D8DB0FEFFFF lea ecx, dword ptr [ebp+FFFFFEB0] -----&amp;gt; type &amp;#39;d ecx&amp;#39; -&lt;br&gt;THIS is the reg number! That&amp;#39;s enough for us, the rest of&lt;br&gt;the code, is&lt;br&gt;just for comparing the correct reg code with ours.&lt;br&gt;:0040A35A 51 push ecx&lt;br&gt;* Reference To: USER32.CharLowerA, Ord:0000h&lt;br&gt;|&lt;br&gt;:0040A35B E8B8320000 Call 0040D618&lt;br&gt;:0040A360 8D85B0FEFFFF lea eax, dword ptr [ebp+FFFFFEB0]&lt;br&gt;:0040A366 50 push eax&lt;br&gt;:0040A367 FF750C push [ebp+0C]&lt;br&gt;* Reference To: cw3220mt._strcmp, Ord:0000h&lt;br&gt;|&lt;br&gt;:0040A36A E875300000 Call 0040D3E4&lt;br&gt;:0040A36F 83C408 add esp, 00000008&lt;br&gt;:0040A372 85C0 test eax, eax&lt;br&gt;:0040A374 7405 je 0040A37B&lt;br&gt;:0040A376 83C8FF or eax, FFFFFFFF&lt;br&gt;:0040A379 EB02 jmp 0040A37D&lt;br&gt;* Referenced by a (U)nconditional or (C)onditional Jump at Address:&lt;br&gt;|:0040A374(C)&lt;br&gt;|&lt;br&gt;:0040A37B 33C0 xor eax, eax&lt;br&gt;* Referenced by a (U)nconditional or (C)onditional Jump at Addresses:&lt;br&gt;|:0040A314(U), :0040A379(U)&lt;br&gt;|&lt;br&gt;:0040A37D 5F pop edi&lt;br&gt;:0040A37E 5E pop esi&lt;br&gt;:0040A37F 5B pop ebx&lt;br&gt;:0040A380 8BE5 mov esp, ebp&lt;br&gt;:0040A382 5D pop ebp&lt;br&gt;:0040A383 C3 ret&lt;br&gt;Making the actual Keygen&lt;br&gt;~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~&lt;br&gt;Now, after I&amp;#39;ve explained how does the program calculate the registration&lt;br&gt;code, you can either write your own keymaker, without looking at my code, or&lt;br&gt;look at my code (in Turbo Pascal - sorry for all you C lovers ;-) Next time).&lt;br&gt;That&amp;#39;s it, here&amp;#39;s the source of my keygen:&lt;br&gt;------------------- Cut here ---------------------------------------------&lt;br&gt;Program W3FilerKeygen;&lt;br&gt;var&lt;br&gt;Key,SerialNum,EB,ED,digit:Longint;&lt;br&gt;I,x:Byte;&lt;br&gt;Name,KeyHex:String;&lt;br&gt;begin&lt;br&gt;Writeln(&amp;#39; W3Filer32 V1.1.3 Keymaker&amp;#39;);&lt;br&gt;writeln(&amp;#39;Cracked by ^pain^ &amp;#39;&amp;#39;97 / Rebels!&amp;#39;);&lt;br&gt;Write(&amp;#39;Your Name:&amp;#39;); { Read the name }&lt;br&gt;readln(Name);&lt;br&gt;Write(&amp;#39;Serial Number:&amp;#39;);&lt;br&gt;readln(SerialNum); {Yes, we need the serial number for the calculation!}&lt;br&gt;Key:=0;&lt;br&gt;x:=0;&lt;br&gt;For I:=1 to length(Name) do&lt;br&gt;begin&lt;br&gt;Name[I]:=upcase(Name[i]);&lt;br&gt;If Name[I]&amp;lt;&amp;gt;&amp;#39; &amp;#39; then begin&lt;br&gt;eb:=ord(Name[I]) shl 3; {EB = Name[I] Shl 03h}&lt;br&gt;Ed:=ord(Name[I]); {ED = Name[I]}&lt;br&gt;ed:=ed*(x); {ED=ED*Offset}&lt;br&gt;inc(x);&lt;br&gt;eb:=eb+ed; {Add ED to EB}&lt;br&gt;Key:=Key+EB; {Add EB to KEY}&lt;br&gt;end;&lt;br&gt;end;&lt;br&gt;Key:=Key+(SerialNum shr 3); { Add SerialNum shr 03h to Key}&lt;br&gt;{ From here, this is just HEX2STRING --&amp;gt; I`m quite sure it&amp;#39;s&lt;br&gt;Self explaintory, else - go and learn number bases again! ;-)}&lt;br&gt;KeyHex:=&amp;#39;&amp;#39;;&lt;br&gt;repeat&lt;br&gt;digit:=Key mod 16;&lt;br&gt;key:=key div 16;&lt;br&gt;If digit&amp;lt;10 then KeyHex:=Chr(Digit+ord(&amp;#39;0&amp;#39;))+KeyHex;&lt;br&gt;If digit&amp;gt;10 then KeyHex:=Chr(Digit-10+ord(&amp;#39;a&amp;#39;))+KeyHex;&lt;br&gt;until key=0;&lt;br&gt;writeln(&amp;#39;Your Key:&amp;#39;,KeyHex);&lt;br&gt;writeln(&amp;#39; Enjoy!&amp;#39;);&lt;br&gt;end.&lt;br&gt;--------------------- Cut here -------------------------------------------&lt;br&gt;This tutorial was written by ^pain^ / [mEXELiTE &amp;#39;97], Hope you enjoyed&lt;br&gt;reading it, I`m always trying to improve my writing skills =).&lt;br&gt;Hmm, I&amp;#39;d like to greet the following: (No special order)&lt;br&gt;Blast Soft,Teraphy,J0b,Qapla,+ORC,Fravia,Charley,GhostRdr,Odin,kOUGER&lt;br&gt;Niabi,Acpizer,Klagosong,Mystic Rioter,rANDOM,riDDLER (Come back man!&lt;br&gt;we NEED ya),yoshi,JosephCo,Leddy,Krazy_N,Vizion,Gunnar_,Volcanic,&lt;br&gt;Fant0m,Caruso,|PSA|,razzi,ThePharao,|KAIRN| + Everyone in #cracking &amp;amp; in&lt;br&gt;#cracking4newbies, And ofcourse - everyone else I forgot. ;)&lt;br&gt;------------ Signing off - ^pain^ --------------------------------------&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3676613442927368468-7078997863155866923?l=yourcomputerscience1.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://yourcomputerscience1.blogspot.com/feeds/7078997863155866923/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://yourcomputerscience1.blogspot.com/2009/07/be-software-crack-professional-how-to.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3676613442927368468/posts/default/7078997863155866923'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3676613442927368468/posts/default/7078997863155866923'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://yourcomputerscience1.blogspot.com/2009/07/be-software-crack-professional-how-to.html' title='Be a Software Crack Professional: How to make key generators?'/><author><name>My Computer science</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05161445276768708925</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3676613442927368468.post-4387485246100983137</id><published>2009-07-27T10:44:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2009-07-27T10:44:45.621-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Cetrification Practice Questions for Cisco(R) Certified Network  Associate (CCNA(R)) - Part II</title><content type='html'>Exam: CCIE-LAB&lt;br&gt;Title: CCIE-LAB&lt;br&gt;Version: 6.30-03&lt;br&gt;Note: Study the Questions and answers in this file before you take&lt;br&gt;you final test.&lt;br&gt;All material is very relevant and will help you achieve top scores.&lt;br&gt;For Updates and other information, log into the site and read latest&lt;br&gt;news. For additional help, please use Contact page on website.&lt;br&gt;The ActualTests.com Team 2003&lt;br&gt;Note 1: There are two sections, Section A and Section B. There is some&lt;br&gt;overlap between the Sections. Note 2: Section A contains 9&lt;br&gt;labs. Section B contains 8 Labs. Total number of labs is 17.&lt;br&gt;Section A – older 9 Labs&lt;br&gt;Lab 1.&lt;br&gt;Day 1, Forenoon:&lt;br&gt;1. Commserver (1 point)&lt;br&gt;Configure reverse telnet. line1-6 are R1-R6,line7 is CAT5002,line8 is&lt;br&gt;3900,line9 is backbone switch.&lt;br&gt;Answer: No exec, transport input all&lt;br&gt;2. Phycial connection (1 point)&lt;br&gt;3. Draw a topology diagram (1 point)&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;2&lt;br&gt;Include ip address, area number, VLAN, etc. makes it updated.&lt;br&gt;4. Loopback address (1 point)&lt;br&gt;Setup loopback address as 132.Y.X.X at your router, where Y is your&lt;br&gt;rack number and X is your router number.&lt;br&gt;5. CAT5002 setup (1 point)&lt;br&gt;R3 in VLAN A, use 100, R5 in VLAN B, use 200. Set sc0 (132.3.9.9) in&lt;br&gt;VLAN A, And make the switch able to reach all the topology&lt;br&gt;through R3.&lt;br&gt;6. Address (2 points)&lt;br&gt;All the interfaces use 132.Y.0.0 network as their addresses and use&lt;br&gt;24bits mask. The frame relay interface use 27 bits mask. Draw&lt;br&gt;them on your diagram Answer: Imply that the loopback address use&lt;br&gt;24bits mask, don&amp;#39;t use 32 bits mask.&lt;br&gt;7. Frame-relay setup (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Setup frame relay-relay, the frame relay switch is a 45000 which also&lt;br&gt;ac as a backbone router. The switch is configured as fully&lt;br&gt;meshed, but you are demanded to only use the pvc showed on the diagram&lt;br&gt;they provide. (see the diagram)&lt;br&gt;8 RIP setting (2 points)&lt;br&gt;R1 ethernet address is 150.100.1.Y. setup RIP in R1, several network&lt;br&gt;will send to R1 from Backbone 1, you are requested to permit&lt;br&gt;only 193.68.3.0 to add in your RIP routing table and advertise it and&lt;br&gt;150.100.1.0 to your topology. Also advertise only the classful&lt;br&gt;network 132.3.0.0 to your RIP domain.&lt;br&gt;Answer: Distribute-list, mutual redistribute&lt;br&gt;9.OSPF&lt;br&gt;9.1 Basic configuration (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Frame-relay interface in area 0; R4&amp;#39;s tokenring interface in area 4;&lt;br&gt;serial interfaces between R3 and R2, R2&amp;#39;s tokenring interface,&lt;br&gt;VLAN A in area 3; VLAN B in area 5; make area 5 as NSSA area. Put all&lt;br&gt;loopback interface in the area. Make all interfaces reach&lt;br&gt;each other.&lt;br&gt;Answer: virtual-link, nssa&lt;br&gt;9.2 default-information (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Make R2 generate a default route to area 5, make the default route&lt;br&gt;only appear on R5.&lt;br&gt;Answer: At R2: Area 5 nssa default-information originate&lt;br&gt;9.3 external route (2 points)&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;3&lt;br&gt;Make another loopback interface in R5 (network 192.192.1.0) . male&lt;br&gt;this network able to be reached by ospf topology but you are not&lt;br&gt;allowed to put it in any area. And it must appear as different metric&lt;br&gt;at R3 and R1.&lt;br&gt;Answer: metric-type 1&lt;br&gt;9.4 OSPF timers (2 points)&lt;br&gt;You are informed that R2 use much resource to run the ospf process,&lt;br&gt;tune the R3 to run not less than 30 seconds between two process.&lt;br&gt;Answer: Timers spf 5 30&lt;br&gt;Make sure you know the difference between the two spf timers.&lt;br&gt;10. Frame-relay QoS (3 points)&lt;br&gt;You are requested to rune the frame relay include mincir,cir,bc,be as&lt;br&gt;below: mincir 16kbps; measure interval is 125ms;set DE when&lt;br&gt;48kbps;drop when 64kbps&lt;br&gt;Answer: frame-relay traffic-shaping fram-relay class QoS map-class&lt;br&gt;frame-relay QoS mincir 16000&lt;br&gt;cir 48000&lt;br&gt;bc 6000&lt;br&gt;be 2000&lt;br&gt;11. ISDN&lt;br&gt;11.1 DDR (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Traditional DDR between R3 and R5, not mentioned about ppp or&lt;br&gt;authentication. isdn switch-type is basic-5ess, no spids. numbers are&lt;br&gt;680020X01 and 68020X02, where X is your rack number.&lt;br&gt;11.2 Toll avoidance (2 points)&lt;br&gt;When R5 generate a call, R3 will drop it and call back (ppp callback).&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Ppp callback request&lt;br&gt;Ppp callback accept&lt;br&gt;Dialer map ip 132.3.100.5 name R5 class CALLBACK 68020302 Map-class&lt;br&gt;dialer CALLBACK&lt;br&gt;Dialer call-back username&lt;br&gt;11.3 routing backup (floating static) (2 points)&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;4&lt;br&gt;Put some specific static route at R3 and a default route at R5 to:&lt;br&gt;when R3 or R5 lose some route from ospf, both them can generate a&lt;br&gt;call to each other; any router in your topology can each the active&lt;br&gt;interface of R5; Network&lt;br&gt;192.192.1.0 must still appear as different metric at R3 and R1.&lt;br&gt;When R5&amp;#39;s ethernet interface is still up, R5 is not allowed to&lt;br&gt;generate the call???&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;They don&amp;#39;t tell you use which method, you must decide by yourself. Use&lt;br&gt;floating static At R3:&lt;br&gt;Ip route 132.3.5.5 255.255.255.0 132.3.100.5 150&lt;br&gt;Ip route 192.192.1.0 255.255.255.0 132.3.100.5 150&lt;br&gt;Router ospf 3&lt;br&gt;Redistribute static subnet route-map BACKUP&lt;br&gt;Route-map BACKUP permit 10&lt;br&gt;Match ip address 50&lt;br&gt;Set metric-type 1&lt;br&gt;Access-list 50 permit 192.192.1.0 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;At R5&lt;br&gt;Ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 132.3.100.3 150&lt;br&gt;12. BGP&lt;br&gt;12.1 IBGP, EBGP (2 points)&lt;br&gt;R1 in AS 1031, R4 in AS 1034, R3, R2, R5 in AS 1099; IBGP must be fully meshed.&lt;br&gt;Answer: Straight forward.&lt;br&gt;Use loopback interface as update-source in AS 1099 is better (for the&lt;br&gt;sake of keeping the BGP peering stable when ISDN backup is&lt;br&gt;functioning, see previous and below).&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;5&lt;br&gt;12.2 confederation and filters (2 points)&lt;br&gt;There is an external AS 254 on backbone 2 (which peer address is&lt;br&gt;150.100.2.254, and your is 150.100.2.X, where X is your rack&lt;br&gt;number). You are requested to send your topology&amp;#39;s route to that AS&lt;br&gt;and appear as from only AS 3. AS 254 will advertise several&lt;br&gt;route to your topology, you are requested to only permit 197.68.x.0 to&lt;br&gt;be put into your topology, where x is any number, The proctor&lt;br&gt;said that the mask had no limit.&lt;br&gt;Answer: The question has no word such as &amp;#39;confederation&amp;#39;, you must&lt;br&gt;decide by yourself to implement confederation.&lt;br&gt;Bgp confederation identifier 3&lt;br&gt;Bgp confederation peer-id 1031 1099 &amp;#168;&amp;#168;&lt;br&gt;12.3 route advertisement (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Make another advertisement interface in R5 (network 192.192.2.0) .&lt;br&gt;Make this network the only route to advertise to the AS 254 and&lt;br&gt;make it as the BGP route at R1&amp;#39; routing table.&lt;br&gt;Answer: &amp;#39;No synchronous&amp;quot; at every router&lt;br&gt;12.4 reduce route (2 points)&lt;br&gt;For some memory consume problem, you are requested to change the&lt;br&gt;197.68.x.0 network to a supernet&lt;br&gt;197.68.0.0 expect 197.68.22.0, advertise them in your topology and do&lt;br&gt;not send them back to AS 254.&lt;br&gt;Answer: There are four network incoming: 197.68.1.0, 197.68.4.0,&lt;br&gt;197.68.5.0, 197.68.22.0, so use suppress- map and AS-SET.&lt;br&gt;Because network 150.100.2.0 is not seen by ospf, all router except R4&lt;br&gt;consider the&lt;br&gt;197.68.x.0&amp;#39;s next hop as unreachable, they don&amp;#39;t put them in their&lt;br&gt;routing table since the BGP routes are not the best.&lt;br&gt;I have put the 150.100.2.0 into ospf, 1 don&amp;#39;t know whether it is&lt;br&gt;acceptable, but the proctor seem to not mind it.&lt;br&gt;(or use next-hop-self)&lt;br&gt;Aggregate-address 197.68.0.0 255.255.0.0 as-set suppress-map SPECIFIC&lt;br&gt;Route-map SPECIFIC permit 10&lt;br&gt;Match ip address 1&lt;br&gt;Access-list 1 permit 197.68.1.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br&gt;Access list 1 permit 197.68.4.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br&gt;Access-list 1 permit 197.68.5.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br&gt;13. dlsw+&lt;br&gt;13.1 normal setting (2 points)&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;6&lt;br&gt;Hosts on R2&amp;#39;s ring 1 and VLANB want to communicate with hosts on R3&amp;#39;s VLAN A.&lt;br&gt;13.2 additional peer (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Hosts on R4&amp;#39;s ring2 want to communicate with VLAN A on VLAN B&amp;#39;s hosts.&lt;br&gt;You are asked to add only one new peer connection,&lt;br&gt;border peer is not allowed.&lt;br&gt;Answer: Maybe: rif passthrough , 3920 config&lt;br&gt;13.3 source-route bridge tuning (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Ring 1 in R2 experience a explore storm and cause packet drop. Tune&lt;br&gt;the R2 to let the tokenring interface to deal with 100 packets&lt;br&gt;(include day and explorer packets) at one time.&lt;br&gt;Answer: Hold-queue&lt;br&gt;13.4 SNA filter (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Set filter to make R4&amp;#39;s dlsw only allow test explorer (0x0000) and SNA&lt;br&gt;traffic ( 0x0004, 0x0008, 0x000c) an their response frames.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Access-list 200 permit 0x0000 0x0d0d&lt;br&gt;Dlsw remote-peer 0 tcp 132.3.4.4 lsap-output-filter 200&lt;br&gt;Day 2&lt;br&gt;IPX&lt;br&gt;…- Only Eigrp on FR and VLANB. Enable IPX on all interface except&lt;br&gt;ISDN, BB1, loopback, ATM.&lt;br&gt;…- R4 Accept a AA00 from BB2, but the ipx network number of BB2 is not&lt;br&gt;specified- AA00 should be seen on all routers.(debug)&lt;br&gt;…- Configure R2 such R5 can only receive FSERV1 on AA00.&lt;br&gt;…- no ipx client on VLAN B can receive the SAP of FSERV1, but ipx&lt;br&gt;client on VLAN B can accept others SAP.&lt;br&gt;-&amp;gt; Make a tunnel between R2 and R4&lt;br&gt;Appletalk&lt;br&gt;…Only Eigrp on FR. Enable apple on all interfaces except ISDN, BB1 and&lt;br&gt;BB2. The zone of Vlan A and&lt;br&gt;Vlan B is ether.&lt;br&gt;…Config R1 such that it cannot see the network of VLAN A, but it can&lt;br&gt;see the network VLAN B.&lt;br&gt;…Enable Apple on ISDN.&lt;br&gt;…The ISDN is only activated when R3-R2 link fails.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;7&lt;br&gt;…Disable IP on ISDN&lt;br&gt;…Static route is permitted.&lt;br&gt;…Vlan A can access R2 (Ring 1) and Vlan B, when R3-R2 fails.&lt;br&gt;…Callback is used.&lt;br&gt;Nogte: After test – Even if configuration is correct, apple callback&lt;br&gt;will not work until reboot.&lt;br&gt;IOS feature&lt;br&gt;…Mobile ARP&lt;br&gt;…When VLAN A user is roamed to VLAN B and BB1, it still can be accessed.&lt;br&gt;--&amp;gt;Configure as the document.&lt;br&gt;Router Access&lt;br&gt;…A specific IP address is allowed to configure R3 by a web browser o&lt;br&gt;http server with access-list&lt;br&gt;…Previliege Control&lt;br&gt;…A user with a specific password can only be allowed to enter &amp;quot;show&amp;quot; command&lt;br&gt;…Broad-Control on FR&lt;br&gt;…Exact the same as command reference, pay attention to the byte or the bit.&lt;br&gt;Catalyst&lt;br&gt;…Span&lt;br&gt;…Change spanning tree Maxage, you must &amp;#39; set spantree router&amp;#39; too,&lt;br&gt;because the spanning tree maxage will follow the routers config&lt;br&gt;when a router is connected to the switch.&lt;br&gt;Trouble Shooting&lt;br&gt;Requisite&lt;br&gt;…All router configuration will be based on RACK 5. Say, loopback&lt;br&gt;interface is according to RACK 5.&lt;br&gt;…132.x.0.0 is 132.5.0.0.&lt;br&gt;…ISDN number, AS number, BB1 and BB2 are used the old rack number.&lt;br&gt;…Cannot change download configuration IP address&lt;br&gt;…Cannot erase a whole routing process to enter a brand new configuration.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;8&lt;br&gt;Wrong Connection&lt;br&gt;…A cable is inserted from 3920 to a Catalyst port (prepend a router interface)&lt;br&gt;…Serial cable is inserted in a wrong fashion.&lt;br&gt;…R5 host name is changed to R3.&lt;br&gt;…Tunnel destination disappear on R2 tunnel interface.&lt;br&gt;…Tunnel source disappear on R5 tunnel interface.&lt;br&gt;…R3 serial 0 and serial 1 configuration are interchanged.&lt;br&gt;…Token Switch configuration is erased.&lt;br&gt;…Catalyst module is disabled.&lt;br&gt;…Wrong FR map&lt;br&gt;…Wrong OSPF area, and its parameter like stub area (R5), hello&lt;br&gt;interval (R3), router ID (wrong loopback ip address), no route-map,&lt;br&gt;ospf network type.&lt;br&gt;…Wrong Apple zone&lt;br&gt;…Wrong IP address (R5, R3)&lt;br&gt;…VLAN is erased&lt;br&gt;…Wrong Catalyst IP address and allocated VLAN&lt;br&gt;…Wrong IPX network address on BB2&lt;br&gt;Other questions&lt;br&gt;1. Voip&lt;br&gt;Change the timer such that when you pick up the phoneset, the waiting&lt;br&gt;timeout before you press the digit is the longest.&lt;br&gt;--&amp;gt;initiate-timeout?&lt;br&gt;2. ACL&lt;br&gt;R2&amp;#39;s serial interface has a access-list&lt;br&gt;3. 3920&lt;br&gt;2 TrBrf in 3920, the first TrBrf has an ip address. --&amp;gt;same as the document.&lt;br&gt;4. ISDN callback&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;9&lt;br&gt;Use isdn callback for toll avoidance, and callback as soon as possible&lt;br&gt;when the server receive a call. chap authentication&lt;br&gt;--&amp;gt;isdn caller xxxxxxxx callback because the isdn cloud is the isdn&lt;br&gt;simulator, it cant send calling number, so you have to add a&lt;br&gt;command on calling site:&lt;br&gt;isdn calling-number xxxxxxx&lt;br&gt;Change enable-timeout to shortest.&lt;br&gt;LAB 2.&lt;br&gt;Note: Diagram might have some minor inaccuracies.&lt;br&gt;2503: R3, R5 2611: R1 3640: R2, R4, R6 5002: Cat5 3920: Tokenring switch&lt;br&gt;Day 1&lt;br&gt;1. Comm server (1 point)&lt;br&gt;2. Diagram (1)&lt;br&gt;Include ip address, area number, interface, make your diagram update.&lt;br&gt;Remember to mark FRSW&amp;#39;s interface number too, you will&lt;br&gt;need it on troubleshooting.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;10&lt;br&gt;3. Physical connection (1)&lt;br&gt;4. cat5002 setup (1)&lt;br&gt;two VLANs, VLANA:50; VLANB:75&lt;br&gt;5. cat5 address (1)&lt;br&gt;sc0 address on VLANA, 135.x.30.30/22, where x is the rack number, make&lt;br&gt;it be reached by your topology&lt;br&gt;6. IRDP (2)&lt;br&gt;ip irdp preference 100&lt;br&gt;7. Framerelay (2)&lt;br&gt;28 bits subnet. only use the dlci showed on the given diagram ( hub &amp;amp;&lt;br&gt;spoke, not fully meshed).&lt;br&gt;no frame-relay inverse-arp frame map ip …&lt;br&gt;8. Loopback address (1)&lt;br&gt;All of the routers has loopback interface. 135.y.x.x, where y is the&lt;br&gt;rack num. And x is the router num.&lt;br&gt;9. Address (1)&lt;br&gt;vlana: /22 vlanb: /26; framerelay int: /28; idsn: /30; others: /24&lt;br&gt;Use 135.x.0.0 to setup all interfaces except explicitly asked. e0/0 on&lt;br&gt;R1 is 150.100.1.x (BB1); e0/0 on R4 is 150.100.2.x (BB2).&lt;br&gt;10. OSPF (3)&lt;br&gt;Frame relay cloud on area 1, vlana on area 0, R2&amp;#39;s ring on area 2,&lt;br&gt;vlanb on area 5, isdn on area 6.&lt;br&gt;Make loopbacks on existing area.&lt;br&gt;11. OSPF cost (2)&lt;br&gt;Change the ospf cost, should not use &amp;#39;ip ospf cost…&amp;#39; on interface.&lt;br&gt;Make cost on ethernet as 90.&lt;br&gt;auto-cost reference-bandwidth 900&lt;br&gt;12. RIP (2)&lt;br&gt;Rip on R1 e0/0, manual redistribution with ospf. Should receive only&lt;br&gt;199.172.x.0,make 199.172.1.0 and 199.172.3.0 as one network on your&lt;br&gt;ospf topology, also advertise&lt;br&gt;150.100.1.0.&lt;br&gt;only class B 135.x.0.0/16 can be advertised from ospf to rip.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;11&lt;br&gt;There are 4 networks received by rip: 199.200.1.0, 199.172.1.0,&lt;br&gt;199.172.3.0, 199.172.12.0&lt;br&gt;router rip redistribute ospf 3 metric 2 network 150.100.0.0&lt;br&gt;router ospf 3 redistribute rip subnet summary-address 199.172.0.0&lt;br&gt;255.255.240.0 distribute-list 1 out rip&lt;br&gt;access-list 1 permit 199.172.0.0 255.255.0.0&lt;br&gt;13. IGRP (2)&lt;br&gt;Igrp at R3 and R4. AS is x. mutual redistribute with ospf, only&lt;br&gt;configure RP3 such that R4 can receive a default route, no static&lt;br&gt;route,&lt;br&gt;summary address, additional network are permitted.&lt;br&gt;router igrp 3 network 150.100.0.0 redistribute ospf metric 2000 10 255 1 1500&lt;br&gt;ip default-network 199.172.12.0&lt;br&gt;(only this network is the classful network in R3&amp;#39;s routing table, this&lt;br&gt;is the only answer.)&lt;br&gt;14. IPX (4)&lt;br&gt;Setup ipx network on all interfaces except ATM, loopback, ISDN,&lt;br&gt;backbone. You can use rip and/or&lt;br&gt;Eigrp. R3 and R6 should be at different network.&lt;br&gt;Different network with different encapsulation on R2. frame-relay map ipx …&lt;br&gt;15. SAP (2)&lt;br&gt;vlana&amp;#39;s sap is interferenced by something, assume that there is no&lt;br&gt;servers on vlana, make the sap&lt;br&gt;Advertise only when it changed.&lt;br&gt;at R2, R3, R6, set on interface: ipx sap-incremental eigrp 3&lt;br&gt;16. ISDN (4)&lt;br&gt;Only R5 can generate the call, use chap authentication, but R5 should&lt;br&gt;not challenge R3, R5 should not use its own name to&lt;br&gt;authenticate, must use userx.&lt;br&gt;oneway authentication. oneway dialer map at R5:&lt;br&gt;user user3 password cisco user R3 password cisco&lt;br&gt;int bri0 dialer map ip 135.3.9.1 broadcast 68020301 ppp chap hostname user3&lt;br&gt;at R3: user user3 password cisco user R3 password cisco int bri0 ppp&lt;br&gt;authentication chap&lt;br&gt;17. ISDN routing (2)&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;12&lt;br&gt;Setup RD and R5 such that when R5 can access the topology when its&lt;br&gt;serial interface down.&lt;br&gt;at R5 router ospf 3 network 135.5.5.0 0.0.0.255 area 5 network&lt;br&gt;135.5.55.0 0.0.0.255 area 5 area 1 virtual-link 135.5.2.2 area 1&lt;br&gt;virtual-link 135.5.3.3 int bri0 ip ospf demand-circuit&lt;br&gt;I use backup interface also, but the protor said its wrong ( if&lt;br&gt;interface is up, but the dlci mapping in telecom is wrong, the isdn&lt;br&gt;will not&lt;br&gt;up). so just demand-circuit is ok. Make the loopback interface at area&lt;br&gt;5, and setup two virtual-link to make sue the area5 and the&lt;br&gt;loopback interface is seen by the topology when serial is down and isdn is up.&lt;br&gt;18. ATM (2)&lt;br&gt;R6, no subinterface, no autolearn ip address from client. vpi: 0, vci:&lt;br&gt;10x. ip address: 192.1.x.1, remote ATM router ip: 192.1.x.254&lt;br&gt;int atm 3/0 pvc 0/103 protocol ip 192.1.3.254 broadcast no inarp&lt;br&gt;19. VPN (2)&lt;br&gt;You have a VPN client, they use CIDR &lt;a href="http://192.1.32.0/20"&gt;192.1.32.0/20&lt;/a&gt;, some of your&lt;br&gt;client&amp;#39;s employees are connected at R5&amp;#39;s ethernet, their gateway&lt;br&gt;is 192.1.32.175. You can use any network in &lt;a href="http://192.1.32.0/20"&gt;192.1.32.0/20&lt;/a&gt; to build the&lt;br&gt;VPN. VPN still on function when R5&amp;#39;s serial is down.&lt;br&gt;Setup tunnel between R5 and R6, secondary ip address at R5&amp;#39;s e0:&lt;br&gt;R6: int tunnel 0 ip address 192.1.33.1 255.255.0 tunnel source&lt;br&gt;loopback 0 tunnel destination 135.3.5.5&lt;br&gt;R5: int tunnel 0 ip address 192.1.33.2 255.255.255.0 tunnel source&lt;br&gt;loopback0 tunnel destination 35.3.6.6 interface e0 ip address&lt;br&gt;192.1.32.175 255.255.255.0 secondary&lt;br&gt;20. VPN routing (2)&lt;br&gt;Your client are using eigrp 100, setup such that your clients&lt;br&gt;employees at R5 can be reached by their remote network, also advertise&lt;br&gt;the route received from the remote ATM router to the employees. All&lt;br&gt;the routes of your client are not allowed to be advertised out of&lt;br&gt;R5 and R6.&lt;br&gt;router eigrp 100&lt;br&gt;network 192.1.33.0&lt;br&gt;network 192.1.32.0 passive-interface …&lt;br&gt;21. VPN routing (2)&lt;br&gt;All traffic from your clients employees at R5 to outside, either&lt;br&gt;traffic to their networks to your networks, should be route to the&lt;br&gt;remote&lt;br&gt;ATM router first (assume they don&amp;#39;t need to telnet to R5 or R6). Setup&lt;br&gt;R5 and R6 to comply this policy.&lt;br&gt;policy routing&lt;br&gt;R5: interface e0 ip policy route-map VPN&lt;br&gt;route-map VPN match ip address 2 set ip next-hop 192.1.33.1&lt;br&gt;access-list 2 permit 192.1.32.0 0.0.0.255 R6: interface tunnel 0 ip&lt;br&gt;policy route-map VPN route-map VPN match ip address 2 set&lt;br&gt;ip next-hop 192.1.3.254&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;13&lt;br&gt;access-list 2 permit 192.1.32.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br&gt;22. dlsw&lt;br&gt;R2&amp;#39;s ring 1 to R4&amp;#39;s ring 2; R2&amp;#39;s vlana to R5&amp;#39;s vlanb. Others are not allowed.&lt;br&gt;Use bgroup-list and ring-list&lt;br&gt;R2 dlsw local-peer peer-id 135.5.2.2 dlsw remote 1 tcp 135.5.4.4 dlsw&lt;br&gt;ring-list 1 rings 1 dlsw remote 2 tcp 135.5.5.5 dlsw&lt;br&gt;bgroup-list 2 bridge 1 dlsw bridge-group 1 source-route ring-group 200&lt;br&gt;23. dlsw efficiency&lt;br&gt;R4&amp;#39;s hosts can reach R2&amp;#39;s hosts which mac address are 4000.2300.xxxx,&lt;br&gt;but they would not send any explorers.&lt;br&gt;R2: dlsw i-can-reach mac 4000.2200.0000 mask ffff.ffff.0000&lt;br&gt;Day 2 morning&lt;br&gt;1. BGP (3)&lt;br&gt;R4 in AS x, R2, R3, R6 in AS 100x, R1 in AS 200x, R5 in AS 300x. x,&lt;br&gt;200x, and 300x should peer with 100x.300x still peer to 100x&lt;br&gt;when R5&amp;#39;s serial is down.&lt;br&gt;Use ebgp-multihop on the 100x and 300x peering by loopback interface.&lt;br&gt;peer to R2 or R3&lt;br&gt;2. EBGP (2)&lt;br&gt;AS 254 at backbone 2, peer 150.100.2.254. Setup R4 to peer with. Only&lt;br&gt;received network&lt;br&gt;172.68.y.0, where y is any number.&lt;br&gt;neighbor 150.100.2.254 distribute-list 1 in access-list 1 permit&lt;br&gt;172.68.0.0 0.0.255.255&lt;br&gt;3. Aggregation (2)&lt;br&gt;Aggregate networks 172.68.y.0, such that R5 can only see the&lt;br&gt;aggregated route and see it come from AS&lt;br&gt;x. other routers should see the specific routes, also, they can see&lt;br&gt;the aggregate route or not.&lt;br&gt;AS-SET maybe reasonable&lt;br&gt;4. Default information (2)&lt;br&gt;New loopback interface 192.192.4.0 at R4. Advertise it only by BGP&lt;br&gt;throughout the topology, AS 254 are asked to receive it only. R2&lt;br&gt;generate a default route to R1 as long as it receive this route.&lt;br&gt;R2: neighbor 135.3.1.1 default-information originate route-map DEFAULT&lt;br&gt;route-map DEFAULT match ip address 1&lt;br&gt;access-list 1 permit 192.192.4.0 0.0.0.255 R4:&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;14&lt;br&gt;Distribute-list out&lt;br&gt;5. Appletalk (3)&lt;br&gt;Setup appletalk at all interface except ATM, loopback, ISDN, backbone.&lt;br&gt;VLANA zone is viana, only eigrp&lt;br&gt;on framerelay cloud.&lt;br&gt;appletalk route-redistribute no appletalk eigrp split-horizon&lt;br&gt;appletalk local-routing appletalk protocol eigrp (framerelay int)&lt;br&gt;no appletalk protocol rtmp (framerealy int) frame-relay map appletalk …&lt;br&gt;Setup vlan on tokenring switch 3920 to separate the two rings so that&lt;br&gt;appletalk can be active on each ring.&lt;br&gt;6. Appletalk filter (2)&lt;br&gt;R4 can see all the appletalk cable-range, but others cannot see the&lt;br&gt;cable-range of R4&amp;#39;s ring2. No filter is allowed.&lt;br&gt;No appletalk send-rtmp on R4&amp;#39;s serial 0/0 (appletalk on R3&amp;#39;s serial 1&lt;br&gt;maybe inactive) or Appletalk eigrp on R4&amp;#39;s ring2, rtmp on R4&amp;#39;s&lt;br&gt;serial 0/0 and no appletalk route-redistribute&lt;br&gt;7. Appletalk filter (2)&lt;br&gt;R5 can&amp;#39;t see zone vlana and the cable-range associate with it.&lt;br&gt;Distribute-list in on R5&amp;#39;s serial 0&lt;br&gt;Pay attention to the setup steps, you had better setup distribute-list&lt;br&gt;first and enable appletalk eigrp last, or the zone &amp;quot;vlana&amp;quot; would&lt;br&gt;appear at R5&amp;#39;s zone table.&lt;br&gt;8. Access-list (3)&lt;br&gt;Only setup one output access-list on R2&amp;#39;s serial 0/0 to :&lt;br&gt;Mail traffic from ring2 to vlanb is not allowed;&lt;br&gt;R3 can ping R1, R1 cant ping R3. (just the nearest interface is&lt;br&gt;enough); Users on ring1 is allowed to use port 6000 to 7000&lt;br&gt;(inclusive)&lt;br&gt;to access vlanb; No snmp traffic is allowed:&lt;br&gt;Users on backnone1 cant use ring2&amp;#39;s tacacs service;&lt;br&gt;Any other traffic is allowed.&lt;br&gt;access-list 100 deny tcp 135.3.22.0 0.0.0.255 135.3.55.0 0.0.127 eq&lt;br&gt;smtp access list 100 deny tcp 135.3.22.0 0.0.0.255 135.3.55.0&lt;br&gt;0.0.127 eq pop2 access-list 100 deny tcp 135.3.22.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br&gt;135.3.55.0 0.0.127 eq pop3 access list 100 deny icmp 135.3.30.3&lt;br&gt;0.0.0.0 135.3.0.1 0.0.0.0 eq echo-reply access list 100 permit udp&lt;br&gt;135.3.22.0 0.0.0.255 range 6000 7000 135.3.55.0 0.0.0.127&lt;br&gt;access-list 100 deny ip 135.3.22.0 0.0.0.255 135.3.55.0 0.0.0.127&lt;br&gt;access-list 100 deny udp any any eq snmp&lt;br&gt;access-list 100 deny udp any any eq snmp-trap access-list 100 deny tcp&lt;br&gt;135.3.44.0 0.0.0.255 eq tacacs 150.100.1.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br&gt;access-list 100 permit ip any any&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;15&lt;br&gt;9. Broadcast control (2)&lt;br&gt;Configure vlanb on CAT5, make the broadcast traffic under 20% assume&lt;br&gt;that the frame size is 768 bytes, including preamble.&lt;br&gt;Set port broadcast 2/4 20%&lt;br&gt;10. Traffic control (2)&lt;br&gt;Webservers on ring2, configure R4 such that output rate to the&lt;br&gt;webserver is under 1.5Mbps, any traffic higher than 1.5Mbps is&lt;br&gt;dropped.&lt;br&gt;I use CAR, but the protor said rate-limit is the wrong solution. Maybe&lt;br&gt;general traffic-shaping&lt;br&gt;11. Multicast (2)&lt;br&gt;Setup R1 to join a multicast group 224.0.5.5, R2, R3, R6 can ping this&lt;br&gt;group but shouldn&amp;#39;t be explicitly setup to join it.&lt;br&gt;ip igmp join-group 224.0.0.5&lt;br&gt;Either dense-mode or sparse-mode is ok.&lt;br&gt;12. CGMP (3)&lt;br&gt;R2 and R6 can inform CAT5 the multicast group, CAT5 can send it to R3&lt;br&gt;even it is rebooting&lt;br&gt;at R2 and R6: ip cgmp&lt;br&gt;at CAT5 set cgmp enable set cam permernant 01-00.5e-00-05-05 2/2 (2/2&lt;br&gt;connect to R3)&lt;br&gt;13. netbios filter (2)&lt;br&gt;setup a output filter on R4&amp;#39;s tokenring interface such that: access to&lt;br&gt;host SERVxNR is not allowed, which x is any character.&lt;br&gt;netbios output-access-list host ABC netbios access-list host ABC deny&lt;br&gt;SERV?NR( ^v first to input the &amp;#39;?&amp;quot;) netbios access-list&lt;br&gt;host ABC permit *&lt;br&gt;Day 2 afternoon troubleshooting (25)&lt;br&gt;Both console and aux ports in all of the routers are set to &amp;#39;no exec&amp;#39;&lt;br&gt;except commserver. All the console ports&amp;#39; speed are changed-&lt;br&gt;Some consoles are set to exec-timeout 0 1&lt;br&gt;Enable secret in some routers.&lt;br&gt;Console speed of CAT5 is changed.&lt;br&gt;I use one hour to break in all the equipments, its too long.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;16&lt;br&gt;There are different strange characters on different speed, make sure&lt;br&gt;you remember it and have practice on it before you test.&lt;br&gt;Some physical connections are wrong.&lt;br&gt;There are many additional config on the equipments, the aim of them is&lt;br&gt;to avoid your clear the config and retype the correct, you need&lt;br&gt;to erase them which not bother your correct answer.&lt;br&gt;Rack number was changed to 5&lt;br&gt;Frame-relay mapping wrong&lt;br&gt;CAT5 module and ports disabled, vlan dispeared.&lt;br&gt;After the vlan and ports are set to right (I&amp;#39;m sure), all the ports&lt;br&gt;appear &amp;#39;connected&amp;#39; and routers on backbone vlana can ping itself, but&lt;br&gt;they can&amp;#39;t ping each other, so routing failed, this is why I failed&lt;br&gt;the test. (I don&amp;#39;t know the reason, maybe port broadcast is set to 0%,&lt;br&gt;so arp wasn&amp;#39;t successful). ( The routers probablely were set wrong&lt;br&gt;static arp, I hadn&amp;#39;t ever check the arp table on each router).&lt;br&gt;Serial between R3 and R4&amp;#39;s clockrate dispeared. appletalk was set to&lt;br&gt;no send-rtmp.&lt;br&gt;LAB 3.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;17&lt;br&gt;Day 1&lt;br&gt;1. Diagram (1)&lt;br&gt;Draw diagram, including IP addresses of all interface, ospf area, BGP&lt;br&gt;AS number, IPX network number, physical links. Make your&lt;br&gt;diagram update.&lt;br&gt;Answer: mark as many as you can, include the serial ports of the FRSW,&lt;br&gt;esi or PVC or ATM, Ip addresses outside your topology,&lt;br&gt;routes from outside, the addresses you need to filter, summarize or&lt;br&gt;aggregate. It&amp;#39;s very important for your troubleshooting.&lt;br&gt;2. Physical connection (1)&lt;br&gt;3. Names &amp;amp; password (1)&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;18&lt;br&gt;Names are: RackYYRX, which YY is your rack num, X is the router&lt;br&gt;num.(for example,rack4 router3 is Rack04R3)&lt;br&gt;Set password: cisco, set exec-timeout never,users can access on con, aux, ttys.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;You should add &amp;#39;loggin&amp;#39; command on line con 0, line aux 0, line vtys.&lt;br&gt;4. Framerelay (3)&lt;br&gt;Same as the diagram, not fully mesh.&lt;br&gt;Answer: disable the inverse-arp&lt;br&gt;5. Address (1)&lt;br&gt;Loopback address is 138.Y.X.X, Backbone1 is 150.100.1.X, Backbone2 is&lt;br&gt;150.100.2.X.&lt;br&gt;6. Address (1)&lt;br&gt;Use 138.Y.0.0 as your topology address scheme. Framerelay cloud is&lt;br&gt;/29, isdn is /20, ring 10 has 10 hosts, make your subnet mask&lt;br&gt;decision. (that means /28), others are /24.&lt;br&gt;7. Vlan (2)&lt;br&gt;VLANA(20), VLANB(30), VLANC(50), VLAND(70), VLANE(80)&lt;br&gt;8. Tokenring switch&lt;br&gt;Setup two Trbrf, use bridge number as 1 and 2, ring number as&lt;br&gt;10(R2&amp;amp;R6) and 20(R4).&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Note that the ring number in questions and routers is deximal, but in&lt;br&gt;3920 is hexadeximal.&lt;br&gt;9. Trunk (2)&lt;br&gt;Setup trunk at CAT5, VLANE is not allowed in trunk. R6 connect to&lt;br&gt;trunk. Be careful that not all switch ports are able to be a trunk.&lt;br&gt;10. OSPF (3)&lt;br&gt;Framerelay at area 0, ethernet at area 3, ring20 at area 4. No&lt;br&gt;additional area is allowed. Routers in area 4 have not enough memory&lt;br&gt;to&lt;br&gt;handle lots routes, configure R4 to adjust it.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Make area 4 totally stub area.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;19&lt;br&gt;11. RIP (3)&lt;br&gt;R5&amp;#39;s serial port and R1 run RIP, inject the specific routes from ospf&lt;br&gt;into RIP, but only advertise 138.Y.0.0 to BB1, no summary and&lt;br&gt;static route are permitted. Only permit one route &lt;a href="http://193.67.15.0/24"&gt;193.67.15.0/24&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;received from BB1. mutual redistribute between RIP and OSPF.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Use rip version 2 but send and receive version 1 on R1&amp;#39;s ethernet.&lt;br&gt;Distribute-list on R1&amp;#39;s ethernet.&lt;br&gt;Remember to use debug to check the route update whether it is right.&lt;br&gt;Make a redistribute-list at R5&amp;#39;s OSPF, just permit the routes&lt;br&gt;belongs to rip to be redistributed from rip to ospf, or the isdn will flap.&lt;br&gt;bri as passive interface&lt;br&gt;12. ISDN (2)&lt;br&gt;Just R5 can initiate the call, use pap authentication with different&lt;br&gt;passwords at each side.&lt;br&gt;Answer: &amp;#39;dialer map&amp;#39; at R5 only, ppp pap sent ….&lt;br&gt;13. ISDN routing (3)&lt;br&gt;BRI interface at area 3, when ethernet down, keep topology consistent.&lt;br&gt;Flapping is not allowed.&lt;br&gt;Answer: demand circuit&lt;br&gt;14. ATM (3)&lt;br&gt;PVC 0/10Y, autolearn is not allowed, ip address 192.1.1.Y pvc peak&lt;br&gt;rate 100M, minimum rate 10M.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Use static map, ubr+&lt;br&gt;15. EIGRP (3)&lt;br&gt;ATM, tokenring on R2 and R6 run EIGRP, only configure R6, permit&lt;br&gt;128.20.0.0 and 4.1.1.0 into R6, permit&lt;br&gt;128.28.0.0, 4.1.1.0, 192.1.1.0 into R2 by EIGRP.&lt;br&gt;Configure R2 or R6, such that OSPF and EIGRP can redistribute each other&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;No auto-summary, set distribute-list at &amp;#39;arm in&amp;#39;, &amp;#39;tokenring out&amp;#39; ,&lt;br&gt;also set &amp;#39;tokenring in&amp;#39; to deny all eigrp update from R2, to prevent&lt;br&gt;R2 advertising the 138.Y.0.0 by EIGRP instead of OSPF. (because of its&lt;br&gt;lower distance).&lt;br&gt;16. DHCP (2)&lt;br&gt;R6 as a dhcp server and you should not define a database agent.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;20&lt;br&gt;Answer: no ip dhcp conflict logging ip dhcp exclude ip dhcp pool&lt;br&gt;…&lt;br&gt;17. HSRP (2)&lt;br&gt;Define HSRP on R2 and R6 ring 10, R6 as the primary, when tokenring or&lt;br&gt;ethernet interface of R6 fail, R2 as the primary.&lt;br&gt;Answer: Use &amp;#39;track interface&amp;#39; at R6&lt;br&gt;18. BGP (4)&lt;br&gt;R3, R4, R5, R6 in AS Y, BB2, in AS 254, R1 in AS 10Y. AS Y are not&lt;br&gt;full mesh, when R4 or R6 failed, other routers can still receive&lt;br&gt;all the other BGP routes. Just allow 192.200.0.0 received from BB2.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;R4 and R6 act as Route Reflector. input prefix-list at R4 is the best.&lt;br&gt;19. BGP advertisement (2)&lt;br&gt;Another loopback interface at R1( 195.82.Y.Y/32), advertise it&lt;br&gt;throughout the network. Another loopback interface at R3(&lt;br&gt;195.83.Y.Y/32), advertise these two route only to BB2.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Assign distribute-list out at R4 although eventually there are just&lt;br&gt;two BGP routes advertise to BB2. Do what they ask you to do&lt;br&gt;perfectly and accurately.&lt;br&gt;20. BGP filter (3)&lt;br&gt;Configure R5 such that 195.83.Y.Y is not seen on R1, but you can&amp;#39;t use&lt;br&gt;any filter base on ip address.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Use filter-list (as-path). Don&amp;#39;t use community, because you have to&lt;br&gt;change community based on ip address.&lt;br&gt;21. Voice (1)&lt;br&gt;R6: port 2/0/0 is 50YO, port 2/0/1 is 60Y2, remote phone is 3002,&lt;br&gt;remote peer 128.28.2.8 (behind ATM cloud). Make you voices able&lt;br&gt;to call each other and 3002.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Make sure you can reach 128.28.2.8 and 128.28.2.8 can reach your&lt;br&gt;topology (not just the ATM int). Redistributing OSPF to EIGRP is&lt;br&gt;important.&lt;br&gt;22. Voice (2)&lt;br&gt;Configure R6 so that when port 2/0/1 offhook, you can reach 3002&lt;br&gt;without inputting any digits.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;21&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;&amp;#39;connection plar&amp;#39; at port 2/0/1.&lt;br&gt;Day 2&lt;br&gt;1. Multicast (3)&lt;br&gt;R1, R5, R6. R5 as RP, R5 join group 224.1.2.3, setup R1 and R6 so that&lt;br&gt;R5 as the only RP for 224.1.2.3.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;I think I lost the points. Check this command: ip pim rp x.x.x.x.&lt;br&gt;[ACL]; ip pim accept-rp x.x.x.x [ACL]&lt;br&gt;2. Multicast (2)&lt;br&gt;Inform Catalyst the multicast group.&lt;br&gt;Answer: CGMP at R5 and CAT.&lt;br&gt;3. IPX (4)&lt;br&gt;Atm, loopback, isdn, BB1 are not running ipx, rip on R5&amp;#39;s serial int&lt;br&gt;and R1, others are eigrp only. you don&amp;#39;t know the BB2&amp;#39;s ipx&lt;br&gt;network and the encapsulation type, find it.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;&amp;#39;denbug ipx packet&amp;#39; and try all the encapsulation type in R4&amp;#39;s&lt;br&gt;ethernet, you can find the encapsulation and network number.&lt;br&gt;Remember to configure the framerelay mapping at FR cloud, or you cant&lt;br&gt;ping each other although your routing table is right.&lt;br&gt;4. IPX filter (2)&lt;br&gt;Assume that you will have an additional wan link between R1 and R5,&lt;br&gt;configure R1 so that it can use both links to each other&lt;br&gt;networks that are not connected directly to R1.&lt;br&gt;Only configure R5, just allow network aa00 and service FSERV1 into R1.&lt;br&gt;Answer: ipx maximum-path 2 ipx output-network-filter, ipx output-sap-filter.&lt;br&gt;5. IOS feature (2)&lt;br&gt;At VLANB, there are some users have not setup their gateways,&lt;br&gt;configure VLANB such that these users cant access your topology by&lt;br&gt;anyway.&lt;br&gt;Answer: Disable proxy-arp at R3 and R6&amp;#39;s VLANB subinterface.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;22&lt;br&gt;6. Menu (2)&lt;br&gt;Setup a menu, include &amp;#39;show interface&amp;#39;, &amp;#39;show ip route&amp;#39;, &amp;#39;show&lt;br&gt;startup&amp;#39;, &amp;#39;exit menu&amp;#39;.&lt;br&gt;Answer: Search the document.&lt;br&gt;7. Link efficiency (3)&lt;br&gt;Use compression method predict (software) to compress the link between&lt;br&gt;R1 and R5.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Change encapsulation to PPP, and you can use preditor now.&lt;br&gt;8. Dlsw (3)&lt;br&gt;Bridge connectivity between ring10 and ring20, ring10&amp;#39;s host&lt;br&gt;communicate with ring20&amp;#39;s host through R6, when R6&amp;#39;s tokenring&lt;br&gt;interface fail, they will use R2 instead. When R6resume, R2&amp;#39;s&lt;br&gt;connection must be undone, but should be maintained 6 minutes before&lt;br&gt;disconnect. R2 and R6 should not be configured a remote peer.&lt;br&gt;Source-bridge number must be consistent with tokenring switch.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Backup peer, linger as 6. R4&amp;#39;s remote peer must be R2 and R6&amp;#39;s&lt;br&gt;tokenring interface. Promicous. Redistribute eigrp into ospf in R2 but&lt;br&gt;not R6, because of the redistribution is in R6, when R6&amp;#39;s tokenring&lt;br&gt;down, the network of the ring will be down, and cant be distribute&lt;br&gt;into ospf, R4 will not have the ip routing connectivity to R2&amp;#39;s&lt;br&gt;tokenring interface.&lt;br&gt;9 Dlsw (2)&lt;br&gt;A mainframe in ring10, make R4 have this mainframe&amp;#39;s mac address in&lt;br&gt;its cache, and can only reach this host.&lt;br&gt;Answer: icanreach, icanreach max-exclude.&lt;br&gt;10. Catalyst feature (1)&lt;br&gt;VLANE have end station only, and have heavy traffic, configure it to&lt;br&gt;reduce the BPDU traffic.&lt;br&gt;Answer: Disable the spanning tree on VLANE.&lt;br&gt;11. Catalyst feature (1)&lt;br&gt;Port 2/11 belongs to VLANE, and connect to a host with a mac address,&lt;br&gt;configure the switch so that it need not learn the hosts mac&lt;br&gt;address event at bootup period.&lt;br&gt;Answer:Set cam peranent. Set the port belongs to VLANE&lt;br&gt;12. Catalyst feature (1)&lt;br&gt;Port 2/12 connect to a host, and belongs to VLANE, configure the&lt;br&gt;switch so that only this host can use this port.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;23&lt;br&gt;Answer: Set port security. Set the port belongs to VLANE.&lt;br&gt;13. Autoinstall (3)&lt;br&gt;A TFTP server with address 150.100.2.17 on BB2, a router with no&lt;br&gt;startup-config in FR cloud, configure R4 such that the router can&lt;br&gt;bootup with a startup-config which in the TFTP server, use CLCI 110.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;frame-relay map ip 138.5.234.5 110 (the ip address must be in your FR&lt;br&gt;cloud&amp;#39;s subnet)&lt;br&gt;ip help-address 150.100.2.17&lt;br&gt;Day 2 Troubleshooting&lt;br&gt;Use rack number 6 instead of your original rack number.&lt;br&gt;Wrong console speed, no exec at con or aux, exec-timeout 0 1 at con or&lt;br&gt;aux R3&amp;#39;s host name was changed to R5, and ipx routing also&lt;br&gt;was changed to 5.5.5 to make you confused.&lt;br&gt;One FR serial cable failed; R3&amp;#39;s s0 config was moved to s1. Wrong&lt;br&gt;mapping at every serial interfaceS.&lt;br&gt;Wrong ospf network type, ospf authentication at one side but not in other side.&lt;br&gt;Wrong network or wrong area.&lt;br&gt;Wrong BGP AS number. Wrong peering.&lt;br&gt;Rip was changed to version 1.&lt;br&gt;Wrong ATM ip address. Wring distribute-list in EIGRP.&lt;br&gt;Wrong ipx network.&lt;br&gt;Catalyst module and ports are disabled, vlan removed.&lt;br&gt;Anyhow, you have to correct everything when you are troubleshooting.&lt;br&gt;Other questions:&lt;br&gt;1. IRB&lt;br&gt;Use IRB at R6. --&amp;gt; Different bridges for different subinterfaces. Add&lt;br&gt;&amp;quot;bridge X route ip&amp;quot; in R6.&lt;br&gt;2. OSPF security&lt;br&gt;The requirement is that in every VLAN, only Rx(2 or 3 or 5) can have&lt;br&gt;adjacency with R6, assume that there are other routers in that&lt;br&gt;VLAN. --&amp;gt; Do not use non-broadcast type and the neighbor command.&lt;br&gt;Because the other routers can have adjacency with R6 by&lt;br&gt;putting neighbor command with R6 although R6 do not have the neighbor&lt;br&gt;command with it.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;24&lt;br&gt;Method 1:&lt;br&gt;Add a tunnel in every VLAN, and make the ethernet interface passive.&lt;br&gt;Networks will be increased. This method was proved by the&lt;br&gt;proctor.&lt;br&gt;Method 2:&lt;br&gt;Add mac-address filter at R6.&lt;br&gt;Not only make the neighborship secure but also break the connectivity&lt;br&gt;of the VLAN (maybe wrong)&lt;br&gt;3. SNAPSHOT&lt;br&gt;Isdn run ipx rip, active period: 5 minutes; quiet period: 120 minutes.&lt;br&gt;--&amp;gt; Idle-timeout 120 seconds is too short and make the snapshoot&lt;br&gt;bounce, set it longer, say 250 seconds.&lt;br&gt;4. ATM arp-server&lt;br&gt;R6 as ATM arp-server; ESI is 1111.0000.00YY.00, which YY is your rack&lt;br&gt;number. Setup PVC 0/5 to handle SVC signaling; setup&lt;br&gt;PVC =0/16 to get the prefix. Arp-server self.&lt;br&gt;LAB 4.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;25&lt;br&gt;Day 1&lt;br&gt;1. Framerelay&lt;br&gt;R5 as hub, 2 subinterface, point-to-point subinterface connect to R4,&lt;br&gt;point-to-multipoint subinterface connect to R2 and R3.&lt;br&gt;2. Addressing&lt;br&gt;BB1, 150.100.1.Y; BB2 150.100.2.Y; framerelay cloud(R2,R3,R5) /28;&lt;br&gt;VLANA /25; Ring1 /27; VLANC /29; ISDN /30.&lt;br&gt;others /24.&lt;br&gt;3. OSPF&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;26&lt;br&gt;Framerelay cloud (2,3,5), ISDN in area 0; VLANA and ring1 in area 3;&lt;br&gt;R5 and R6&amp;#39;s serial interface in area 5; VLANC in area 6. --&amp;gt;&lt;br&gt;R2 and R3 need to establish virtual-link for area 0, prevent the&lt;br&gt;inconsistence of backbone once the framerelay pvc is down. (Ask the&lt;br&gt;proctor whether you need to do this) Use the most secure method to&lt;br&gt;authenticate ospf neighbor in backbone and ethernet. --&amp;gt; MD5&lt;br&gt;authentication, note that level 7 may have problem.&lt;br&gt;Change the dead-interval, but you are not allowed to explicitly change&lt;br&gt;the dead-interval timer. --&amp;gt; Change the hello-interval.&lt;br&gt;4. EIGRP&lt;br&gt;R1 and R2&amp;#39;s serial interface run EIGRP, 4 loopback interfaces in R1,&lt;br&gt;place them in EIGRP, summarize them into one network and&lt;br&gt;advertise it to R2. --&amp;gt; Summary in interface. Redistribute OSPF and&lt;br&gt;EIGRP mutually in R2, cost of routes redistributed to OSPF&lt;br&gt;should have a fix value. --&amp;gt; metric-type.&lt;br&gt;5. RIP&lt;br&gt;R1&amp;#39;s ethernet interface run RIP, redistribute even network into EIGRP.&lt;br&gt;--&amp;gt; wildcard mask!&lt;br&gt;6. IGRP&lt;br&gt;R4 and R5&amp;#39;s link (p2p framerelay), Ring2, VLANB run IGRP. Redistribute&lt;br&gt;OSPF and IGRP mutually in R5. Loopback of R4&lt;br&gt;shouldn&amp;#39;t be placed in IGRP, should be redistribute in it?? You are&lt;br&gt;permitted to add a static route but not a default-route in R4&lt;br&gt;pointing to BB1. --&amp;gt; Because IGRP is a classful protocol, you must add&lt;br&gt;a static route &amp;#39;ip route 133.Y.0.0 255.255.0.0&lt;br&gt;150.100.1.Y&amp;#39; (for example) in R4, so that R4 can reach all the subnets&lt;br&gt;in ospf topology.&lt;br&gt;7. ISDN&lt;br&gt;Only R5 can make a call, chap authentication, R5&amp;#39;s hostname should not&lt;br&gt;be itself.&lt;br&gt;Ospf routing. --&amp;gt; demand-circuit (be careful for the redistribution)&lt;br&gt;8. ATM&lt;br&gt;PVC, you are 192.1.1.Y, remote peer 192.1.1.254.&lt;br&gt;Should not add a default-route, networks behind ATM can reach your&lt;br&gt;topology? --&amp;gt; ATM run EIGRP? Then use summary in ATM&lt;br&gt;interface?&lt;br&gt;9. BGP&lt;br&gt;R1,2,3,4,5,6 are in AS Y. --&amp;gt;IBGP&lt;br&gt;All the routers in IBGP must receive bgp routes from R5. --&amp;gt;R5 as RR.&lt;br&gt;BB1 and BB2 are both in AS 254, setup R1 and R4 so that the&lt;br&gt;bgp routes from AS254 have weight 1000. --&amp;gt;route-map in&lt;br&gt;AS Y shouldn&amp;#39;t be a transit AS, but you are not allowed to use AS-path&lt;br&gt;to filter it. --&amp;gt; Apply no-export community to the BGP routes&lt;br&gt;coming from AS254. R1 and R4 advertise networks of Ring1, Ring2,&lt;br&gt;VLANA, VLANB such that outside world reach RING1,&lt;br&gt;VLANA through R1, reach RING2, VLANB through R2.--&amp;gt; route-map out with&lt;br&gt;different metrics. Configure R1 and R4 so that only&lt;br&gt;the new routes from AS254 are received???&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;27&lt;br&gt;DAY 2&lt;br&gt;A) DLSW&lt;br&gt;Ring1, VLANA of R2 and Ring2 have bridge connectivity, R2 should not&lt;br&gt;add a remote-peer.--&amp;gt; promiscuous R3 act as backup of&lt;br&gt;VLANA peering to R4; LLC of R4 use R2 to deliver SNA traffic when R2&lt;br&gt;isn&amp;#39;t down. --&amp;gt; cost.&lt;br&gt;A SNA host in VLANA, configure R4&amp;#39;s Ring2 so that R4&amp;#39;s explorer for&lt;br&gt;this host should not cross the FR cloud, at CAT5 you can see&lt;br&gt;the host&amp;#39;s mac address is X.X.X. --&amp;gt; proxy-explorer, pay attention to&lt;br&gt;the canonical and non-canonical address style.&lt;br&gt;B) IPX&lt;br&gt;R2,3,4,5 run ipx, EIGRP only in FR.&lt;br&gt;You don&amp;#39;t know BB2&amp;#39;s ipx encapsulation type and network.--&amp;gt; debug ipx&lt;br&gt;packet. Only allow AA00-AAFF coming from BB2.--&lt;br&gt;&amp;gt;input-network-filter. Client of Ring1 only get one ipx service: PTSVR. --&amp;gt;output-sap-filter.&lt;br&gt;C) Other questions&lt;br&gt;1. OSPF non-broadcast type&lt;br&gt;--&amp;gt;use neighbor&lt;br&gt;2. BGP&lt;br&gt;set origin IGP prefix-list&lt;br&gt;3. CAT5&lt;br&gt;set spanning tree root&lt;br&gt;Seriously Real for the Really Serious&lt;br&gt;LAB 5.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;28&lt;br&gt;Day One&lt;br&gt;FR – non broadcast&lt;br&gt;ISDN – Chap, One-way authentication, different hostname. R5 to R3 OSPF&lt;br&gt;– Summarization, filter&lt;br&gt;IGRP – R3 generate default route to R4&lt;br&gt;IPX routing – R3, R6 different network, SAP incremental update on VLan&lt;br&gt;A, no server is allowed on Vlan A ATM- PVC to remote&lt;br&gt;backbone router&lt;br&gt;EIGRP – Run over ATM&lt;br&gt;VPN – Make a tunnel from R5 to BB1&lt;br&gt;DLSW – Icanreach, Token to Token, Eth to Eth&lt;br&gt;Day Two&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;29&lt;br&gt;Multicast routing&lt;br&gt;Appletake –filter&lt;br&gt;BGP – Announce default route, no RR, but like previous exam&lt;br&gt;Access control&lt;br&gt;LAB 6.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;30&lt;br&gt;1. Setup the network with 137.2.0.0&lt;br&gt;1a. Frame relay use &lt;a href="http://140.2.10.0/255.255.255.240"&gt;140.2.10.0/255.255.255.240&lt;/a&gt; 1b. TR2 use&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://137.2.44.0/255.255.255.248"&gt;137.2.44.0/255.255.255.248&lt;/a&gt; 1c. ISDN use &lt;a href="http://137.2.25.0/255.255.255.252&lt;br /&gt;1d"&gt;137.2.25.0/255.255.255.252&lt;br&gt;1d&lt;/a&gt;. BB1 use &lt;a href="http://150.100.1.0/24"&gt;150.100.1.0/24&lt;/a&gt; 1e. BB2 use &lt;a href="http://150.100.2.0/24"&gt;150.100.2.0/24&lt;/a&gt; 1f. TR1 use&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://137.2.26.0/24"&gt;137.2.26.0/24&lt;/a&gt; 1g. Make a loopback interface in each router, the&lt;br&gt;loopback address need to be advertised on the following setup. The&lt;br&gt;loopback ip address can be put into any area or routing process. 1f.&lt;br&gt;A low memory router will be connected to TR2, select the best way. 1g.&lt;br&gt;R1 is a RIP only router. It can send unicast update to RR1.&lt;br&gt;1h. R5 and R1 run RIP. R1 can reach throughout the network.&lt;br&gt;Summarization is now allowed.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;31&lt;br&gt;2. Establish VLANA(20), VLAN B(3), VLAN C(50), VLAN D(70), VLAN E(80).&lt;br&gt;Catalyst is located in the VLAN D.&lt;br&gt;R2 -&amp;gt; VLAN A&lt;br&gt;R3 -&amp;gt; VLAN B&lt;br&gt;R5 -&amp;gt; VLAN C&lt;br&gt;R6 -&amp;gt; ISL&lt;br&gt;2a. Set up ISL with R6 and Catalyst. 2b. VLAN E is not allowed in the ISL&lt;br&gt;3.IRB&lt;br&gt;Use R2, R3, R6 are routed through R6 by IRB&lt;br&gt;4. Security&lt;br&gt;R2 can only establish adjacency with R6. R3 and R5 do the same as R2.&lt;br&gt;Authentication or address filtering cannot be used.&lt;br&gt;I used Non-broadcast and Neighbour, it is wrong. I tested that if the&lt;br&gt;timer of others router is changed to the same to the R6 and R2, the&lt;br&gt;others router can establish adjacency with R2 and R6.&lt;br&gt;ISDN switch: basic-5ess, No Spid&lt;br&gt;5a.&lt;br&gt;Only IP traffic can bring up the ISDN interface. If the error rate is&lt;br&gt;more than 10%, put it into &amp;quot;Down&amp;quot; state.&lt;br&gt;5b.&lt;br&gt;ip ospf demand-circuit. ??&lt;br&gt;6. ATM&lt;br&gt;6a. R6 is acting as LECS with a specified IP address. (do not use the&lt;br&gt;auto load address) 6b. R6 is acting as LES.&lt;br&gt;6c. LANE name RACKY.&lt;br&gt;6d. R6 can ping ATM core router. 6e. Only R2, R6 Token ring interface&lt;br&gt;and ATM interface run EIGRP 100. Other interface are not&lt;br&gt;allowed to send EIGRP.&lt;br&gt;7. IP feature&lt;br&gt;7.1 There is DHCP client in TR1. Make R6 as the DHCP server, it can&lt;br&gt;distribute the default gateway to the client and the lease period&lt;br&gt;will be infinity.&lt;br&gt;7.2 Configure HSRP on R6 and R2, R6 will be the active gateway. If the&lt;br&gt;R6 fast ethernet is flapped, R2 will be the active gateway.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;32&lt;br&gt;8. BGP&lt;br&gt;8.1 R4 peer with RR2&lt;br&gt;8.2 R3, R4, R5, R6 is IBGP. They are NOT fully meshed. If either R4 or&lt;br&gt;R6 is not available, other IBGP peer can obtain full route&lt;br&gt;from other peer. R4 and R6 will advertise the route to other Internal peer.&lt;br&gt;8.3 Make a loopback interface in R1, this is the only route to be seen&lt;br&gt;on RR2. (137.2.0.0? no need to be seen in RR2)&lt;br&gt;8.4 Make a look interface in R3, this is the only route to be seen on&lt;br&gt;RR2. R1 cannot see this route. Filtering is not allowing.&lt;br&gt;9. VOIP&lt;br&gt;9.1 Assign number to two phone on the FSX with the number 5020, 5021.&lt;br&gt;9.2 A no show router is located in somewhere behind ATM core router&lt;br&gt;which IP address is 128.x.x.x Try to make a call to 3001 to test&lt;br&gt;the call.&lt;br&gt;9.3 Once the FSX phone is picked up, it would dial to 3001 automatically.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;3. Put different VLAN in different bridge group&lt;br&gt;4. By input filter&lt;br&gt;6. &amp;quot;lane config config-atm-address&amp;quot; in interface and &amp;quot;lane&lt;br&gt;config-atm-address&amp;quot; in sub-interface&lt;br&gt;IPX (11 points)&lt;br&gt;DLSW, broder, Dynamic peer (9 points)&lt;br&gt;Catalyst, Port Security, Spanning Tree, multicast(pim, sparse) (5 points)&lt;br&gt;LAB 7.&lt;br&gt;Day 1&lt;br&gt;YY=your rack number, X=your router number, Z= random number, You are&lt;br&gt;given a classful B network: 139.YY.0.0, If not specify,&lt;br&gt;use 24 subnet mask, Create a loopback address for each router use:139.YY.X.X&lt;br&gt;Catalyst5000&amp;#39;s sc0 ip address is 139.YY.0.50/24, all your router can&lt;br&gt;ping this address Create two VLAN:VLAN A(2/2,2/5-6) vlan id&lt;br&gt;256 and VLAN B(2/3) vlan id 30&lt;br&gt;Catalyst3920&amp;#39;s ip address is 139.YY.20.11/24, all your router can&lt;br&gt;telnet to 3920 use this address through ring 1,&lt;br&gt;Between R1 and R2&amp;#39;s serial support 2 hosts,&lt;br&gt;Ring2 support up to 30 hosts,&lt;br&gt;ISDN support 2 hosts,&lt;br&gt;On R5&amp;#39;s e0, there are two range network, the main range network is&lt;br&gt;139.YY.25.0/24, the other range network is&lt;br&gt;139.YY.0.0/24&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;33&lt;br&gt;R1 to backbone1 address is 150.100.1.YY/24&lt;br&gt;R4 to backbone2 address is 150.100.2.YY/24&lt;br&gt;Frame-relay sw is full mesh, but you only can use the dlci number in&lt;br&gt;the figure, R3&amp;#39;s serial cannot use subinterface.&lt;br&gt;OSPF area&lt;br&gt;Between R1 and R4&amp;#39;s serial: area 0&lt;br&gt;Between R1 and R2&amp;#39;s serial : area 1&lt;br&gt;R2&amp;#39;s token ring: area 2&lt;br&gt;R4&amp;#39;s token ring : area 4&lt;br&gt;RIP(3)&lt;br&gt;From backbon1 you can only let 199.172.1.9 and 199.172.3.9 appear on&lt;br&gt;R1 all through your routers, the two network must have&lt;br&gt;different metric on R4 all your routers can ping the ip address&lt;br&gt;150.100.1.253 You are allowed to let the subnets of your network&lt;br&gt;139.YY.0.0/16 to get to backbone1&lt;br&gt;EIGRP&lt;br&gt;EIGRP AS number is 100&lt;br&gt;You can redistribute between OSPF and EIGRP ONLY on R2&lt;br&gt;On R4, do not allow ospf route, VLAN A and/or RIP route appear as EIGRP&lt;br&gt;Create a access-list on R4 to prevent loop route.&lt;br&gt;ISDN&lt;br&gt;(2) R3 and R5 can ping each other, when isdn is up, only permit IP&lt;br&gt;packet pass through the isdn&lt;br&gt;(3) It is not permitted any ip protocol on the isdn, you can create a&lt;br&gt;default route on R3 and several specify static route on R5, if R3&amp;#39;s&lt;br&gt;serial interface is administely pulled out from the router, the isdn&lt;br&gt;should be up.&lt;br&gt;BGP basic&lt;br&gt;R1,R4,R3 are in AS YY, R2,R5 are in AS 10+YY,R6 is in AS 100+YY&lt;br&gt;Backbone2 is AS 254&lt;br&gt;Let loopback to update route&lt;br&gt;Ebgp: only between R4 and backbone2, only between R1 and R2, only&lt;br&gt;between R3 and R5, only between R2 and R6, only between&lt;br&gt;R5 and R6.&lt;br&gt;R1,R4,R3 are full mesh ibgp.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;34&lt;br&gt;From backbone 2, there are network : 197.68.Z.0,200.200.1.0&lt;br&gt;Only allow 197.68.Z.0 pass through your routers, R1 and R3 can see&lt;br&gt;them as ip route and ip bgp route.&lt;br&gt;BGP feature 1&lt;br&gt;Create a loopback 192.YY.42.132 on R6, put it into bgp route, let all&lt;br&gt;your routers can see it. On the R4, you have two pathes to get to&lt;br&gt;the network 192.YY.42.1/32, you must let R4 prefer R2 to get to&lt;br&gt;192.YY.42.1/32, do not use access-list based on ip address or &amp;#39;next-hop&amp;#39;.&lt;br&gt;BGP feature 2&lt;br&gt;On R5, there are routes from AS 254 pass through R2 and R3, you must&lt;br&gt;let R5 prefer the routes from AS 254 from R2, do not do it&lt;br&gt;based on ip address.&lt;br&gt;Multicast&lt;br&gt;Config multicast on R1&amp;#39;s serials, R2&amp;#39;s token ring and serial, R4&amp;#39;s&lt;br&gt;serial and token ring Use sparse-dense-mode&lt;br&gt;Only on R2&amp;#39;s token ring interface join two ip address: 224.1.1.1,&lt;br&gt;244.2.2.2. on other router, do not join the two groups explicitly&lt;br&gt;On R2 it is only &lt;a href="http://224.1.0.0/16"&gt;224.1.0.0/16&lt;/a&gt; group&amp;#39;s rp address.&lt;br&gt;R4 can not explicitly announce rp address, R4 only see one of the rp&lt;br&gt;address, do not see another rp address. But can ping the two ip&lt;br&gt;address.&lt;br&gt;ATM&lt;br&gt;Config ATM arp server&lt;br&gt;ATM esi-address:1111000000YY.00&lt;br&gt;Get snap address from ATM sw&lt;br&gt;R6&amp;#39;atm3/0 ip address:192.2.YY.1/24&lt;br&gt;Put atm3/0 into EIGRP&lt;br&gt;From arm router, there are many route, only allow 198.2.1.0 appear on&lt;br&gt;R6 and all your routers R6 only advertise 139.YY.0.0/16 to&lt;br&gt;ATM&lt;br&gt;Catalyst3920&lt;br&gt;Config 3 vlans&lt;br&gt;Port 2, R2&amp;#39;s to0/0 ring# (decimal)1, Bridge # (decimal)11&lt;br&gt;Port 4, R4&amp;#39;s to0/0 ring# (decimal)1, Bridge # (decimal)12&lt;br&gt;Port 6, R6&amp;#39;s to0/0 ring# (decimal)3, Bridge #(decimal)13&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;35&lt;br&gt;DAY 2&lt;br&gt;1. Unicast RPF (3 point)&lt;br&gt;2. Access-list (2 point=&lt;br&gt;Config a access-list(in) on R6&amp;#39;s to0/0 only allow source from&lt;br&gt;FRC1918&amp;#39;s private address (class A, class B, class&lt;br&gt;C)&lt;br&gt;3. Telnet-1 (2 point)&lt;br&gt;Only allow your ip address 139.YY.0.0 can telnet to R6, on R6 can&lt;br&gt;identify the request against permit.&lt;br&gt;4. Telnet-2 (2 point)&lt;br&gt;For security, in order to increase the security, when you telnet to&lt;br&gt;R6, you must be request to input user name:userYY, input&lt;br&gt;password:cisco&lt;br&gt;5. Ipx (5 point)&lt;br&gt;look ipx figure&lt;br&gt;IPX RIP:R6&amp;#39;s to 0/0, VLAN A, Backbone 2&lt;br&gt;There are twp ipx network on R6&amp;#39;s to0/0: 100+YY,1000+YY, all routers&lt;br&gt;must see them From backbone2, do not know the&lt;br&gt;backbone2&amp;#39;s ipx network, ipx network encap Only allow ipx network AA00&lt;br&gt;appear on R4 and all your router.&lt;br&gt;Config R6, do load share, R6 can see two pathes, when R6&amp;#39;s to0/0&amp;#39;s&lt;br&gt;stations access backbone2&amp;#39;s ipx network AA00, they must use the&lt;br&gt;same path and are not out of order.&lt;br&gt;6. DLSW+ (2+3)&lt;br&gt;6.1 Stations on VLANA want to communicate with stations on ring2, R4&lt;br&gt;want to build peer with R2 and R6, must be&lt;br&gt;CONNECT.config R2, when stations on ring 2 want to access VLANA, R4&lt;br&gt;should prefer R2.&lt;br&gt;6.2 Dlsw+ on frame-relay(3)&lt;br&gt;VLANB want to communicate ring 2, do not use TCP and FST encap.&lt;br&gt;7.voice (2+2)&lt;br&gt;7.1 Config R6, use ring number 4YY0 and 4YY1 under port 2/0/0 and&lt;br&gt;2/0/1 respectively, they can ring each other. There are many&lt;br&gt;rings number with extention number 3002 on a hub or server, its ip address is&lt;br&gt;192.2.YY.254, you can not config exactly using the number 3002 or&lt;br&gt;multi-period(….).&lt;br&gt;7.2 there are a ring number 526-83456(not remember) on ATM router, its&lt;br&gt;ip address is 192.2.YY.254, config R6, when you dial 3002&lt;br&gt;or 52683456, it will ring. (not remember exactly)&lt;br&gt;8.Catalyst&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;36&lt;br&gt;8.1 config catalyst 5000, syslog server ip address is 150.100.1.240,&lt;br&gt;facility level is SYSLOG,&lt;br&gt;8.2 set port 2/10 port level is HIGH&lt;br&gt;8.3 Bridge (not remember exactly): set port 2/6&amp;#39;s cost, let it have&lt;br&gt;high priority to be root port prefer the port with default cost.&lt;br&gt;LAB 8.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;37&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;38&lt;br&gt;Description:&lt;br&gt;1.Equipment:&lt;br&gt;There may be totally 7 routers and 3 switches you need to configure.&lt;br&gt;Commserver:2511&lt;br&gt;R1:2610&lt;br&gt;R3,R5:2500&lt;br&gt;R2,R4,R6:3640&lt;br&gt;Ethernet switch:CAT5002&lt;br&gt;Tokenring switch:3900&lt;br&gt;Backbone switch:2924M-XL&lt;br&gt;This Lab doesn&amp;#39;t want you to configure the R6 which have ATM interface&lt;br&gt;and voice interfaces.&lt;br&gt;2.lab time&lt;br&gt;Day1: 9:30----17:20 (lunch time: 11:30----12:00)&lt;br&gt;45 points, 30 to pass to day2&lt;br&gt;Day2: 9:00----12:00&lt;br&gt;35 points, total 60 to pass to afternoon&amp;#39;s troubleshooting&lt;br&gt;15:00-18:00&lt;br&gt;troubleshooting, total 80 to get your number&lt;br&gt;3.Requirement&lt;br&gt;At troubleshooting, the parameters may be changed except the topology,&lt;br&gt;include ip address, area number, process tag, etc. But this is&lt;br&gt;not the fault, for example, you are not allowed to change the ip&lt;br&gt;address when they change the network from &lt;a href="http://132.3.0.0/16"&gt;132.3.0.0/16&lt;/a&gt; to&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://132.7.0.0/16"&gt;132.7.0.0/16&lt;/a&gt;, but the subnet mask may be wrong, exactly that&amp;#39;s what&lt;br&gt;you want to troubleshoot. Additional, the scoring is block by&lt;br&gt;block, but each score is not more than 4 points.&lt;br&gt;No static routes are permit (include to null0 or default-network)&lt;br&gt;except explicitly request.&lt;br&gt;Day 1:&lt;br&gt;1. Commserver (1 point)&lt;br&gt;Configure reverse telnet. line1-6 are R1-R6, line 7 is CAT5002, line87&lt;br&gt;is 3900, line9 is backbone switch.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;39&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;No exec, transport input all&lt;br&gt;2. Physical connection (1 point)&lt;br&gt;Make the right connection&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Straight forward. Normally. all the cables they provide to you must be&lt;br&gt;used, if you find that there are some left, check carefully if you&lt;br&gt;are right.&lt;br&gt;3. Draw a topology diagram (1 point)&lt;br&gt;Include ip address, area number, VLAN, etc. Make it updated.&lt;br&gt;4. loopback address (1 point)&lt;br&gt;Setup loopback address as 132.Y.X.X at your router, where Y is your&lt;br&gt;rack number and X is your router number.&lt;br&gt;5. CAT5002 setup (1 point)&lt;br&gt;R3 in VLAN A, use 100, R5 in VLAN B, use 200. Set sc0 (132.3.9.9) in&lt;br&gt;VLAN A, and make the switch able to reach all the topology&lt;br&gt;through R3.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Set vtp domain&lt;br&gt;Set vlan&lt;br&gt;Set vlan name&lt;br&gt;Set ip route default 132.3.9.3 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;6. address (2 points)&lt;br&gt;All the interfaces use 132.Y.0.0 network as their addresses and use&lt;br&gt;24bits mask. The frame relay interface use 27 bits mask. Draw&lt;br&gt;them on your diagram.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Imply that the loopback address use 24bits mask, don&amp;#39;t use 32 bits mask.&lt;br&gt;7. frame-relay setup (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Setup frame-relay, the frame relay switch is a 4500 which also act as&lt;br&gt;a backbone router. The switch is configured as fully meshed, but&lt;br&gt;you are demanded to only use pvc showed on the diagram they provide&lt;br&gt;(see diagram).&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;40&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;No frame-relay inarp&lt;br&gt;Frame-relay map ip ……&lt;br&gt;8.RIP setting (2 points)&lt;br&gt;R1 ethernet address is 150.100.1.Y. Setup RIP in R1, several network&lt;br&gt;will send to R1 from Backbone 1, you are requested to permit&lt;br&gt;only 193.68.3.9 to add in your RIP routing table and advertise it and&lt;br&gt;150.100.1.0 to your topology. Also, advertise only the classful&lt;br&gt;network 132.3.0.0 to your RIP domain.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Distribute-list, mutual redistribute&lt;br&gt;Router rip&lt;br&gt;Distribute-list x in ethernet 0&lt;br&gt;Redistribute ospf 3 match internal external 1 external 2 route-map o2r&lt;br&gt;Route-map o2r&lt;br&gt;Match ip address y&lt;br&gt;Set metric&lt;br&gt;Router ospf 3&lt;br&gt;Redistribute rip subnet&lt;br&gt;9. OSPF&lt;br&gt;9.1 basic configuration (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Frame-relay interface in area 0; R4&amp;#39;s tokenring interface in area 4;&lt;br&gt;serial interfaces between R3 and R2, R2&amp;#39;s tokenring interface,&lt;br&gt;VLAN A in area 3; VLAN B in area 5; make area 5 as NSSA area. Put all&lt;br&gt;loopback interface in the area.&lt;br&gt;Make all interfaces reach each other.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Ip ospf network point-to-multipoint&lt;br&gt;Router ospf 3&lt;br&gt;Area 0 …., area 3…..,……..&lt;br&gt;Area 3 virtual-link 132.3.3.3, Area 3 virtual-link 132.3.2.2 Area 5 nssa&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;41&lt;br&gt;9.2 default-information (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Make R2 generate a default route to area 5, make the default route&lt;br&gt;only appear on R5.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;At R2: Area 5 nssa default-information originate&lt;br&gt;9.3 external route (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Make another loopback interface in R5 (network 192.192.1.0) . make&lt;br&gt;this network able to be reached by ospf topology but you are not&lt;br&gt;allowed to put it in any area. And it must appear as different metric&lt;br&gt;at R3 and R1.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Redistribute connected subnet metric-type 1 route-map c20 Route-map c20&lt;br&gt;Match ip address x&lt;br&gt;9.4 OSPF timers (2 points)&lt;br&gt;You are informed that R3 use much resource to run the ospf process,&lt;br&gt;tune the R3 to run not less than 30 seconds between two&lt;br&gt;processed.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Timers spf 5 30&lt;br&gt;Make sure you know the difference between the two spf timers.&lt;br&gt;10.frame-relay QoS (3 points)&lt;br&gt;You are requested to rune the frame relay include mincir,cir,bc,be as&lt;br&gt;below: mincir 16kbps; measure interval is 125ms;set DE when&lt;br&gt;48kbps;drop when 64 kbps&lt;br&gt;Answer: frame-relay traffic shaping fram-relay class QoS map-class&lt;br&gt;frame-relay QoS mincor 1600&lt;br&gt;cir 48000&lt;br&gt;bc 6000&lt;br&gt;be 2000&lt;br&gt;11. ISDN&lt;br&gt;11.1 DDR ( 2 points)&lt;br&gt;Traditional DDR between R3 and R5, not mentioned about ppp or&lt;br&gt;authentication. Isdn switch-type is basic-5ess, no spids. Number is&lt;br&gt;68020X01 and 68020X02, where X is your rack number.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;42&lt;br&gt;Username R3 password cisco&lt;br&gt;Username R5 password cisco&lt;br&gt;Encapsulation ppp&lt;br&gt;PPP authentication chap&lt;br&gt;Dialer map ip 132.3.100.3 name R3 68020301&lt;br&gt;Dialer map ip 132.3.100.5 name R5 68020302&lt;br&gt;Isdn switch-type basic-5ess&lt;br&gt;Dialer-group 1&lt;br&gt;Dialer-list 1 protocol ip permit&lt;br&gt;11.2 Toll avoidance (2 points)&lt;br&gt;When R5 generate a call, R3 will drop it and call back (ppp callback).&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Ppp callback request&lt;br&gt;Ppp callback accept&lt;br&gt;Dialer map ip.132.3.100.5 name R5 class CALLBACK 68020302 Map-class&lt;br&gt;dialer CALLBACK&lt;br&gt;Dialer class-back username&lt;br&gt;11.3 routing backup (floating static) (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Put some specific static route at R3 and a default route at R5 to:&lt;br&gt;when R3 or R5 lose some route from ospf, both them can generate a&lt;br&gt;call to each other; any router in your topology can reach the active&lt;br&gt;interface of R5; Network 192.192.1.0 must still appear as different&lt;br&gt;metric at R3 and R1. When R5&amp;#39;s ethernet interface is still up, R5 is&lt;br&gt;not allowed to generate the call???&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;They would not tell you use which method, you must decide by yourself.&lt;br&gt;Use floating static At R3:&lt;br&gt;Ip route 132.3.5.5 255.255.255.0 132.3.100.5 150&lt;br&gt;Ip route 192.192.1.0 255.255.255.0 132.3.100.5 150&lt;br&gt;Router ospf 3&lt;br&gt;Redistribute static subnet route-map BACKUP&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;43&lt;br&gt;Route-map BACKUP permit 10&lt;br&gt;Match metric-type 1&lt;br&gt;Access-list 50 permit 192.192.1.0 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;At R5&lt;br&gt;Ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 132.3.100.3 150&lt;br&gt;12. BGP&lt;br&gt;12.1 IBGP, EBGP (2 points)&lt;br&gt;R1 in AS 1031, R4 in AS 1034, R3, R2, R5 in AS 1099; IBGP must be fully meshed.&lt;br&gt;Answer: Straight forward&lt;br&gt;Use loopback interface as update-source in AS 1099 is better (for the&lt;br&gt;sake of keeping the BGP peering stable when ISDN&lt;br&gt;backup is functioning, see previous and below).&lt;br&gt;12.2 Confederation and filters (2 points)&lt;br&gt;There is an external AS 254 on backbone 2 (which peer address is&lt;br&gt;150.100.2.254, and yours is 150.100.2.X, where X is your rack&lt;br&gt;number). You are requested to send your topology&amp;#39;s route to that AS an&lt;br&gt;appear as from only AS 3.&lt;br&gt;AS 254 will advertise several route to your topology, you are&lt;br&gt;requested to only permit 197.68.x.0 to be put into your topology,&lt;br&gt;where&lt;br&gt;x is any number. The proctor said that mask had no limit.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;The question has no word such as &amp;#39;confederation&amp;#39;, you must decide by&lt;br&gt;yourself to implement confederation. Bgp confederation&lt;br&gt;identifier 3&lt;br&gt;Bgp confederation peer-id 1031 1099&lt;br&gt;….&lt;br&gt;….&lt;br&gt;Neighbor 150.100.2.254 distribute-list 2 in&lt;br&gt;Access-list 2 permit 197.68.0.0 0.0.255.255&lt;br&gt;12.3 route advertisement (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Make another loopback interface in R5 (network 192.192.2.0). Make this&lt;br&gt;network the only route to advertise to the AS 254 and make&lt;br&gt;it as the BGP route at R1&amp;#39;s routing table.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;44&lt;br&gt;Answer: &amp;#39;No synchronous&amp;#39; at every router&lt;br&gt;Neighbor 150.100.2.254 distribute-list 1 out&lt;br&gt;Access-list 1 permit 192.192.2.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br&gt;12.4 reduce route (2 points)&lt;br&gt;For some memory consume problem, you are requested to change the&lt;br&gt;197.68.x.0 network to a supernet&lt;br&gt;197.68.0.0 to except 197.68.22.0, advertise them in your topology and&lt;br&gt;do not send them back to AS 254.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;There are four network incoming: 197.68.1.0, 197.68.4.0, 197.68.5.0,&lt;br&gt;197.68.22.0, so use suppress-map and AS-SET&lt;br&gt;Because network 150.100.2.0 is not seen by ospf, all router except R4&lt;br&gt;consider the 197.68.x.0&amp;#39;s next hop as unreachable, they don&amp;#39;t&lt;br&gt;put them in their routing table since the BGP routes are not the best.&lt;br&gt;I have to put the&lt;br&gt;150.100.2.0 into ospf, I don&amp;#39;t know whether it is acceptable, but the&lt;br&gt;proctor seem to not mind it.&lt;br&gt;(or use next-hop self)&lt;br&gt;Aggregate-address 197.68.0.0 255.255.0.0 as-set suppress-map SPECIFIC&lt;br&gt;Route-map SPECIFIC permit 10&lt;br&gt;Match ip address 1&lt;br&gt;Access-list 1 permit 197.68.1.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br&gt;Access-list 1 permit 197.68.4.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br&gt;Access-list 1 permit 197.68.5.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br&gt;13. dlsw+&lt;br&gt;13.1 Normal setting (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Hosts on R2&amp;#39;s ring 1 and VLANB want to communicate with hosts on R3&amp;#39;s VLAN A.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Dlsw local-peer peer-id 132.3.2.2&lt;br&gt;Dlsw remote-peer 0 tcp 132.3.3.3&lt;br&gt;Dlsw bridge-group 1&lt;br&gt;Source-route ring-group 1000&lt;br&gt;Source-route transparent 1000 500 1 1&lt;br&gt;Bridge-group 1 protocol ieee&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;45&lt;br&gt;Interface ethernet 0&lt;br&gt;Bridge-group 1&lt;br&gt;Interface tokenring 0&lt;br&gt;Source-route 200 1 1000&lt;br&gt;13.2 Additional peer (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Hosts on R4&amp;#39;s ring2 want to communicate with VLAN A and VLAN B&amp;#39;S&lt;br&gt;hosts. You are asked to add only one new peer connection,&lt;br&gt;border peer is not allowed.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Maybe rif passthrough, 3920 config&lt;br&gt;13.3 Source-route bridge tuning (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Ring 1 in R2 experience a explore storm and cause packet drop. Tune&lt;br&gt;the R2 to let the tokenring interface to deal with 100 packets&lt;br&gt;(include data and explorer packets) at one time.&lt;br&gt;Answer: Hold-queue&lt;br&gt;13.4 SNA filter (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Set filter to make R4&amp;#39;s dlsw only allow test explorer (0x0000) and SNA&lt;br&gt;traffic (0x0004, 0x0008, 0x000c) and their response frames.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Access-list 200 permit 0x0000 0x0d0d&lt;br&gt;Dlsw remote-peer 0 tcp 132.3.4.4 lsap-output-filter 200&lt;br&gt;Day 2:&lt;br&gt;Ipx and its filter&lt;br&gt;Appletalk and appletalk DDR&lt;br&gt;Mobile arp&lt;br&gt;Frame-relay broadcast queue&lt;br&gt;My experience:&lt;br&gt;xBe careful and serious. Pay attention to the words such as &amp;#39;only&amp;#39;,&lt;br&gt;&amp;#39;allowed&amp;#39;, &amp;#39;permit&amp;#39;, etc. Do not make stupid mistakes.&lt;br&gt;xBe familiar with Documentation, know how to get the detail in the&lt;br&gt;CD. Search the CD as fast as possible.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;46&lt;br&gt;LAB 9.&lt;br&gt;Address&lt;br&gt;Use 135.YY.0.0/16&lt;br&gt;Frame relay between R3, R4 and use R6 use 29 bits sub mask, ring 100&lt;br&gt;use 27 bits sub mask. Others use 24 bit sub mask.&lt;br&gt;Frame relay&lt;br&gt;Use multipoint subinterface on R4, you can not use subinterface on&lt;br&gt;other routers. You can use only the PVC provided in the figure.&lt;br&gt;Switch&lt;br&gt;1 VLAN&lt;br&gt;VLAN A : 10&lt;br&gt;VLAN B: 20&lt;br&gt;VLAN C: 30&lt;br&gt;VLAN_CAT: 30&lt;br&gt;BACKBONE 1: 11&lt;br&gt;BACKBONE 2: 12&lt;br&gt;Cat 500 sc0 interface in VLAN_CAT, ip is 135.YY.36.30_&lt;br&gt;All routers can access the switch.&lt;br&gt;2 VTP pruning&lt;br&gt;Enable VTP pruning except VLAN B and VLAN C.&lt;br&gt;3 link fast&lt;br&gt;The Ethernet interface of R3, R5, R2, R6 should be up immediately when&lt;br&gt;boot. All the interfaces are 10M and half duplex.&lt;br&gt;4 trunk&lt;br&gt;Set link to R6 as trunk, and only traffic of VLANA, VLANB and VLAN_CAT&lt;br&gt;be allowed on the trunk.&lt;br&gt;CAT 3920&lt;br&gt;Ring 100 belong to bridge 1 and ring 200 belongs to bridge 15.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;47&lt;br&gt;IRB&lt;br&gt;R6 bridges between VLAN B and VLAN_CAT, route between VLANA and other VLANs.&lt;br&gt;RIP&lt;br&gt;On link between R1 and R3, only version 2 update is allowed.&lt;br&gt;R1 receives route 199.172.z.0 (z is any number) from backbone, only&lt;br&gt;permit odd routes into your rack, and with the least commands&lt;br&gt;to do this.&lt;br&gt;Only 135.YY.0.0/16 can be advised to bb1. You can not use summary.&lt;br&gt;OSPF&lt;br&gt;Ring 100 is area 0, frame relay between R3, R4 and R6 is area 1, ring&lt;br&gt;100 is area 2, vlan B is area 33. Area 0 us simple text&lt;br&gt;authentication, area 1 use MD5 authentication.&lt;br&gt;Area 2 is NSSA.&lt;br&gt;Redistribute between OSPF and RIP on R3. 199.172.z.0 should appear on R2.&lt;br&gt;EIGRP&lt;br&gt;AS number is 100.&lt;br&gt;Distribute between EIGRP and OSPF.&lt;br&gt;R2 should forward packet through to0 and you can not use policy&lt;br&gt;routing. You should accept only some of the routes from ATM&lt;br&gt;backbone and advertise nothing to ATM backbone.&lt;br&gt;IGRP&lt;br&gt;VLAN A uses IGRP, AS number 10.&lt;br&gt;When calculating metric, load should be used.&lt;br&gt;Redistribute between OSPF and IGRP on R6.&lt;br&gt;R5 can communicate with all other routes.&lt;br&gt;ATM&lt;br&gt;R6 have atm interface 3/0. Do not use subinterface and should not&lt;br&gt;learn IP through arp server. Address of ATM interface is&lt;br&gt;192.1.YY.1, the other end ip add is 192.1.YY.254. You should ping this&lt;br&gt;ip address. All routers can ping the ATM interface.&lt;br&gt;ISDN&lt;br&gt;Only R5 can initial the call. Use chap as authentication method. R5&lt;br&gt;should not challenge R3. ON R5, when traffic is more than 25%,&lt;br&gt;bring up another B channel and split packet on 2 B channels.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;48&lt;br&gt;ISDN routing&lt;br&gt;Configure IGRP on ISDN interface and redistribute between ospf and&lt;br&gt;IGRP on R3. When Ethernet interface of R5 is down, R5 can&lt;br&gt;still communicate with all other routers. You can use snap shot&lt;br&gt;routing or watch list.&lt;br&gt;HSRP&lt;br&gt;Configure HSRP on R3 and R6, R6 is preferred. IP is 135.YY.36.100.&lt;br&gt;When R6&amp;#39;s frame relay or VLAN C is down, R3 is used as default router.&lt;br&gt;Telnet&lt;br&gt;On R2, other routers can telnet to it. You should see their host name,&lt;br&gt;instead of IP address. The telnet users should not see the&lt;br&gt;mapping between IP and host name.&lt;br&gt;Access control&lt;br&gt;Enable http server on R6.&lt;br&gt;On R3, deny users form BB1 to access the http server, but when they&lt;br&gt;telnet to R3 and authenticated, they can access the http server.&lt;br&gt;IPX&lt;br&gt;Configure IPX on all routers except ISDN, ATM loopback interfaces and&lt;br&gt;the link between R1 and R3. Use EIGRP on frame relay&lt;br&gt;backbone.&lt;br&gt;On R6 token ring interface, configure IPX network FFFFFFFF.&lt;br&gt;R1 should learn route with next hop R5.&lt;br&gt;DLSW&lt;br&gt;VLAN A and ring 100 can communicate with each other.&lt;br&gt;Peer should be connected only when traffic is forwarding.&lt;br&gt;R5 should prefer R2 to access ring 100 and you can not use &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot;.&lt;br&gt;When other routers want to access ring 100, they should prefer R4,&lt;br&gt;without using backup peer. R5 should wait 5 min before mark a SNA or&lt;br&gt;Netbios resource as unreachable.&lt;br&gt;Bandwidth allocation&lt;br&gt;On R5 e0, DLSW traffic should use 50% bandwidth.&lt;br&gt;Voice QOS&lt;br&gt;On frame-relay PVC, allocate bandwidth for voicecall.&lt;br&gt;Voice&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;49&lt;br&gt;Two phones on R6 can call each other&lt;br&gt;Phone son R6 can call a phone 3002 through ATM, GW is 128.28.8.2 When&lt;br&gt;phone on 1/0/0 dial 1, it can call to phone on 1/0/1.&lt;br&gt;Set ip precedence of voice to 5.&lt;br&gt;BGP&lt;br&gt;1 IBGP&lt;br&gt;R2, R4, R6 is AS YY.&lt;br&gt;R2 and R6 can not be peer.&lt;br&gt;You can not disable synchronization.&lt;br&gt;On R6, add a loop back interface with IP 200.200.1.x/24, and advertise&lt;br&gt;it, you can not use network command. You can put&lt;br&gt;200.200.1.x into IGP.&lt;br&gt;2 EBGP&lt;br&gt;R1 is in AS 65000+YY and R3 in AS 5000+YY.&lt;br&gt;R1 and R3 is peer, R3 and R6 is peer.&lt;br&gt;R4 is peer with BB2, AS 254.&lt;br&gt;There are some routes form BB2, you should only accept 197.68.x.0 and&lt;br&gt;200.200.YY.0. On R1, add a loop back interface with IP add&lt;br&gt;199.199.1.x/24 and advertise it. On AS YY, this route should appear as&lt;br&gt;originated from AS 5000+YY.&lt;br&gt;199.199.1.x should appear on BGP table of all routers and advertised to BB2.&lt;br&gt;Section B – Newer 8 Labs&lt;br&gt;Lab 1.&lt;br&gt;Forenoon&lt;br&gt;The following parts record the real whole course:&lt;br&gt;1. config terminal server:&lt;br&gt;R1-R6,Cat3550&lt;br&gt;2. draw network topology map&lt;br&gt;Update as soon as there arechanges.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;50&lt;br&gt;3. Configure ip addresses&lt;br&gt;Use CIDR block &lt;a href="http://50.1.0.0/16"&gt;50.1.0.0/16&lt;/a&gt; to assign all with /24 mask other than:&lt;br&gt;3.1 isdn use /29&lt;br&gt;3.2 VlanA use /24&lt;br&gt;3.3 Framerelay use /28&lt;br&gt;3.4 VlanB use /27&lt;br&gt;3.5 Backbone 1 R1&amp;#39;s e0 has ip add: 150.2.1.x/24&lt;br&gt;3.6 Backbone 2 R4&amp;#39;s e0 has ip add:150.2.2.x/24&lt;br&gt;3.7 R6&amp;#39;s ATM has add 172.2.2.x/24&lt;br&gt;3.8 set VlanA, VlanB in Cat3550, sc0 with ip add 50.1.30/22.&lt;br&gt;4. Configure each router a loop interface&lt;br&gt;ip add like 50.1.x.x (x is router number)&lt;br&gt;5. Config framerelay&lt;br&gt;,&lt;br&gt;Even if there are many dlci in framerelay switch, you can only use the&lt;br&gt;diagram. You can not use subinterface on R1 and R2.&lt;br&gt;6. OSPF&lt;br&gt;6.1 area 0 include vlanB&lt;br&gt;6.2 area 1 include vlanA&lt;br&gt;6.3 area 3 include ISDN only&lt;br&gt;6.4 area 5 include framerelay&lt;br&gt;6.5 area 6 include R2&amp;#39;token 0&lt;br&gt;6.6 put all router&amp;#39;s loopback is OSPF&lt;br&gt;7. RIP&lt;br&gt;7.1 put R1&amp;#39;s e0 in RIP&lt;br&gt;7.2 you can get many routes, you can only input 60.172.1.0, 60.172.3.0,60.172.0.&lt;br&gt;7.3 On R1:redistribute between RIP on OSPF, let RIP only know&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://50.1.0.0/16"&gt;50.1.0.0/16&lt;/a&gt;, let ospf only see 60.172.12.0 and another route, it can&lt;br&gt;reach 60.172.1.9 and 60.172.3.0.&lt;br&gt;8. IGRP&lt;br&gt;8.1 config IGRP between R3, R4, and R4&amp;#39;s all interfaces.&lt;br&gt;8.2 On R3:redistribute between ospf and igrp, let all ospf router can&lt;br&gt;see all routes from igrp&lt;br&gt;8.3 On R3:product default-network to R4, let R4 can ping all ospf router.&lt;br&gt;9. Dlsw&lt;br&gt;9.1 build dlsw on R5, R2, R4.&lt;br&gt;9.2 let VlanB bridge to VlanA but not to ring1&lt;br&gt;9.3 on R4 it is can not send out any mac with 4000.8888.xxxx to ring1,&lt;br&gt;but communication still ok.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;51&lt;br&gt;10. VPN&lt;br&gt;10.1 R6&amp;#39;s atm interface have a pvc 0/100 to custom&amp;#39;s atm router 199.1.1.1&lt;br&gt;10.2 custom have some employee in vlanB want to access there source&lt;br&gt;connect to atmrouter123.2.2.2, they use eigrp 100.&lt;br&gt;10.3 custom&amp;#39;s address, routes can not in any route except R5 and R6,&lt;br&gt;and custom routers can not know any routes of your routes.&lt;br&gt;Seriously for the Really Serious&lt;br&gt;End of Forenoon&lt;br&gt;Afternoon&lt;br&gt;11. BGP&lt;br&gt;11.1 R5 in As 2,RI in As 3, R2,R3,R6 in As 1, R4 in As 4&lt;br&gt;11.2 build ebgp and ibgp relation, 3-1,2-1,4-1&lt;br&gt;11.3 1 has a connect to 150.2.2.254 which is As 100, you can receive&lt;br&gt;many bgp route. Only send&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://200.200.1.0/24"&gt;200.200.1.0/24&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="http://200.200.2.0/24"&gt;200.200.2.0/24&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="http://200.200.9.0/24"&gt;200.200.9.0/24&lt;/a&gt; to As1000&lt;br&gt;11.4 On R2: only send &lt;a href="http://200.200.9.0/24"&gt;200.200.9.0/24&lt;/a&gt; and one bgp route include&lt;br&gt;200.200.1.0 and 200.200.2.0 to As2000, and let R5 find those route&lt;br&gt;is original from As400.&lt;br&gt;12.&lt;br&gt;config R4&amp;#39;s ethernet to Backbone2&amp;#39;s www server limited below 1.5Mbps.&lt;br&gt;13.&lt;br&gt;config ethernet broadcast in CAT3550&amp;#39;s can not reach 20%&lt;br&gt;14. Multicast&lt;br&gt;14.1 config multicast on R1,R2,R3,R6, let R1 join a igmp group, you&lt;br&gt;can ping it from others.&lt;br&gt;14.2 let R2,R6 support Cat3550s multicast function.&lt;br&gt;15. Access&lt;br&gt;15.1 only config outbound on R2&amp;#39;s framerelay.&lt;br&gt;15.2 deny smtp,pop3 from VlanB to VlanA&lt;br&gt;15.3 deny www from ring2 to vlan B&lt;br&gt;15.4 deny R3&amp;#39;s ping to R1&lt;br&gt;15.5 deny vlana&amp;#39;s any udp port great than 6000 to Backbone1&lt;br&gt;The End&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;52&lt;br&gt;Lab 2&lt;br&gt;Note: Some IP configuration might contain some small errors. Compare&lt;br&gt;with the picture on the next page.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;53&lt;br&gt;Forenoon&lt;br&gt;1. Commserver (1 point)&lt;br&gt;Configure reverse telnet. line1-6 are R1-R6,line7 is CAT3550,line8 is&lt;br&gt;3900,line9 is backbone switch.&lt;br&gt;Answer: No exec, transport inout all&lt;br&gt;2. Physical connection (1 point)&lt;br&gt;3. Draw a topology diagram (1 point)&lt;br&gt;Include ip address, area number, VLAN, etc. Make it updated.&lt;br&gt;4. Loopback address (1 point)&lt;br&gt;Setup loopback address as 132.Y.X.X at your router, where Y is your&lt;br&gt;rack number and X is your router number.&lt;br&gt;5.CAT3550 setup (1 point)&lt;br&gt;R3 in VLAN A, use 100, R5 in VLAN B, use 200. Set sc0 (132.3.9.9) in&lt;br&gt;VLAN A, and make the switch able to reach all the topology&lt;br&gt;through R3.&lt;br&gt;6.address (2 points)&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;54&lt;br&gt;All the interfaces use 132.Y.0.0 network as their addresses and use&lt;br&gt;24bits mask. The frame relay interface use 27 bits mask. Draw&lt;br&gt;them on your diagram.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Imply that the loopback address use 24bits mask, don&amp;#39;t use 32 bits mask.&lt;br&gt;7.frame-relay setup (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Setup frame-relay, the frame relay switch is a 4500 which also act as&lt;br&gt;a backbone router. The switch is configured as fully meshed, but&lt;br&gt;you are demanded to only use the pvc showed on the diagram they&lt;br&gt;provide (see the diagram).&lt;br&gt;8.RIP setting (2 points)&lt;br&gt;R1 ethernet address is 150.100.1.Y. setup RIP in R1, several network&lt;br&gt;will send to R1 from Backbone 1, you are requested to permit&lt;br&gt;only 192.68.3.9 to add in your RIP routing table and advertise it and&lt;br&gt;150.100.1.0 to your topology.&lt;br&gt;Also, advertise only the classful network 132.3.0.0 to your RIP domain.&lt;br&gt;Answer: Distribute-list, mutual redistribute&lt;br&gt;9.OSPF&lt;br&gt;9.1 basic config (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Frame-relay interface in area 0; R4&amp;#39;s tokenring interface in area4;&lt;br&gt;serial interfaces between R3 and R2, R2&amp;#39;s interface, VLAN A in&lt;br&gt;area 3; VLAN B in area 5; make area 5 as NSSA area. Put all loopback&lt;br&gt;interface in the area. Make all interfaces reacheach other.&lt;br&gt;Answer: virtual-link, nssa&lt;br&gt;9.2 default-information (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Make R2 generate a default route to area 5, make the default route&lt;br&gt;only appear on R5.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;At R2: Area 5 nssa default-information originate&lt;br&gt;9.3 external route (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Make another loopback interface in R5 (network 192.192.1.0). Make this&lt;br&gt;network able to be reached by ospf topology but you are not&lt;br&gt;allowed to put it in any area.&lt;br&gt;And it must appear as different metric at R3 and R1.&lt;br&gt;Answer: metric-type 1&lt;br&gt;9.4 OSPF timers (2 points)&lt;br&gt;You are informed that R3 use much resource to run the ospf process,&lt;br&gt;tune the R3 to run not less than 30 seconds between two process.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;55&lt;br&gt;Answer: Timers spf 5 30&lt;br&gt;Make sure you know the difference between the two spf timers.&lt;br&gt;10.frame-relay QoS (3 points)&lt;br&gt;You are requested to rune the frame relay include mincir,cir,bc,be as&lt;br&gt;below: mincir 16kbps; measure interval is 125ms;set DE when&lt;br&gt;48kbps;dop when 64kbps&lt;br&gt;Answer: frame-relay traffic-shaping fram-relay class QoS map-class&lt;br&gt;frame-relay QoS mincir 16000&lt;br&gt;cir 48000&lt;br&gt;bc 6000&lt;br&gt;be 2000&lt;br&gt;11.ISDN&lt;br&gt;11.1 DDR (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Traditional DDR between R3 and R5, not mentioned about ppp or&lt;br&gt;authentication. lsdn switch-type is basic-5ess, no spids. numbers are&lt;br&gt;68020X01 and 68020X02, where X is your rack number.&lt;br&gt;11.2 Tool avoidance (2 points)&lt;br&gt;When R5 generate a call, R3 will drop it and call back (ppp callback).&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Ppp callback request&lt;br&gt;Ppp callback accept&lt;br&gt;Dialer map ip 132.3.100.5 name R5 class CALLBACK 68020302 Map-class&lt;br&gt;dialer CALLBACK&lt;br&gt;Dialer call-back username&lt;br&gt;11.3 Routing backup (floating static) (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Put some specific static route at R3 and a default route at R5 to:&lt;br&gt;when R3 or R5 lose some route from ospf, both them can generate a&lt;br&gt;call to each other; any router in your topology can reach the active&lt;br&gt;interface of R5; Network 192.192.1.0 must still appear as different&lt;br&gt;metric at R3 and R1. When R5&amp;#39;s ethernet interface is still up, R5 is&lt;br&gt;not allowed to generate the call???&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;They don&amp;#39;t tell you use which method, you must decide by yourself. Use&lt;br&gt;floating static At R3: Ip route 132.3.5.5 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;132.3.100.5 150&lt;br&gt;Ip route 192.192.1.0 255.255.255.0 132.3.100.5 150&lt;br&gt;Router ospf 3&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;56&lt;br&gt;Redistribute static subnet route-map BACKUP&lt;br&gt;Route-map BACKUP permit 10&lt;br&gt;Match ip address 50&lt;br&gt;Set metric-type 1&lt;br&gt;Access-list 50 permit 192.192.1.0 255.255.255.0 At R5 Ip route 0.0.0.0&lt;br&gt;0.0.0.0 132.3.100.3. 150&lt;br&gt;12. BGP&lt;br&gt;12.1 IBGP, EBGP (2 points)&lt;br&gt;R1 in AS 1031, R4 in AS 1034, R3, R2, R5 in AS 1099; IBGP must be fully meshed.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Straight forward.&lt;br&gt;Use loopback interface as update-source in AS 1099 us better (for the&lt;br&gt;sake of keeping the BGP peering stable when ISDN backup is&lt;br&gt;functioning, see previous and below).&lt;br&gt;12.2 Confederation and filters (2 points)&lt;br&gt;There is an external AS 254 on backbone 2 (which peer address is&lt;br&gt;150.100.2.254, and yours is 150.100.2.X, where X is your rack&lt;br&gt;number). You are requested to send your topology s route to that AS&lt;br&gt;and appear as from only AS 3. AS 254 will advertise several&lt;br&gt;route to your topology, you are requested to only permit 197.68.x.0 to&lt;br&gt;be put into your topology, where x is any number. The proctor&lt;br&gt;said that the mask had no limit.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;The question has no word such as confederation, you must decide by&lt;br&gt;yourself to implement confederation. Bgp confederation&lt;br&gt;identifier 4&lt;br&gt;Bgp confederation peer-id 1031 1099.&lt;br&gt;12.3 Route advertisement (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Make another loopback interface in R5 (network 192.192.2.0). Make this&lt;br&gt;network the only route to advertise to the AS 254 and make&lt;br&gt;it as the BGP route at R1 routing table.&lt;br&gt;Answer: No synchronous at every router&lt;br&gt;12.4 Reduce route (2 points)&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;57&lt;br&gt;For some memory consume problem, you are requested to change the&lt;br&gt;197.68.x.0 network to a supernet&lt;br&gt;197.68.0.0 except 197.68.22.0, advertise them in your topology and do&lt;br&gt;not send them back to AS 254.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;There are four network incoming: 197.68.1.0, 197.68.4.0, 197.68.5.0,&lt;br&gt;197.68.22.0, so use suppress-map and AS-SET. Because&lt;br&gt;network 150.100.2.0 is not seen by ospf, all router except R4 consider&lt;br&gt;the 197.68.x.0&amp;#39;s next hop as unreachable, they don&amp;#39;t put them in&lt;br&gt;their routing table since the BGP routes are not the best. I have to&lt;br&gt;put the 150.100.2.0 into ospf, I don&amp;#39;t know whether it is acceptable,&lt;br&gt;but the proctor seem to not min it. (or use next-hop-self)&lt;br&gt;Aggregate-address 197.68.0.0 255.255.0.0 as-set suppress-map SPECIFIC&lt;br&gt;Route-map SPECIFIC permit 10&lt;br&gt;Match ip address 1&lt;br&gt;Access-list 1 permit 197.68.1.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br&gt;Access-list 1 permit 197.68.4.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br&gt;Access-list 1 permit 197.68.5.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br&gt;13 dlsw+&lt;br&gt;13.1 Normal setting (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Hosts on R2&amp;#39;s ring 1 and VLANB want to communicate with hosts on R3&amp;#39;S VLANA.&lt;br&gt;13.2 Additional peer (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Hosts on R4&amp;#39;s ring2 want to communicate with VLAN A and VLAN B&amp;#39;s&lt;br&gt;hosts. You are asked to add only one new peer connection,&lt;br&gt;border peer is not allowed.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Maybe rif passthrough, 3920 config???&lt;br&gt;13.3 Source-route bridge tuning (2 points)&lt;br&gt;Ring 1 in R2 experience a explore storm and cause packet drop. Tune&lt;br&gt;the R2 to let the tokenring interface to deal with 100 packets&lt;br&gt;(include data and explorer packets) at one time.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Hold-queue&lt;br&gt;13.4 SNA filter (2 points)&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;58&lt;br&gt;Set filter to make R4&amp;#39;s dlsw only allow test explorer (0x0000) and SNA&lt;br&gt;traffic (0x0004, 0x0008, 0x000c) and their response frames.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Access-list 200 permit 0x0000 0x0d0&lt;br&gt;Dlsw remote-peer 0 tcp 132.3.4.4 lsap-output-filter 200&lt;br&gt;Afternoon&lt;br&gt;Appletalk&lt;br&gt;- Only Eigrp on FR. Enable apple on all interfaces except ISDN, BB1&lt;br&gt;and BB2. The zone of Vlan A and Vlan B is ether. - Config R1&lt;br&gt;such that is cannot see the network of VLAN A, but it can see the&lt;br&gt;network of VLAN B. - Enable Apple on ISDN.&lt;br&gt;- The ISDN is only activated when R3-R2 link fails.&lt;br&gt;- Disable IP on ISDN&lt;br&gt;- Static route is permitted.&lt;br&gt;- Vlan A can access R2(Ring 1) and Vlan B, when R3-R2 fails.&lt;br&gt;- Callback is used.&lt;br&gt;Note: After test – Even config is correct, appletalk callback will not&lt;br&gt;work until reboot.&lt;br&gt;IOS feature&lt;br&gt;------------&lt;br&gt;- Mobile ARP - When VLAN A user is roamed to VLAN B and BB1, it still&lt;br&gt;can be accessed. --&amp;gt; Configure as the document.&lt;br&gt;- Router Access - A specific IP address is allowed to configure R3 by&lt;br&gt;a web browser --&amp;gt; http server with access-list&lt;br&gt;- Privilege Control - A user with a specific password can only be&lt;br&gt;allowed to enter &amp;quot;show&amp;quot; command - Broad-Control on FR - Exact&lt;br&gt;the same as command reference, pay attention to the byte or the bit.&lt;br&gt;Catalyst&lt;br&gt;- Span - Change spanning tree Maxage, you must &amp;#39;set spantree router&amp;#39;&lt;br&gt;too, because the spanning tree maxage will follow the routers&lt;br&gt;config when a router is connected to the switch&lt;br&gt;Lab 3&lt;br&gt;2503: R3, R5 2611: R1 3640: R2, R4, R6 3550: Cat5&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;59&lt;br&gt;Forenoon&lt;br&gt;1. Comm server ( 1 point)&lt;br&gt;2. Diagram (1)&lt;br&gt;Include ip address, area number, interface, make your diagram update.&lt;br&gt;Remember to mark FRSW&amp;#39;s interface number too, you will&lt;br&gt;need it on troubleshooting.&lt;br&gt;3 Physical connection (1)&lt;br&gt;4. cat3550 setup (1)&lt;br&gt;Two VLANs, VLANA:50; VLANB:75&lt;br&gt;5 cat5 address (1)&lt;br&gt;sc0 address on VLANA, 135.x.30.30/22, where x is the rack number, make&lt;br&gt;it be reached by your topology&lt;br&gt;6. IRDP (2)&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;60&lt;br&gt;Vlana&amp;#39;s host use irdp, male R6 most preferred and R3 least preferred.&lt;br&gt;ip irdp preference 100&lt;br&gt;7. Framerelay (2)&lt;br&gt;28 bits subnet. Only use the dlci showed on the given diagram (hub &amp;amp;&lt;br&gt;spoke, not fully meshed).&lt;br&gt;no frame-relay inverse-arp frame map ip …&lt;br&gt;8. Loopback address (1)&lt;br&gt;All of the routers has loopback interface. 135.y.x.x, where y is the&lt;br&gt;rack num. And x is the router num.&lt;br&gt;9. Address (1)&lt;br&gt;vlana: /22; vlanb: /26; framerelay int: /28; isdn: /30; others: /24&lt;br&gt;use 135.x.0.0 to setup all interfaces except explicitly asked.&lt;br&gt;e0/0 o R1 is 150.100.1.x (BB1); e0/0 on R4 is 150.100.2.x (BB2).&lt;br&gt;10. OSPF (3)&lt;br&gt;Frame relay cloud on area 1, vlana on area 0, R2&amp;#39;s ring on area 2,&lt;br&gt;vlanb on area 5, isdn on area 6.&lt;br&gt;Make loopbacks on existing area.&lt;br&gt;11. OSPF cost (2)&lt;br&gt;Change the ospf cost, should not use &amp;#39;ip ospf cost …&amp;#39; on interface.&lt;br&gt;Make cost on ethernet as 90.&lt;br&gt;auto-cost-reference-bandwidth 900&lt;br&gt;12. Rip (2)&lt;br&gt;Rip on R1 e0/0, mutual redistribution with ospf. Should receive only&lt;br&gt;199.172.x.0, make 199.172.1.0 and&lt;br&gt;199.172.3.0 as one network on your ospf topology, also advertise&lt;br&gt;150.100.1.0. Only class B 135.x.0.0/16 can be advertised from ospf&lt;br&gt;to rip.&lt;br&gt;There are 4 networks received by rip: 199.200.1.0, 199.172.1.0,&lt;br&gt;199.172.3.0, 199.172.12.0&lt;br&gt;router rip redistribute ospf 3 metric 2 network 150.100.0.0&lt;br&gt;router ospf 3 redistribute rip subnet summary-address 199.172.0.0&lt;br&gt;255.255.240.0 distribute-list 1 out rip&lt;br&gt;access-list 1 permit 199.172.0.0 255.255.0.0&lt;br&gt;13. SAP (2)&lt;br&gt;vlana&amp;#39;s sap is interferenced by something, assume that there is no&lt;br&gt;servers on vlana, make the sap advertise only when it changed.&lt;br&gt;At R2, R3, R6, set on interface: ipx sap-incremental eigrp 3&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;61&lt;br&gt;14. ISDN (4)&lt;br&gt;Only R5 can generate the call, use chap authentication, but R5 should&lt;br&gt;not challenge R3, R5 should not use its own name to&lt;br&gt;authenticate, must use userx.&lt;br&gt;Oneway authentication. Oneway dialer map&lt;br&gt;At R5:&lt;br&gt;user user3 password cisco user R3 password cisco&lt;br&gt;ini bri0 dialer map ip 135.3.9.1 broadcast 68020301 ppp chap hostname user3&lt;br&gt;At R3: user user3 password cisco user R3 password cicso int bri0 ppp&lt;br&gt;authentication chap&lt;br&gt;15. ISDN routing (2)&lt;br&gt;Setup R3 and R5 such that when R5 can access the topology when its&lt;br&gt;serial interface is down.&lt;br&gt;At R5 router ospf 3 network 135.5.5.0 0.0.0.255 area 5 network&lt;br&gt;135.5.55.0.0 0.0.0.255 area 5 area 1 virtual-link 135.5.2.2 area 1&lt;br&gt;virtual-link 135.5.3.3 int bri0&lt;br&gt;ip ospf demand-circuit&lt;br&gt;I use backup interface also, but the protor said its wrong (if&lt;br&gt;interface is up, but the dlci mapping in telecom is wrong, the isdn&lt;br&gt;will not&lt;br&gt;up). So just demand-circuit is ok.&lt;br&gt;Make the loopback interface at area 5, and setup two virtual-link to&lt;br&gt;make sure the area5 and the loopback interface is seen by the&lt;br&gt;topology when serial is down and isdn is up.&lt;br&gt;16 ATM (2)&lt;br&gt;R6, no subinterface, no autolearn ip address from client. vpi: 0, vci:&lt;br&gt;10x. ip address: 192.1.x.1, remote ATM router ip:&lt;br&gt;192.1.x.254&lt;br&gt;int atm 3/0&lt;br&gt;pvc 0/103&lt;br&gt;protocol ip 192.1.3.254 broadcast&lt;br&gt;no inarp&lt;br&gt;17. VPN (2)&lt;br&gt;You have a VPN client, they use CIDR &lt;a href="http://192.1.32.0/20"&gt;192.1.32.0/20&lt;/a&gt;, some of your&lt;br&gt;client&amp;#39;s employees are connected at R5&amp;#39;s ethernet, their gateway&lt;br&gt;is 192.1.32.175. You can use any network in &lt;a href="http://192.1.32.0/20"&gt;192.1.32.0/20&lt;/a&gt; to build the&lt;br&gt;VPN. VPN still on function when R5&amp;#39;s serial is down.&lt;br&gt;Setup tunnel between R5 and R6&amp;#39;s secondary ip address at R5&amp;#39;s e0:&lt;br&gt;R6: int tunnel 0 ip address 192.1.33.1 255.255.255.0 tunnel source&lt;br&gt;loopback 0 tunnel destination 135.3.5.5&lt;br&gt;R5: int tunnel 0 ip address 192.1.33.2 255.255.0 tunnel source&lt;br&gt;loopback0 tunnel destination 35.3.6.6 interface e0 ip address&lt;br&gt;192.1.32.175 255.255.255.0 secondary&lt;br&gt;18. VPN routing (2)&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;62&lt;br&gt;Your client are using eigrp 100, setup eigrp such that your clients&lt;br&gt;employees at R5 can be reached by their remote network, also&lt;br&gt;advertise the route received from the remote ATM router to the&lt;br&gt;employees. All the routes of your client are not allowed to be&lt;br&gt;advertised out of R5 and R6.&lt;br&gt;router eigrp 100 network 192.1.33.0 network 192.1.32.0 passive-interface …&lt;br&gt;19. VPN routing (2)&lt;br&gt;All traffic from your client&amp;#39;s employees at R5 to outside, either&lt;br&gt;traffic to their networks or to your networks, should be route to the&lt;br&gt;remote ATM router first (assume they don&amp;#39;t need to telnet to R5 or&lt;br&gt;R6). Setup R5 and R6 to comply this policy.&lt;br&gt;policy routing:&lt;br&gt;R5: interface e0 ip policy route-map VPN route-map VPN match ip&lt;br&gt;address 2 set ip next-hop 192.1.33.1 access-list 2 permit&lt;br&gt;192.1.32.0 0.0.0.255 R6: interface tunnel 0 ip policy route-map VPN&lt;br&gt;route-map VPN match ip address 2 set ip next-hop&lt;br&gt;192.1.3.254 access-list 2 permit 192.1.32.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br&gt;20. Dlsw&lt;br&gt;R2&amp;#39;s ring 1 to R4&amp;#39;s ring 2; R2&amp;#39;s vlana to R5&amp;#39;s vlanb. Others are not allowed.&lt;br&gt;use brgoup-list and ring-list&lt;br&gt;R2 dlsw local-peer peer-id 135.5.2.2 dlsw remote 1 tcp 135.5.4.4 dlsw&lt;br&gt;ring-list 1 rings 1 dlsw remote 2 tcp 135.5.5.5 dlsw&lt;br&gt;bgroup-list 2 bridge 1 dlsw bridge-group 1 source-route ring-group 200&lt;br&gt;21. Dlsw efficiency&lt;br&gt;R4&amp;#39;s host can reach R2&amp;#39;s hosts which mac address are 4000.2200.xxxx,&lt;br&gt;but they would not send any explores.&lt;br&gt;R2: dlsw i-can-reach mac 4000.2200.0000 mask ffff.ffff.0000&lt;br&gt;Afternoon&lt;br&gt;1. BGP (3)&lt;br&gt;R4 in AS x, R2, R3, R6 in AS 100x, R1 in AS 200x, R5 in AS 300x. x,&lt;br&gt;200x, and 300x should peer with 100x.300x still peer to 100x&lt;br&gt;when R5&amp;#39;s serial is down.&lt;br&gt;Use ebgp-multihop on the 100x and 300x peering by loopback interface.&lt;br&gt;peer to R2 or R3&lt;br&gt;2. EBGP (2)&lt;br&gt;AS 254 at backbone 2, peer 150.100.2.254. Setup R4 to peer with it.&lt;br&gt;Only received network 172.68.y.0, where y is any number.&lt;br&gt;neighbor 150.100.2.254 distribute-list 1 in access-list 1 permit&lt;br&gt;172.68.0.0 0.0.255.255&lt;br&gt;3. Aggregation (2)&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;63&lt;br&gt;Aggregate networks 172.68.y.0, such that R5 can only see the&lt;br&gt;aggregated route and see it come from AS x. Other routers should see&lt;br&gt;the specific routes, also, they can see the aggregate route or not.&lt;br&gt;AS-SET maybe reasonable ??&lt;br&gt;4. Default information (2)&lt;br&gt;New loopback interface 192.192.4.0 at R4. Advertise it only by BGP&lt;br&gt;throughout the topology, AS 254 are asked to receive it only. R2&lt;br&gt;generate a default route to R1 as long as it receive this route.&lt;br&gt;R2: neighbor 135.3.1.1 default-information originate route-map DEFAULT&lt;br&gt;route-map DEFAULT&lt;br&gt;match ip address 1&lt;br&gt;access-list 1 permit 192.192.4.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br&gt;R4: distribute-list out&lt;br&gt;5. Appletalk (3)&lt;br&gt;Setup appletalk at all interface except ATM, loopback, ISDN, backbone.&lt;br&gt;VLANA zone is vlana, only eigrp on framerelay cloud.&lt;br&gt;appletalk route-redistribute&lt;br&gt;no appletalk eigrp split-horizon&lt;br&gt;appletalk local-routing appletalk protocol eigrp (framerelay int) no&lt;br&gt;appletalk protocol rtmp (framerelay int) frame-relay map&lt;br&gt;appletalk … setup vlan on tokenring switch 3920 to separate the two&lt;br&gt;rings so that appletalk can be active on each ring.&lt;br&gt;6. Appletalk filter (2)&lt;br&gt;R4 can see all the appletalk cable-range, but others cannot see the&lt;br&gt;cable-range of R4&amp;#39;s ring2. No filter is allowed.&lt;br&gt;No appletalk send-rtmp on R4&amp;#39;s serial 0/0 (appletalk on R3&amp;#39;s serial 1&lt;br&gt;maybe inactive) or appletalk eigrp on R4&amp;#39;s ring2, rtmp&lt;br&gt;on R4&amp;#39;s serial 0/0 and no appletalk route-redistribute&lt;br&gt;7. Appletalk filter (2)&lt;br&gt;R5 can&amp;#39;t see zone vlana and the cable-range associate with it.&lt;br&gt;distribute-list on R5&amp;#39;s serial 0&lt;br&gt;Pay attention to the setup steps, you had better setup distribute-list&lt;br&gt;first and enable appletalk eigrp last, or the zone &amp;quot;vlana&amp;quot; would&lt;br&gt;appear at R5&amp;#39;s zone table.&lt;br&gt;8. Access-list (3)&lt;br&gt;Only setup one output access-list on R2&amp;#39;s serial 0/0 to: Mail traffic&lt;br&gt;from ring1 to vlanb is not allowed;&lt;br&gt;R3 can ping R1, R1 can&amp;#39;t ping R3. (just the nearest interface is&lt;br&gt;enough); Users on ring1 is allowed to use udp port 6000 to 7000&lt;br&gt;(inclusive) to access vlanb; No snmp traffic is allowed;&lt;br&gt;Users on backbone1 can&amp;#39;t use ring2&amp;#39;s tacacs service;&lt;br&gt;Any other traffic is allowed. access-list 100 deny tcp 135.3.22.0&lt;br&gt;0.0.0.255 135.3.55.0 0.0.0.127 eq smtp access-list 100 deny tcp&lt;br&gt;135.3.22.0 0.0.0.255 135.3.55.0 0.0.0.127 eq pop2 access-list 100 deny&lt;br&gt;tcp 135.3.22.0 0.0.0.255 135.3.55.0 0.0.0.127 eq pop3&lt;br&gt;access-list 100 deny icmp 135.3.30.3 0.0.0.0 135.3.0.1 0.0.0.0 eq&lt;br&gt;echo-reply access-list 100 permit udp 135.3.22.0 0.0.0.255 range&lt;br&gt;6000 7000 135.3.55.0 0.0.0.127 access-list 100 deny ip 135.3.22.0&lt;br&gt;0.0.0.255 135.3.55.0 0.0.0.127 access-list 100 deny udp any any&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;64&lt;br&gt;eq snmp access-list 100 deny udp any any eq snmp-trap access-list 100&lt;br&gt;deny tcp 135.3.44.0 0.0.0.255 eq tacacs 150.100.1.0&lt;br&gt;0.0.0.255 access-list 100 permit ip any any&lt;br&gt;9. Broadcast control (2)&lt;br&gt;Configure vlanb on CAT5, make the broadcast traffic under 20%, assume&lt;br&gt;that the frame size is 768 bytes, including preamble.&lt;br&gt;Set port broadcast 2/4 20%&lt;br&gt;10. Traffic control (2)&lt;br&gt;Webservers on ring2, configure R4 such that output rate to the&lt;br&gt;webserver is under 1.5Mbps, any traffic higher than 1.5Mbps id&lt;br&gt;dropped.&lt;br&gt;I use CAR, but the protor said rate-limit is the wrong solution.&lt;br&gt;Maybe: general traffic-shapping.&lt;br&gt;11. Multicast (2)&lt;br&gt;Setup R1 to join a multicast group 224.0.5.5, R2, R3, R6 can ping this&lt;br&gt;group but shouldn&amp;#39;t be explicitly setup to join it.&lt;br&gt;ip igmp join-group 224.0.0.5&lt;br&gt;Either dense-mode or sparse-mode is ok.&lt;br&gt;12. cgmp (3)&lt;br&gt;R2 and R6 can inform CAT5 the multicast group, CAT5 can send it to R3&lt;br&gt;even it is rebooting. At R2 and R6:&lt;br&gt;ip cgmp&lt;br&gt;at CAT5&lt;br&gt;set cgmp enable set cam permernant 01-00-5e-00-05-05 2/2 (2/2 connect to R3)&lt;br&gt;13. Netbios filter (2)&lt;br&gt;Setup a output filter on R4&amp;#39;s tokenring interface such that: Access to&lt;br&gt;host SERVxNR is not allowed, which x is any character. netbios&lt;br&gt;output-access-list host ABC netbios access-list host ABC deny SERV?NR&lt;br&gt;(^v first to input the &amp;quot;?&amp;quot;) netbios access-list host&lt;br&gt;ABC permit*&lt;br&gt;Lab 4.&lt;br&gt;Note: Compare Section A, Lab2&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;65&lt;br&gt;Forenoon&lt;br&gt;1. Diagram (1)&lt;br&gt;Draw diagram, including ip addresses of all interfaces, ospf area, BGP&lt;br&gt;AS number, number, physical links. Make sure your diagram&lt;br&gt;update.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Mark as many as you can, include the serial ports of the FRSW, esi or&lt;br&gt;PVC of ATM, ip addresses outside your topology, routes from&lt;br&gt;outside, the addresses you need to filter, summarize or aggregate, Its&lt;br&gt;very important for your troubleshooting.&lt;br&gt;2. Physical connection (1)&lt;br&gt;3. Names &amp;amp; password (1)&lt;br&gt;Names are: RackYYRX, which YY is your rack num, X is the router num.&lt;br&gt;(for example, rack4 router3 is Rack04R3)&lt;br&gt;Set password: cisco, set excec-timeout never, users can access on con,&lt;br&gt;aux, ttys.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;You should add &amp;#39;login&amp;#39; command on line con 0, line aux 0, line vtys.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;66&lt;br&gt;4. Framerelay (3)&lt;br&gt;Same as the diagram, not fully mesh.&lt;br&gt;Answer: disable the inverse-arp.&lt;br&gt;5. Address (1)&lt;br&gt;Loopback address is 138.Y.0.0 as your topology address scheme.&lt;br&gt;Framerelay cloud is /29, isdn is /30, ring 10 has 10 hosts, make your&lt;br&gt;subnet mask decision. (that means /28), others are /24.&lt;br&gt;7. Vlan (2)&lt;br&gt;VLANA(20), VLANB(30), VLANC(50), VLAND(70), VLANE(80)&lt;br&gt;8. CAT3550&lt;br&gt;Setup two Trbrf, use bridge number as 1 and 2, ring number as&lt;br&gt;10(R2&amp;amp;R6) and 20(R4).&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Note that the ring number in question and routers is decimal, but in&lt;br&gt;3550 is hexadeximal.&lt;br&gt;9. Trunk (2)&lt;br&gt;Setup trunk at CAT5, VLANE is not allowed in trunk. R6 connect to&lt;br&gt;trunk. Be careful that not all switch ports are able to be a trunk.&lt;br&gt;10. OSPF (3)&lt;br&gt;Framerelay at area 0, ethernet at area 3, ring20 at area 4. No&lt;br&gt;additional area is allowed. Routers in area 4 have not enough memory&lt;br&gt;to&lt;br&gt;handle lots routes, configure R4 to adjust it.&lt;br&gt;Answer: Make area 4 totally stub area.&lt;br&gt;11. RIP (3)&lt;br&gt;R5&amp;#39;s serial port and R1 run RIP, inject the specific routes from ospf&lt;br&gt;into RIP, but only advertise 138.Y.0.0 to BB1, no summary and&lt;br&gt;static route are permitted. Only permit one route &lt;a href="http://193.67.15.0/24"&gt;193.67.15.0/24&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;received from BB1. Mutual redistribute between RIP and OSPF.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Use rip version 2 but send and receive version 1 on R1&amp;#39;s ethernet.&lt;br&gt;Distribute-list out on R1&amp;#39;s ethernet. Remember to use debug to&lt;br&gt;check the route update whether it is right. Make a redistribute-list&lt;br&gt;at R5&amp;#39;s OSPF, just permit the routes belongs to rip to be&lt;br&gt;redistributed from rip to ospf, or the idsn will flap. Bri as passive interface.&lt;br&gt;12. ISDN (2)&lt;br&gt;Just R5 can initiate the call, use pap authentication with different&lt;br&gt;passwords at each side.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;67&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;&amp;#39;dialer map&amp;#39; at R5 only, ppp pap sent ….&lt;br&gt;13. ISDN routing (3)&lt;br&gt;BRI interface at area 3, when ethernet down, keep topology consistent.&lt;br&gt;Flapping is not allowed.&lt;br&gt;Answer: demand-circuit&lt;br&gt;14. ATM (3)&lt;br&gt;PVC 0/10Y, autolearn is not allowed, ip address 192.1.1.Y. pvc peak&lt;br&gt;rate 100M, minimum rate 10M&lt;br&gt;Answer: Use static map, &amp;amp; ubr+&lt;br&gt;15. EIGRP (3)&lt;br&gt;ATM, tokenring on R2 and R6 run EIGRP, only configure R6, permit&lt;br&gt;128.28.0.0 and 4.1.1.0 into R6, permit&lt;br&gt;128.28.0.0, 4.1.1.0, 192.1.1.0 into R2 by EIGRP.&lt;br&gt;Configure R2 or R6, such that OSPF and EIGRP can redistribute each other.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;No auto-summary, set distribute-list at &amp;#39;atm in&amp;#39;, &amp;#39;tokenring out&amp;#39;,&lt;br&gt;also set &amp;#39;tokenring in&amp;#39; to deny all eigrp update from R2, to prevent&lt;br&gt;R2&lt;br&gt;advertising the 138.Y.0.0 by EIGRP instead of OSPF. (because of its&lt;br&gt;lower distance).&lt;br&gt;16. DHCP (2)&lt;br&gt;R6 as a dhcp server and you shouldn&amp;#39;t define a database agent.&lt;br&gt;Answer: no ip dhcp conflict logging ip dhcp exclude ip dhcp pool&lt;br&gt;…&lt;br&gt;17. HSRP (2)&lt;br&gt;Define HSRP on R2 and R6 ring 10, R6 as the primary, when tokenring or&lt;br&gt;Ethernet interface of R6 fail, R2 as the primary.&lt;br&gt;Answer: Use &amp;#39;track interface&amp;#39; at R6&lt;br&gt;18. BGP (4)&lt;br&gt;R3, R4, R5, R6 in AS Y, BB2 in AS 254, R1 in AS 10Y. AS Y are not full&lt;br&gt;mesh, when R4 or R6 failed, other routers can still receive&lt;br&gt;all the other BGP routes. Just allow 192.200.0.0 receive from BB2.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;R4 and R6 act as Route Reflector.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;68&lt;br&gt;Input prefix list at R4 is the best.&lt;br&gt;19. BGP advertisement (2)&lt;br&gt;Another loopback interface at R1(195.82.Y.Y/32), advertise it&lt;br&gt;throughout the network. Another loopback interface at&lt;br&gt;R3(195.83.Y.Y/32), advertise these two route only to BB2.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Assign distribute-list out of R4 although eventually there are just&lt;br&gt;two BGP routes advertise to BB2. Do what they ask you to do&lt;br&gt;perfectly and accurately.&lt;br&gt;20. BGP filter (3)&lt;br&gt;Configure R5 such that 195.83.Y.Y is not seen on R1, but you can&amp;#39;t use&lt;br&gt;any filter base on ip address.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Use filter-list (as-path). Don&amp;#39;t use community, because you have to&lt;br&gt;change community based on ip address.&lt;br&gt;21. Voice (1)&lt;br&gt;R6: port 2/0/0 is 50YO, port 2/0/1 is 50Y2, remote hone is 3002,&lt;br&gt;remote peer 128.28.2.8 (behind ATM cloud). Make you voice able to&lt;br&gt;call each other and 3002.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Make sure you can reach 128.28.2.8 and 128.28.2.8 can reach your&lt;br&gt;topology (not just the ATM int). Redistributing OSPF to EIGRP is&lt;br&gt;important.&lt;br&gt;22. Voice (2)&lt;br&gt;Configure R6 so that when port 2/0/1 offhook, you can reach 3002&lt;br&gt;without inputting any digits.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;&amp;#39;connection plar&amp;#39; at port 2/0/1.&lt;br&gt;Afternoon&lt;br&gt;1. Multicast (3)&lt;br&gt;R1, R5, R6. R5 as RP, RP join group 224.1.2.3, setup R1 and R6 so that&lt;br&gt;R5 as the only RP for 224.1.2.3.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;I think I lost the points. Check this command: ip pim rp x.x.x.x.&lt;br&gt;[AC]; ip pim accept-rp x.x.x.x [ACL]&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;69&lt;br&gt;2. Multicast (2)&lt;br&gt;Inform Catalyst the multicast group.&lt;br&gt;Answer: CGMP at R5 and CAT.&lt;br&gt;3. IOS feature (2)&lt;br&gt;At VLANB, there are some users have not setup their gateways,&lt;br&gt;configure VLANB such that these users can&amp;#39;t access your topology&lt;br&gt;by anyway.&lt;br&gt;Answer: Disable proxy-arp at R3 and R6&amp;#39;s VLANB subinterface.&lt;br&gt;4. Menu (2)&lt;br&gt;Setup a menu, include &amp;#39;show interface&amp;#39;, &amp;#39;show ip route&amp;#39;, &amp;#39;show&lt;br&gt;startup&amp;#39;, &amp;#39;exit menu&amp;#39;.&lt;br&gt;Answer: Search the document&lt;br&gt;5. Link efficiency (3)&lt;br&gt;Use compression method predict (software) to compress the link between&lt;br&gt;R1 and R5.&lt;br&gt;Answer: Change encapsulation to PPP, and you can use preditor now.&lt;br&gt;6. Dlsw (3)&lt;br&gt;Bridge connectivity between ring10 and ring20, ring10&amp;#39;s hosts&lt;br&gt;communicate with ring20&amp;#39;s host through R6, when R6&amp;#39;s tokenring&lt;br&gt;interface fail, they will use R2 instead. When R6 resume, R2&amp;#39;s&lt;br&gt;connection must be undone, but should be maintained 6 minutes before&lt;br&gt;disconnect. R2 and R6 should not be configured a remote peer.&lt;br&gt;Source-bridge number must be consistent with tokenring switch.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Backup peer, linger as 6. R4&amp;#39;s remote peer must be R6 and R6&amp;#39;s&lt;br&gt;tokenring interface. Promicous. Redistribute eigrp into ospf in R2 but&lt;br&gt;not R6, because if the redistribution is in R6, when R6&amp;#39;s tokenring&lt;br&gt;down, the network of the ring will be down, and can&amp;#39;t be distribute&lt;br&gt;into ospf, R4 will not have the ip routing connectivity to R2&amp;#39;s&lt;br&gt;tokenring interface.&lt;br&gt;7. Dlsw (2)&lt;br&gt;A mainframe in ring10, make R4 have this mainframe&amp;#39;s mac address in&lt;br&gt;its cache, and can only reach this host.&lt;br&gt;Answer: icanreach, icanreach mac-exclude.&lt;br&gt;8. Catalyst feature (1)&lt;br&gt;VLANE have end station only, and have heavy traffic, configure it to&lt;br&gt;reduce the BPDU traffic.&lt;br&gt;Answer: Disable the spanning tree on VLANE.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;70&lt;br&gt;9. Catalyst feature (1)&lt;br&gt;Port 2/11 belongs to VLANE, and connect to a host with a mac address,&lt;br&gt;configure the switch so that it need not learn the host&amp;#39;s mac&lt;br&gt;address event at bootup period.&lt;br&gt;Answer: Set cam peranent. Set the port belongs to VLANE.&lt;br&gt;10. Catalyst feature (1)&lt;br&gt;Port 2/12 connect to a host, and belongs to VLANE, configure the&lt;br&gt;switch so that only this host can use this port.&lt;br&gt;Answer: Set port security. Set the port belongs to VLANE.&lt;br&gt;11. Autoinstall (3)&lt;br&gt;A TFTP server with address 150.100.2.17 on BB2, a router with no&lt;br&gt;startup-config in FR cloud, configure R4 such that the router can&lt;br&gt;bootup with a startup-config which in the TFTP server, use DLCI 110.&lt;br&gt;Answer: frame-relay map ip 138.5.234.6 110 (the ip address must be in&lt;br&gt;your FR cloud&amp;#39;s subnet) ip help-address 150.100.2.17&lt;br&gt;Lab 5.&lt;br&gt;Note: Compare Lab3, Section A&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;71&lt;br&gt;Forenoon&lt;br&gt;framerelay&lt;br&gt;R5 as hub, 2 subinterface, point-to-point subinterface connect to R4,&lt;br&gt;point-to-multipoint subinterface&lt;br&gt;Connect to R2 and R3.&lt;br&gt;addressing&lt;br&gt;BB1 150.100.1.Y; BB2, 150.100.2.Y;framerelay cloud(R2, R3, R5) /28;&lt;br&gt;VLANE /25; Ring1 /27; VLANC /29; ISDN /30.&lt;br&gt;others /24&lt;br&gt;OSPF&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;72&lt;br&gt;Framerelay cloud (2, 3, 5), ISDN in area 0; VLANA and ring1 in area 3;&lt;br&gt;R5 and R6&amp;#39;s serial interface in area 5; VLANC in area 6. --&amp;gt;&lt;br&gt;R2 and R3 need to establish virtual-link for area 0, prevent the&lt;br&gt;inconsistence of backbone once the framerelay pvc is down. (ask the&lt;br&gt;proctor whether you need to do this) use the mist secure method to&lt;br&gt;authenticate ospf neighbor in backbone and ethernet. --&amp;gt; MD5&lt;br&gt;authentication, note that level 7 may have problem.&lt;br&gt;Change the dead-interval, but you are not allowed to explicitly change&lt;br&gt;the dead-interval timer. --&amp;gt; Change the hello-interval.&lt;br&gt;EIGRP&lt;br&gt;R1 and R2&amp;#39;s serial interface run EIGRP, 4 loopback interfaces in R2,&lt;br&gt;place them in EIGRP, summarize them into one network and&lt;br&gt;advertise it to R2. --&amp;gt; Summary in interface. Redistribute OSPF and&lt;br&gt;EIGRP mutually in R2, cost of routes redistributed to OSPF&lt;br&gt;should have a fix value. --&amp;gt; Metric type.&lt;br&gt;RIP&lt;br&gt;R1&amp;#39;s ethernet interface run RIP, redistribute even network into EIGRP.&lt;br&gt;--&amp;gt; wildcard mask!&lt;br&gt;IGRP&lt;br&gt;R4 and R5&amp;#39;s link(p2p framerelay), Ring2, VLANB run IGRP. Redistribute&lt;br&gt;OSPF and IGRP mutually in R5. Loopback of R4&lt;br&gt;shouldn&amp;#39;t be placed in IGRP, should be redistribute in it??? You are&lt;br&gt;permitted to add a static route but not a default-route in R4&lt;br&gt;pointing to BB1. --&amp;gt; Because IGRP is a classful protocol, you must add&lt;br&gt;a static route &amp;#39;ip route 133.Y.0.0 255.255.0.0&lt;br&gt;150.100.1.Y&amp;#39; (for example)&lt;br&gt;In R4, so that R4 can reach all the subnets in ospf topology.&lt;br&gt;ISDN&lt;br&gt;Only R5 can make a call, chap authentication, R5&amp;#39;s hostname should not&lt;br&gt;be itself. ospf routing. --&amp;gt; demand-circuit (be careful for the&lt;br&gt;redistribution)&lt;br&gt;ATM&lt;br&gt;PVC, you are 192.1.1.Y, remote peer 192.1.1.254.&lt;br&gt;Should not add a default-route, networks behind ATM can reach your&lt;br&gt;topology? --&amp;gt; ATM run EIGRP? then use summary in ATM&lt;br&gt;interface?&lt;br&gt;BGP&lt;br&gt;R1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 are in AS Y. --&amp;gt; IBGP&lt;br&gt;All the routers in IBGP must receive bgp routes from R5. --&amp;gt; R5 as a&lt;br&gt;RR. BB1 and BB2 are both in AS 254, setup R1 and R4 so that&lt;br&gt;the bgp routes from AS254 have weight 1000. --&amp;gt; route-map in&lt;br&gt;AS Y shouldn&amp;#39;t be a transit AS, but you are not allowed to use AS-path&lt;br&gt;to filter it. --&amp;gt; Apply no-export community to the BGP routes&lt;br&gt;coming from AS254. R1 and R4 advertise networks of Ring1, Ring2,&lt;br&gt;VLANA, VLANB such that outside world reach Ring1.&lt;br&gt;VLANA through R1, reach Ring2, VLANB through R2. --&amp;gt; route-map out&lt;br&gt;with different metrics. Configure R1 and R4 so that only&lt;br&gt;the new routes from AS254 are received?&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;73&lt;br&gt;Afternoon&lt;br&gt;DLSW&lt;br&gt;Ring1, VLANA of R2 and RING2 have bridge connectivity, R2 should not&lt;br&gt;add a remote-peer. --&amp;gt; promicous R3 act as backup of&lt;br&gt;VLANA peering to R4; LLC of R4 use R2 to deliver SNA traffic when R2&lt;br&gt;isn&amp;#39;t down. --&amp;gt; cost.&lt;br&gt;A SNA host in VLANA, configure R4&amp;#39;s Ring2 so that R4&amp;#39;s explorer for&lt;br&gt;this host should not cross the FR cloud, at CAT5 you can see&lt;br&gt;the host&amp;#39;s mac address is X.X.X. ---&amp;gt; proxy-explorer, pay attention to&lt;br&gt;canonical and noncanonical address style.&lt;br&gt;Other questions:&lt;br&gt;1. ospf non-broadcast type&lt;br&gt;--&amp;gt; Use neighbor&lt;br&gt;2. bgp&lt;br&gt;Set origin IGP prefix-list&lt;br&gt;3. CAT5&lt;br&gt;Set spanning tree root&lt;br&gt;IP Address&lt;br&gt;Only use 132.X.0.0 X is your Rack Number&lt;br&gt;Each Router establish a Loopback address 132.X.Y.Y&lt;br&gt;Frame Relay is Full Mesh but you can only use the PVC drawn on the picture&lt;br&gt;Lab 6&lt;br&gt;Note: Compare Lab 4, Section A&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;74&lt;br&gt;Forenoon&lt;br&gt;OSPF&lt;br&gt;Area 0 Frame Relay&lt;br&gt;Area 3 the Serial Port link between R2 and R3 Vlan A Ring 10&lt;br&gt;Area 4 the Token Ring Port of R4&lt;br&gt;Area 5 Vlan B&lt;br&gt;Loopback Address belong to appropriate Area&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;75&lt;br&gt;They could connect each other after the setup is accomplished.&lt;br&gt;Area5 is NSSA Section set up a Loopback address 192.192.1.0 on R5,&lt;br&gt;this address comes into OSPF in the form of exterior Router at&lt;br&gt;the same time R1 and R3 should see different Metric Set up the default&lt;br&gt;Router for NSSA on R2;&lt;br&gt;R3 is quite busy, not to allow the routing process exhaust the power&lt;br&gt;of CPU, config the OSPF routing less frequent than once per 30&lt;br&gt;sec.&lt;br&gt;RIP&lt;br&gt;R1 is joined Backbone1 only allow one Router enter and broadcast out&lt;br&gt;to ospf. Backbone1 can only see &lt;a href="http://132.1.0.0/16"&gt;132.1.0.0/16&lt;/a&gt; from R1&lt;br&gt;ATM&lt;br&gt;R6 has an ATM Port IP address is 192.1.Y.0 the address of ATM Router&lt;br&gt;is 192.1.Y.254 PVC use VPI=0 VCI=100+Y&lt;br&gt;Not allowed to use inverarp&lt;br&gt;define ATM Qos the maximal speed is 100M minimum is 10M&lt;br&gt;interface ATM 1/0&lt;br&gt;ip addr 192.1.6.1 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;pvc 10 0/106&lt;br&gt;ubr+ 100000 10000&lt;br&gt;protocol ip 192.1.6.254 broadcast&lt;br&gt;BGP&lt;br&gt;R4 belongs to AS1034 R1 belongs to AS1031 R3 R2 R5 belongs to AS1099&lt;br&gt;Backbone2 belongs to AS254 AS1034 set up the&lt;br&gt;Neighbor relation with the other three AS&lt;br&gt;AS1034 AS1099 AS1031 unify as AS1 for external&lt;br&gt;Establish Loopback address &lt;a href="http://192.192.2.0/24"&gt;192.192.2.0/24&lt;/a&gt; on R5 only this address can&lt;br&gt;send to AS254 only allow&lt;br&gt;197.68.z.0/16 come in from BB2&lt;br&gt;For preventing the Router Table become too big, set ip gater on R4 the&lt;br&gt;Router come in from AS254 was gathered as &lt;a href="http://197.68.0.0/16"&gt;197.68.0.0/16&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;only &lt;a href="http://192.68.22.0/24"&gt;192.68.22.0/24&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="http://197.68.0.0/16"&gt;197.68.0.0/16&lt;/a&gt; could be acquired by AS1099&lt;br&gt;AS1031 overpass EBGP&lt;br&gt;DLSW+&lt;br&gt;Set up the peer relationshipR3 and R3 make sure that the host computer&lt;br&gt;of VLAN A could communicate with VLANB Ring 10&lt;br&gt;Ring 10 has a lot of traffic so configure the token ring interface to&lt;br&gt;allow AT LEAST 100 packets/sec to be processed.&lt;br&gt;Set up the filtration on R2 only allow Explorer and 04 08 0C get&lt;br&gt;across access-list 200 permit 0x0000 0x0D0D dlsw remote-peer 1&lt;br&gt;tcp x.x.x.x lsap-output-list 200&lt;br&gt;ISDN&lt;br&gt;R3 and R5 dial-up each other successfully:&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;76&lt;br&gt;When dial-up from R5 to R3 considering the change R3 should Callback&lt;br&gt;R5 can not use PPP Callback Use static Router realize the&lt;br&gt;Router backup&lt;br&gt;isdn callerid xxxxxxx callback&lt;br&gt;Catalyst 3550 setting&lt;br&gt;Set up two bridge group&lt;br&gt;EIGRP&lt;br&gt;R6 is AS 100 only ATM Port support EIGRP acquire a great deal of&lt;br&gt;Router from ATM just allow A Sort address enter&lt;br&gt;Afternoon&lt;br&gt;Voice&lt;br&gt;R6 connect with two telephones 2/0/0 is PhoneA Number 3010 2/0/1 is&lt;br&gt;PhoneB Number 3011 make two telephones could call each&lt;br&gt;other.&lt;br&gt;There is a ateway in the far Port Number 3002 PhoneA and PhoneB should&lt;br&gt;dial-up this number, and could listen a record make sure&lt;br&gt;even the uster say nothing, data still be transmit to the far Port.&lt;br&gt;Security&lt;br&gt;Ser up the out call control list on the Serial Port of R2&lt;br&gt;The Telnet in Vlan B is not allowed&lt;br&gt;Vlan B could only receive the mail from Ring 20&lt;br&gt;Both direction WWW is not allowed&lt;br&gt;Set up user group on R3 make the people who knows the Password CCIE&lt;br&gt;Could use the show order privilege exec level 2 show&lt;br&gt;enable password level 2 ccie&lt;br&gt;Catalyst setting&lt;br&gt;Set up maxage for Blan B on the PBX set spantree maxage 30 100&lt;br&gt;Frame Relay Broadcast setting&lt;br&gt;Too many broadcasts on Frame Relay make only allow 80 normal broadcast&lt;br&gt;ackages or 240K/sec pass most 160 packages.&lt;br&gt;frame-relay broadcast-queue 80 240000 160&lt;br&gt;The end&lt;br&gt;Lab 7&lt;br&gt;Note: Compare tp Lab 6, Section A&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;77&lt;br&gt;1) Terminal server&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;78&lt;br&gt;address 137.rack.0.0 each router should also have a loopback address&lt;br&gt;137.2.x.x which x is your router number. The vty/aux/console&lt;br&gt;should never timeout.&lt;br&gt;2) Rip&lt;br&gt;Config rip on r(e0,s0) and r5(s1), backbone will have a address&lt;br&gt;150.100.1.254, make r1 not broadcast rip in e0, (use passive interface&lt;br&gt;and neighbor 150.100.1.254) config on r1 so only allowed route can get&lt;br&gt;into r1 (filter-list) r1 must can connect to all other router but&lt;br&gt;not allowed using any summary/static/default-route (RIPv2)&lt;br&gt;2. Vlan and isl&lt;br&gt;1)Config catalyst 3550 and r2 r3 r5 according to the vlan (r2&lt;br&gt;e0-vlan20, r3vlan-vlan20 r5e0-vlan50, catalyst sc0-vlan70)&lt;br&gt;2) Config trunk at r6 100M ethernet so that r5 r3 r2 can connect to&lt;br&gt;each other (using trunk and irb)&lt;br&gt;3) ospf security, make security when r3 r2 r5 make adjacency. Do not&lt;br&gt;allowed to use ospf authentication and ip access-list (use the&lt;br&gt;bridge access-list or static bridge let it not study other MAC address)&lt;br&gt;4) Config ospf as map&lt;br&gt;5) r4 tokenring area4 router want using less memory and process (using&lt;br&gt;totally stub area)&lt;br&gt;6) isdn --&amp;gt;4 point&lt;br&gt;Only r5 can initial the call to r3. There must not route flapping!!!&lt;br&gt;(redistribute the necessary RIP route to OSPF and passive all other&lt;br&gt;ospf interface in the RIP rout) config pap authentication, r3 and r5&lt;br&gt;should using different password (ppp pap send username xxx&lt;br&gt;password&lt;br&gt;xxx) if the error rate r3 bri port is bigger then 10%, autodisconnect&lt;br&gt;the phone (ppp quality 90)&lt;br&gt;7) hsrp and dhcp --&amp;gt;4 point&lt;br&gt;Config hsrp on tokenring interface of r2 and r6 make r2 is preferred&lt;br&gt;than r6 and when either r2 ethernet and tokenring interface down,&lt;br&gt;r6 should prefer (standby track)&lt;br&gt;8) The DHCP server&lt;br&gt;any appeared on 12.xT version and no log conflict. (do not log any&lt;br&gt;info to anyplace) there are some host on ring 1 make the can use&lt;br&gt;dhcp to fet address, config r6 as dhcp (ios 12.0.5t) using ip dhcp&lt;br&gt;local pool comment, remember to exclude r2 and r6 stokenring&lt;br&gt;address and the hsrp address and remember to config default router.&lt;br&gt;9) atm v7 and Eigrp --&amp;gt;7 point&lt;br&gt;Config lane using atm address as the prector tell you, use lane config&lt;br&gt;config-atm-address command. The R6 ATM connected to the&lt;br&gt;EIGRP clouds and the R6/R2 tokenring interface run Eigrp. Let the R6&lt;br&gt;redistribute Eigrp to ospf but not allowed for OSPF to be&lt;br&gt;redistributed to EIGRP. Again have all the connection.&lt;br&gt;ATM v71&lt;br&gt;It use RFC1483 PVC and the QoS (vc-class and UBR+) to define the rate.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;79&lt;br&gt;10) Bgp&lt;br&gt;(1) config r1 as as12, r3 r4 r5 r6 as as2, backbone is as 254&lt;br&gt;(2) bgp filter filter route from backbone 2&lt;br&gt;(3) R4 and R6 as RR, R3 and R5 is the client.&lt;br&gt;VOIP --&amp;gt;4 POINT&lt;br&gt;11) Voice&lt;br&gt;config r6 call backbone at a phone number given to you, r6 fxs has twp&lt;br&gt;phone using one phone number 22 21 two extension. They&lt;br&gt;should both be called and can calling backbone.&lt;br&gt;12) Config auto dial&lt;br&gt;at once of r6 extension, when it picked up, it should auto call a&lt;br&gt;phone number. Attached is map by r1 e0 address 150.100.1.Rack r4 e0&lt;br&gt;address 150.100.2.Rack&lt;br&gt;13) Multicast--&amp;gt;4 point&lt;br&gt;R2/R3/R4 run multicast (V7), should use access-list to permit the RP&lt;br&gt;only be the 243.1.2.3&amp;#39;s RP. Set cgmp properly on the r6 and&lt;br&gt;Catalyst.&lt;br&gt;Note: R1 and R5 run multicast for V7.1 and no trick here.&lt;br&gt;14) DLSW ---&amp;gt;9 point&lt;br&gt;1.DLSW backup of R6&amp;#39;s tokenring with R2 from R4 side&lt;br&gt;2. Border peer&lt;br&gt;3. icanreach&lt;br&gt;4. dlsw bridge-group x for R3&lt;br&gt;15) Autoinstall&lt;br&gt;from R4&amp;#39;s F/R interface ---&amp;gt;3 point&lt;br&gt;16) Set cam&lt;br&gt;, set spantree disable vlan80 and port security on cat3550 ---&amp;gt;3 point&lt;br&gt;Lab 8&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;80&lt;br&gt;Cat3550&lt;br&gt;Console&amp;gt; (enable) sh config ….. ……….&lt;br&gt;……….&lt;br&gt;begin set password $1$FMFQ$HfZR5DUszVHIRhrz4h6V70 set enablepass&lt;br&gt;$1$FMFQ$HfZR5DUszVHIRhrz4h6V70 set&lt;br&gt;prompt Console&amp;gt;&lt;br&gt;set length 24 default&lt;br&gt;set logout 20&lt;br&gt;set banner motd ^C^C&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;#system set system baud 9600 set system modem disable set system name&lt;br&gt;set system location set system contact&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;#snmp set snmp community read-only public set snmp community&lt;br&gt;read-write private set snmp community read-write-all&lt;br&gt;secret set snmp rmon disable set snmp trap disable module set snmp&lt;br&gt;trap disable chassis set snmp trap disable bridge set snmp&lt;br&gt;trap disable repeater set snmp trap disable vtp set snmp trap disable&lt;br&gt;auth set snmp trap disable ippermit set snmp trap&lt;br&gt;disable vmps set snmp trap disable entity set snmp trap disable config&lt;br&gt;set snmp trap disable stpx&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;81&lt;br&gt;#ip set interface sc0 1 150.100.14.242 255.255.255.240 150.100.14.255&lt;br&gt;set interface sc0 up&lt;br&gt;set interface sl0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0&lt;br&gt;set interface sl0 up&lt;br&gt;set arp agingtime 1200&lt;br&gt;set ip redirect enable&lt;br&gt;set ip unreachable enable&lt;br&gt;set ip fragmentation enable set ip route 0.0.0.0 150.100.14.241 1 set&lt;br&gt;ip alias default 0.0.0.0&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;#Command alias !&lt;br&gt;#vmps set vmps server retry 3 set vmps server reconfirminterval 60 set&lt;br&gt;vpms tfpserver 0.0.0.0 vmps-config-database.1 set&lt;br&gt;vmps state disable&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;#dns set ip dns disable !&lt;br&gt;#tacacs+ set tacacs attempts 3 set tacacs directedrequest disable set&lt;br&gt;tacacs timeout 5&lt;br&gt;set authentication login tacacs disable set authentication login local&lt;br&gt;enable set authentication enable tacacs disable set&lt;br&gt;authentication enable local enable&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;#bridge set bridge IP snaptoether 8023raw set bridge IP 8022toether&lt;br&gt;9023 set bridge IP 8023rawtofddi snap&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;#vtp set vtp domain ccie set vtp mode server set vtp v2 disable set&lt;br&gt;vtp pruning disable set vtp pruneeligible 2-1000 clear vtp&lt;br&gt;pruneeligible 1001-1005 set vlan 1 name default type ethernet mtu 1500&lt;br&gt;said 100001 state active set vlan 2 name vlan2 type&lt;br&gt;ethernet mtu 1500 said 100002 state active set vlan 3 name back1 type&lt;br&gt;ethernet mtu 1500 said 100004 state active set vlan 4&lt;br&gt;name back2 type ethernet mtu 1500 said 100004 state active set vlan 5&lt;br&gt;name other type ethernet mtu 1500 said 100005 state&lt;br&gt;active set vlan 1002 name fddi-default type fddi mtu 1500 said 101002&lt;br&gt;state active set vlan 1004 name fddinet-default type&lt;br&gt;fddinet mtu 1500 said 101004 state active bridge 0x0 stp ieee set vlan&lt;br&gt;1005 name trnet-default type trbrf mtu 1500 said 101005&lt;br&gt;state active bridge 0x0 stp ibm set vlan 1003 name token-ting-default&lt;br&gt;type trcrf mtu 1500 said 101003 state active parent 0 ring&lt;br&gt;0x0 mode srb aremaxhop 7 stemaxhop 7&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;#spantree #uplinkfast groups set spantree uplinkfast disable&lt;br&gt;#backbonefast set spantree backbonefast disable #vlan 1&lt;br&gt;set spantree enable 1 set spantree fwddeflay 15 1 set spantree hello 2&lt;br&gt;1 set spantree maxage 20 1 set spantree priority 32768 1&lt;br&gt;#vlan 2&lt;br&gt;set spantree enable 2 set spantree fwddelay 15 2 set spantree hello 2&lt;br&gt;2 set spantree maxage 20 2&lt;br&gt;set spantree priority 32768 2 #vlan 3 set spantree enable 3 set&lt;br&gt;spantree fwddelay 15 3 set spantree hello 2 3 set spantree&lt;br&gt;maxage 20 3 set spantree priority 32768 3 #vlan 4 set spantree enable&lt;br&gt;4 set spantree fwddelay 15 4 set spantree hello 2 4 set&lt;br&gt;spantree maxage 20 4 set spantree priority 32768 4 #vlan 5 set&lt;br&gt;spantree enable 5 set spantree fwddelay 15 5 set spantree hello 2&lt;br&gt;5 set spantree maxage 20 5 set spantree priority 32768 5 #vlan 1003&lt;br&gt;set spantree enable 1003 set spantree fwddelay 15 1003 set&lt;br&gt;spantree hello 2 1003 set spantree maxage 20 1003 set spantree&lt;br&gt;priority 32768 1003 set spantree portstate 1003 auto 0 set&lt;br&gt;spantree portcost 1003 62 set spantree portpri 1003 4 set spantree&lt;br&gt;portfast 1003 disable #vlan 1005 set spantree disable 1005&lt;br&gt;set spantree fwddelay 15 1005 set spantree hello 2 1005 set spantree&lt;br&gt;maxage 20 1005 set spantree priority 32768 1005 set&lt;br&gt;spantree multicast-address 1005 ieee !&lt;br&gt;#cgmp set cgmp disable set cgmp leave disable !&lt;br&gt;#syslog set logging console enable set logging server disable&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;82&lt;br&gt;set logging level cdp 2 default set logging level mcast 2 default set&lt;br&gt;logging level dtp 5 default set logging level dvlan 2 default set&lt;br&gt;logging level earl 2 default set logging level fddi 2 default set&lt;br&gt;logging level ip 2 default set logging level pruning 2 default set&lt;br&gt;logging level snmp 2 default set logging level spantree 2 default set&lt;br&gt;logging level sys 5 default set logging level tac 2 default set&lt;br&gt;logging level tcp 2 default set logging level telnet 2 default set&lt;br&gt;logging level tftp 2 default set logging level vtp 2 default set&lt;br&gt;logging level vmps 2 default set logging level kernel 2 default set&lt;br&gt;logging level filesys 2 default set logging level drip 2 default&lt;br&gt;set logging level pagp 5 default set logging level mgmt 5 default set&lt;br&gt;logging level mls 5 default set logging level protfilt 2 default&lt;br&gt;set logging level security 2 default !&lt;br&gt;#ntp set ntp broadcastclient disable set ntp broadcastdelay 3000 set&lt;br&gt;ntp client disable clear timezone set summertime disable&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;#permit list set ip permit disable !&lt;br&gt;#drip set tokenring reduction enable set tokenring distrib-crf disable !&lt;br&gt;#igmp set igmp disable !&lt;br&gt;#module 1 :2-port 100BaseTX Supervisor&lt;br&gt;set module name 1 set vlan 5 1/1-2 set port channel 1/1-2 off set port&lt;br&gt;channel 1/1-2 auto set port enable 1/1-2 set port level 1/1-2&lt;br&gt;normal set port duplex 1/1-2 half set port trap 1/1-2 disable set port&lt;br&gt;name 1/1-2 set port security 1/1-2 disable set port&lt;br&gt;broadcast 1/1-2 100% set port membership 1/1-2 static set cdp enable&lt;br&gt;1/1-2 set cdp interval 1/1-2 60 set trunk 1/1 auto isl 1-&lt;br&gt;1005 set trunk 1/2 auto isl 1-1005 set spantree portfast 1/1-2 disable&lt;br&gt;set spantree portcost 1/1-2 19 set spantree portpri 1/1-2 32&lt;br&gt;set spantree portvlanpri 1/1 0 set spantree portvlanpri 1/2 0 set&lt;br&gt;spantree portvlancost 1/1 cost 18 set spantree portvlancost 1/2&lt;br&gt;cost 18 !&lt;br&gt;#module 2: 12-port 10/100BaseTX Ethernet set module name 2&lt;br&gt;set module enable 2&lt;br&gt;set vlan 1 2/3&lt;br&gt;set vlan 2 2/2,2/5&lt;br&gt;set vlan 3 2/1,2/11&lt;br&gt;set vlan 4 2/4,2/12&lt;br&gt;set vlan 5 2/6-8,2/10 set port enable 2/1-12 set port level 2/1-12&lt;br&gt;normal set port speed 2/1-12 auto set port trap 2/1-12 disable set&lt;br&gt;port name 2/3 vlan 1 set port name 2/1-2,2/4-12 set port security&lt;br&gt;2/1-12 disable set port broadcast 2/1-12 0 set port membership&lt;br&gt;2/1-12 static set cdp enable 2/1-12 set cdp interval 2/1-12 60 set&lt;br&gt;trunk 2/1 auto isl 1-1005&lt;br&gt;set trunk 2/2 auto isl 1-1005 set trunk 2/3 auto isl 1-1005 set trunk&lt;br&gt;2/4 auto isl 1-1005 set trunk 2/5 auto isl 1-1005 set trunk 2/6&lt;br&gt;auto isl 1-1005 set trunk 2/7 auto isl 1-1005 set trunk 2/8 auto isl&lt;br&gt;1-1005 set trunk 2/9 auto isl 1-1005 set trunk 2/10 auto isl 1-&lt;br&gt;1005 set trunk 2/12 auto isl 1-1005 set spantree portfast 2/1-12&lt;br&gt;disable set spantree porcost 2/1-12 100 set spantree portpri 2/1-&lt;br&gt;12 32 set spantree portvlanpri 2/1 0 set spantree portvlanpri 2/2 0&lt;br&gt;set spantree portvlanpri 2/3 0 set spantree portvlanpri 2/4 0&lt;br&gt;set spantree portvlanpri 2/5 0 set spantree portvlanpri 2/6 0 set&lt;br&gt;spantree portvlanpri 2/7 0 set spantree portvlanpri 2/8 0 set&lt;br&gt;spantree portvlanpri 2/9 0 set spantree portvlanpri 2/10 0 set&lt;br&gt;spantree portvlanpri 2/11 0 set spantree portvlanpri 2/12 0 set&lt;br&gt;spantree portvlancost 2/1 cost 99 set spantree portvlancost 2/2 cost&lt;br&gt;99 set spantree portvlancost 2/3 cost 99 set spantree&lt;br&gt;portvlancost 2/4 cost 99 set spantree portvlancost 2/5 cost 99 set&lt;br&gt;spantree portvlancost 2/6 cost 99 set spantree portvlancost 2/7&lt;br&gt;cost 99 set spantree portvlancost 2/8 cost 99 set spantree&lt;br&gt;portvlancost 2/10 cost 99 set spantree portvlancost 2/11 cost 99 set&lt;br&gt;spantree portvlancost 2/12 cost 99 !&lt;br&gt;#module 3 empty !&lt;br&gt;#module 4 empty !&lt;br&gt;#module 5 empty !&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;83&lt;br&gt;#switch port analyzer&lt;br&gt;set span 2/8 2/9 both inpkts disable !set span enable!&lt;br&gt;#cam set cam agingtime 1-5, 1003, 1005 300 end&lt;br&gt;FR&lt;br&gt;FR_SW#sh ru&lt;br&gt;Bulding configuration…&lt;br&gt;Current configuration:&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;version 11.2 no service password-encryption no service&lt;br&gt;udp-small-servers no service tcp-small-servers&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;hostname FR_SW !&lt;br&gt;enable secret 5 $1$ZHha$31Wqsz9TgXO6zdiilpwaq0 !&lt;br&gt;no ip domain-lookup ip host TES 150.100.1.154 ip host CGS 19&lt;br&gt;150.100.1.254 ip host ECS 7 150.100.1.254 ip host WWS 80&lt;br&gt;150.100.1.254&lt;br&gt;IP routing 0010.0010.0010 frame-relay switching&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Loopback0 ip address 150.1.0.1 255.255.0.0&lt;br&gt;IP network AA00&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Loopback1 ip address 150.2.0.1 255.255.0.0&lt;br&gt;IP network AA01&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Loopback2 ip address 150.3.0.1 255.255.0.0&lt;br&gt;IP network CC01&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Loopback3 ip address 150.4.0.1 255.255.0.0 !&lt;br&gt;interface Loopback4 ip address 199.172.5.1 255.255.255.0 !&lt;br&gt;interface Loopback5 ip address 199.172.1.1 255.255.255.0 !&lt;br&gt;interface Loopback6 ip address 199.172.10.10.1 255.255.255.0 !&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;84&lt;br&gt;interface Loopback7 ip address 199.172.20.1 255.255.255.0 !&lt;br&gt;interface Loopback20 ip address 197.68.2.1 255.255.255.0 !&lt;br&gt;interface Loopback21 ip address 197.68.3.1 255.255.255.0 !&lt;br&gt;interface Loopback 22 ip address 197.68.4.1 255.255.255.0 !&lt;br&gt;interface Loopback100 ip address 150.100.251.1 255.255.255.0 !&lt;br&gt;interface Loopback101 ip address 150.100.252.1 255.255.255.0 !&lt;br&gt;interface Loopback102 ip address 150.100.253.1 255.255.255.0 !&lt;br&gt;interface Ethernet0 description This segment is known as BackBone_A ip&lt;br&gt;address 150.100.1.254 255.255.255.0 media-type&lt;br&gt;100BaseT&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Ethernet1 description This segment is known as BackBone_B ip&lt;br&gt;address 150.100.2.254 255.255.255.0 media-type&lt;br&gt;10BaseT&lt;br&gt;IP network BB88&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Ethernet2 no ip address shutdown&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Ethernet3 no ip address shutdown&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Serial0 no ip address encapsulation frame-relay no&lt;br&gt;fair-queue clockrate 2000000 frame-relay lmi-type ansi framerelay&lt;br&gt;intf-type dce frame-relay route 100 interface Serial3 100 frame-relay&lt;br&gt;route 101 interface Serial2 110 frame-relay route&lt;br&gt;102 interface Serial1 201 !&lt;br&gt;interface Serial1 no ip address encapsulation frame-relay clockrate&lt;br&gt;2000000 frame-relay lmi-type ansi frame-relay intf-type&lt;br&gt;dce frame-relay route 201 interface Serial0 102 !&lt;br&gt;interface Serial2 no ip address encapsulation frame-relay clockrate&lt;br&gt;2000000 frame-relay lmi-type ansi frame-relay intf-type&lt;br&gt;dce frame-relay route 110 interface Serial0 101 !&lt;br&gt;interface Serial3 no ip address encapsulation frame-relay clockrate&lt;br&gt;2000000 frame-relay lmi-type ansi frame-relay intf-type&lt;br&gt;dce frame-relay route 100 interface Serial0 100 !&lt;br&gt;router ospf 6764&lt;br&gt;redistribute igrp 1000 subnets network 150.100.1.254 0.0.0.0 area 10 !&lt;br&gt;router rip network 197.68.2.0 network 197.68.3.0 network 197.68.4.0&lt;br&gt;network 150.100.0.0 default-metric 100&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;router igrp 1000 network 150.1.0.0 network 150.2.0.0 network 150.3.0.0&lt;br&gt;network 150.4.0.0 !&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;85&lt;br&gt;router bgp 254 network 199.172.5.0 network 199.172.1.0 network&lt;br&gt;199.172.10.0 network 199.172.20.0 neighbor 150.100.2.1&lt;br&gt;remote-as 1 neighbor 150.100.2.1 route-map InsertAS out neighbor&lt;br&gt;150.100.2.2 remote-as 2 neighbor 150.100.2.2 route-map&lt;br&gt;InsertAS out neighbor 150.100.2.3 remote-as 3 neighbor 150.100.2.3&lt;br&gt;route-map InsertAS out neighbor 150.100.2.4 remote-as 4&lt;br&gt;neighbor 150.100.2.4 route-map InsertAS out neighbor 150.100.2.5&lt;br&gt;remote-as 5 neighbor 150.100.2.5 route-map InsertAS out !&lt;br&gt;ip http server no ip classless access-list 2 permit 199.172.5.0&lt;br&gt;0.0.0.255 access-list 3 permit 199.172.1.0 0.0.0.255 access-list 3&lt;br&gt;permit 199.172.10.0 0.0.0.255 access-list 4 permit 199.172.20.0 0.0.0.255 !&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;IP router nlsp !&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;tftp-server flash c4500-ds-ms_112-12 route-map InsertAS permit 10&lt;br&gt;match ip address 2 set as-patch prepend 100 200 300&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;route-map InsertAS permit 20 match ip address 3 set as-patch prepend 100 200&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;route-map InsertAS permit 30 match ip address 4&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;line con 0 line aux 0 line vty 0 4 password cicso login&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;end&lt;br&gt;Router1&lt;br&gt;r1#sh ru&lt;br&gt;Building configuration…&lt;br&gt;Current configuration:&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;version 11.2 no service password-encryption no service&lt;br&gt;udp-small-servers no service tcp-small-servers&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;hostname r1 !&lt;br&gt;enable password cisco !&lt;br&gt;no ip domain-lookup&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;86&lt;br&gt;IP routing 0001.0001.0001 !&lt;br&gt;interface Loopback0 ip address 150.100.10.1 255.255.255.240&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Ethernet0 ip address 150.100.1.3 255.255.255.0 !&lt;br&gt;interface Serial0 ip address 150.100.14.1 255.255.255.252&lt;br&gt;IP network 15&lt;br&gt;no fair-queue&lt;br&gt;clockrate 64000&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Serial1 no ip address shutdown&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;router ospf 100 redistribute rip subnets network 150.100.14.0&lt;br&gt;0.0.0.255 area 3 network 150.100.10.0 0.0.0.15 area 4 distributelist&lt;br&gt;1 out rip area 0 authentication message-digest area 3 virtual-link&lt;br&gt;150.100.100.5 message-digest-key 1 md5 cisco area 4&lt;br&gt;range 150.100.10.0 255.255.0&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;router rip passive-interface Loopback0 passive-interface Serial0&lt;br&gt;network 150.100.0.0 distribute-list 1 in&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;router bgp 3 no synchronization neighbor 150.100.100.4 remote-as 3 !&lt;br&gt;no ip classless access-list 1 permit 197.68.3.0 0.0.0.255 !&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;IP router eigrp 3 network 15&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;IP router rip no network 15&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;line con 0 line aux 0 line vty 0 4 password cisco login&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;87&lt;br&gt;end&lt;br&gt;Router2&lt;br&gt;r2#sh ru&lt;br&gt;Building configuration…&lt;br&gt;Current configuration:&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;version 11.2 no service password-encryption no service&lt;br&gt;udp-small-servers no service tcp-small-servers&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;hostname r2 !&lt;br&gt;netbios access-list host serverfit deny SERVER* enable password cisco&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;username joeccie password 0 cisco no ip domain-lookup ip&lt;br&gt;multicast-routing ip dvmrp route-limit 20000 appletalk routing&lt;br&gt;eigrp 2 appletalk route-redistribution&lt;br&gt;IP routing 0002.0002.0002 source-bridge ring-group 100 dlsw local-peer&lt;br&gt;peer-id 150-100.20.2 dlsw remote-peer 0 tcp&lt;br&gt;150.100.15.33 keepalive 0 lsap-output-list 200 timeout 12 00 dlsw&lt;br&gt;remote-peer 0 tcp 150.100.14.241 keepalive 0 timeout 1200&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Ethernet0&lt;br&gt;ip address 150.100.23.2 255.255.255.0 ip access-group 110 in ip pim&lt;br&gt;dense-mode ip igmp join-group 224.1.1.1 appletalk cablerange&lt;br&gt;23-23 23.2 appletalk zone vlan2 appletalk protocol eigrp no appletalk&lt;br&gt;protocol rtmp&lt;br&gt;IP network 23&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Serial0 no ip address shutdown&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Serial1 no ip address shutdown&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface TokenRing0 ip address 150.100.20.2 255.255.255.0 appletalk&lt;br&gt;cable-range 20-20 20.2 appletalk zone ring1 appletalk&lt;br&gt;protocol eigrp no appletalk protocol rtmp&lt;br&gt;IP network 20&lt;br&gt;ring-speed 16 source-bridge 1 1 100 netbios output-access-filter host&lt;br&gt;serverfit !&lt;br&gt;router igrp 3 network 150.100.0.0 !&lt;br&gt;no ip classless access-list 110 permit igrp any any access-list 110&lt;br&gt;permit icmp any any echo access-list 110 permit icmp any any&lt;br&gt;echo-reply access-list 110 permit tcp any any eq www access-list 110&lt;br&gt;permit tcp any eq www any access-list 110 dynamic&lt;br&gt;joeccie timeoute 5 permit ip any any access-list 110 permit tcp any&lt;br&gt;150.100.20.0 0.0.0.255 eq telnet access-list 110 permit tcp&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;88&lt;br&gt;host 150.100.14.250 eq telnet host 150.100.23.1 access-list 110 permit&lt;br&gt;tcp any any eq 2065 access-list 110 permit tcp any eq 2065&lt;br&gt;any access-list 200 permit 0x0404 0x0001&lt;br&gt;access-list 200 permit 0x0004 0x0001 !&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;IP route ABCD 20.0080.a.1b.1.c1d1 !&lt;br&gt;IP sap 4 IPSERVER ABCD.0000.0000.0001 451 2 !&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;line con 0 line aux 0 line vty 0 4 password cisco login local&lt;br&gt;autocommand access-enable host time-out 5 !&lt;br&gt;end&lt;br&gt;Router3&lt;br&gt;r3#sh ru&lt;br&gt;Building configuration…&lt;br&gt;Current configuration:&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;version 11.2 no service password-encryption no service&lt;br&gt;udp-small-servers no service tcp-small-servers&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;hostname r3 !&lt;br&gt;enable password cisco !&lt;br&gt;username r3 password 0 cisco username r5 password 0 cisco no ip&lt;br&gt;domain-lookup ip multicast-routing ip dvmrp route-limit&lt;br&gt;20000 appletalk routing eigrp 3 appletalk route-redistribution&lt;br&gt;IP routing 0003.0003.0003 isdn switch-type basic-net3&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Tunnel0 no ip address appletalk cable-range 35-35 35.3&lt;br&gt;appletalk zone r35 appletalk protocol eigrp no appletalk&lt;br&gt;protocol rtmp tunnel source Serial0.1 tunnel destination 150.100.100.5 !&lt;br&gt;interface Ethernet0 ip address 150.100.23.0 255.255.255.0 ip pim&lt;br&gt;dense-mode appletalk cable-range 23-23 23.3 appletalk zone&lt;br&gt;vlan2 appletalk protocol eigrp no appletalk protocol rtmp&lt;br&gt;IP input-sap-filter 1000&lt;br&gt;IP network 23&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;89&lt;br&gt;interface Serial0 no ip address encapsulation frame-relay frame-relay&lt;br&gt;lmi-type ansi !&lt;br&gt;interface Serial0.1 point-to.point ip address 150.100.100.3 255.255.0&lt;br&gt;ip pim dense-mode ip ospf message-digest-key 2 md5 cisco&lt;br&gt;ip ospf network point-to-multipoint no arp frame-relay&lt;br&gt;IP network 345 frame-relay interface-dlci 110&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Serial1 no ip address shutdown&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface BRI0 ip address 150.100.14.6 255.255.255.252 encapsulation ppp&lt;br&gt;IP network 35 dialer idle-timeout 60 dialer map IP 35.0005.0005.0005&lt;br&gt;name r5 broadcast 81752310 dialer map ip 150.100.14.5&lt;br&gt;name r5 broadcast 81752310&lt;br&gt;dialer load-threshold 100 outbound dialer-group 1&lt;br&gt;no fair-queue ppp authentication chap ppp multilink&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;router ospf 100 summary-address 150.100.23.0 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;summary-address 150.100.20.0 255.255.255.0 redistribute igrp 3&lt;br&gt;subnets network 150.100.100.0 0.0.0.255 area 0 network 150.100.14.0&lt;br&gt;0.0.0.255 area 3 distribute-list 1 out igrp 3 area 0&lt;br&gt;authentication message-digest&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;router igrp 3 redistribute ospf 100 metric 10000 100 255 1 1500&lt;br&gt;passive-interface BRI0 passive-interface Serial0.1 network&lt;br&gt;150.100.0.0&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;no ip classless ip route 150.100.14.240 255.255.255.240 150.100.14.5&lt;br&gt;150 access-list 1 permit 150.100.23.0 0.0.0.255 access-list 1&lt;br&gt;permit 150.100.20.0 0.0.0.255 access-list 100 deny up any host&lt;br&gt;255.255.255.255 access-list 100 deny ospf any any access-list 100&lt;br&gt;permit ip host 150.100.14.6 host 150.100.14.5 access-list 100 permit&lt;br&gt;ip 150.100.23.0 0.0.0.255 150.100.14.240 0.0.0.15 access-list&lt;br&gt;900 deny sap any sap any sap access-list 900 deny rip any rip any rip&lt;br&gt;access-list 900 deny any any all any 457 access-list 900&lt;br&gt;permit any 23 all 50 all access-list 1000 deny ABCD 4 IPSERVER&lt;br&gt;access-list 1000 permit FFFFFFFF&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;IP route 50 35.0005.0005.0005 floating-static !&lt;br&gt;IP router eigrp 3 network 345&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;IP router rip&lt;br&gt;no network 345 !&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;90&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;dialer-list 1 protocol ip list 100 dialer-list 1 protocol IP list 900 !&lt;br&gt;line con 0 line aux 0 line vty 0 4 password cicso login&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;end&lt;br&gt;Router4&lt;br&gt;r4#sh ru&lt;br&gt;Building configuration…&lt;br&gt;Current configuration:&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;version 11.2 no service password-encryption no service&lt;br&gt;udp-small-servers no service tcp-small-servers&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;hostname r4 !&lt;br&gt;enable password cisco !&lt;br&gt;no ip domain-lookup appletalk routing eigrp 4 appletalk route-redistribution&lt;br&gt;IP routing 0004.0004.0004 source-bridge ring-group 200 dlsw local-peer&lt;br&gt;peer-id 150.100.15.33 dlsw remote-peer 0 tcp&lt;br&gt;150.100.14.241 dlsw remote-peer 0 tcp 150.100.20.2 keepalive 0 timeout 120 !&lt;br&gt;interface Loopback0 ip address 199.55.3.4 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Tunnel0 no ip address appletalk cable-range 45-45 45.4&lt;br&gt;appletalk zone r45 appletalk protocol eigrp no appletalk&lt;br&gt;protocol rtmp tunnel source Serial0.1 tunnel destination 150.100.100.5 !&lt;br&gt;interface Ethernet0 ip address 150.100.2.3 255.255.255.0 media-type 10BaseT&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Serial0 no ip address encapsulation frame-relay frame-relay&lt;br&gt;lmi-type ansi !&lt;br&gt;interface Serial0.1 point-to-point ip address 150.100.100.4&lt;br&gt;255.255.255.0 ip ospf message-digest-key 1 md5 cisco ip ospf&lt;br&gt;network point-to-multipoint no arp frame-relay&lt;br&gt;IP network 345 frame-relay interface dlci 100&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;91&lt;br&gt;interface Serial1 no ip address shutdown&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface TokenRing0 ip address 150.100.15.33 255.255.255.224&lt;br&gt;appletalk cable-range 40-40 40.4 appletalk zone ring2&lt;br&gt;appletalk protocol eigrp no appletalk protocol rtmp&lt;br&gt;IP network 40&lt;br&gt;ring-speed 16&lt;br&gt;source-bridge 2 1 200&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;router ospf 100 summary-address 150.100.2.0 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;summary-address 150.100.15.0 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;redistribute connected subnets network 150.100.100.0 0.0.0.255 area 0&lt;br&gt;distribute-list 10 out connected area 0 authentication&lt;br&gt;message-digest&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;router bgp 3 no synchronization network 199.55.3.0 aggregate-address&lt;br&gt;199.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 summary-only neighbor&lt;br&gt;150.100.2.254 remote-as 254 neighbor 150.100.2.254 distribute-list 1&lt;br&gt;out neighbor 150.100.2.254 filter-list 1 in neighbor&lt;br&gt;150.100.14.1 remote-as 3&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;no ip classless ip as-patch access-list 1 permit ^254$ access-list 1&lt;br&gt;deny 199.55.3.0 0.0.0.255 access-list 1 permit any access-list 10&lt;br&gt;permit 150.100.15.32 0.0.0.31 access-list 10 permit 150.100.2.0 0.0.0.255&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;IP router eigrp 3 network 345&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;IP router rip no network&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;line con 0 line aux 0 line vty 0 4 password cisco login&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;end&lt;br&gt;Router5&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;92&lt;br&gt;r5#sh ru&lt;br&gt;Building configuration…&lt;br&gt;Current configuration:&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;version 11.2 no service password-encryption no service&lt;br&gt;udp-small-servers no service tcp-small-servers&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;hostname r5 !&lt;br&gt;enable password cisco !&lt;br&gt;username r5 password 0 cisco username r3 password 0 cisco no ip&lt;br&gt;domain-lookup ip multicast-routing ip dvmrp route-limit&lt;br&gt;20000 appletalk routing eigrp 5 appletalk route-redistribution&lt;br&gt;IP routing 0005.0005.0005 isdn switch-type basic-net3 dlsw local-peer&lt;br&gt;peer-id 150.100.14.241 dlsw remote-peer 0 tcp&lt;br&gt;150.100.15.33 dlsw remote-peer 0 tcp 150.100.20.2 keepalive 0 timeout&lt;br&gt;1200 dlsw bridge-group 1&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Tunnel0 no ip address appletalk cable-range 35-35.5&lt;br&gt;appletalk zone r35 appletalk protocol eigrp no appletalk&lt;br&gt;protocol rtmp tunnel source Serial0 tunnel destination 150.100.100.3 !&lt;br&gt;interface Tunnel1 no ip address appletalk cable-range 45-45 45.5&lt;br&gt;appletalk zone r45 appletalk protocol eigrp&lt;br&gt;no appletalk protocol rtmp tunnel source Serial0 tunnel destination&lt;br&gt;150.100.100.4 !&lt;br&gt;interface Ethernet0 ip address 150.100.14.241 255.255.255.240&lt;br&gt;appletalk cable-range 50-50 50.5 appletalk zone vlan 1&lt;br&gt;appletalk protocol eigrp no appletalk protocol rtmp&lt;br&gt;IP network 50&lt;br&gt;bridge group 1&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Serial0 ip address 150.100.100.5 255.255.255.0 ip pim&lt;br&gt;dense-mode encapsulation frame-relay ip ospf message-digestkey&lt;br&gt;1 md5 cisco ip ospf network point-to-multipoint ip igmp join-group 224.1.1.1&lt;br&gt;IP network 345 no IP split-horizon eigrp 3 custom-queue list 1&lt;br&gt;frame-relay interface-dlci 100 frame-relay interface-dlci 101&lt;br&gt;frame-relay lmi-type ansi&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Serial1 ip address 150.100.14.2 255.255.255.252&lt;br&gt;IP network 15&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Serial2 no ip address shutdown&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Serial3 no ip address shutdown&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;93&lt;br&gt;interface Serial4 no ip address shutdown&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Serial5&lt;br&gt;no ip address shutdown&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Serial6 no ip address shutdown&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Serial7 no ip address shutdown&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Serial8 no ip address shutdown&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Serial9 no ip address shutdown&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface BRI0 ip address 150.100.14.5 255.255.255.252 encapsulation ppp&lt;br&gt;IP network 35 dialer idle-timeout 60 dialer map ip 150.100.15.6 name&lt;br&gt;r3 broadcast 81752322 dialer map IP 35.0003.0003.0003&lt;br&gt;name r3 broadcast 81752322 dialer-group 1&lt;br&gt;ppp authentication chap&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;router ospf 100 network 150.100.100.0 0.0.0.255 area 0 network&lt;br&gt;150.100.14.0 0.0.0.255 area 3 area 0 authentication messagedigest&lt;br&gt;area 3 range 150.100.14.0 255.255.255.0 area 3 virtual-link&lt;br&gt;150.100.10.1 message-digest-key 1 md5 cisco !&lt;br&gt;no ip classless ip route 150.100.23.0 255.255.255.0 150.100.14.6 150&lt;br&gt;access-list 100 deny ip any host 255.255.255.255 access-list&lt;br&gt;100 deny ospf any any access-list 100 permit ip host 150.100.14.5 host&lt;br&gt;150.100.14.6 access-list 100 permit ip 150.100.14.240&lt;br&gt;0.0.0.15 150.100.23.0 0.0.0.255 access-list 900 deny sap any sap any&lt;br&gt;sap access-list 900 deny rip any rip any&lt;br&gt;access-list 900 deny any any all any 457 access-list 900 permit any 50&lt;br&gt;all 23 all queue-list 1 queue 1 byte-count 4000 queue-list 1&lt;br&gt;queue 2 byte-count 2000 queue-list 1 queue 3 byte-count 2000&lt;br&gt;queue-list 1 queue 4 byte-count 500&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;IP route 23 35.0003.0003.0003 floating-static !&lt;br&gt;IP router eigrp 3 network 345 network 15&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;IP router rip no network 345 no network 15&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;94&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;dialer-list 1 protocol ip list 100 dialer-list 1 protocol IP list 900&lt;br&gt;bridge 1 protocol ieee&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;line con 0 line aux 0 password cisco login&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;end&lt;br&gt;Note: Section A contains 9 labs. Section B contains 8 Labs. Total&lt;br&gt;number of labs is 17.&lt;br&gt;The Power Of Knowing&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.actualtests.com"&gt;www.actualtests.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;95&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3676613442927368468-4387485246100983137?l=yourcomputerscience1.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://yourcomputerscience1.blogspot.com/feeds/4387485246100983137/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://yourcomputerscience1.blogspot.com/2009/07/cetrification-practice-questions-for_9460.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3676613442927368468/posts/default/4387485246100983137'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3676613442927368468/posts/default/4387485246100983137'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://yourcomputerscience1.blogspot.com/2009/07/cetrification-practice-questions-for_9460.html' title='Cetrification Practice Questions for Cisco(R) Certified Network  Associate (CCNA(R)) - Part II'/><author><name>My Computer science</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05161445276768708925</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3676613442927368468.post-4347877473029838715</id><published>2009-07-27T10:43:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2009-07-27T10:43:12.204-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Cetrification Practice Questions for Cisco(R) Certified Network  Associate (CCNA(R)) - Part I</title><content type='html'>640-801&lt;br&gt;640-801&lt;br&gt;Cisco&amp;#174; Certified Network Associate (CCNA&amp;#174;)&lt;br&gt;Version 12.0&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 2 -&lt;br&gt;Important Note&lt;br&gt;Please Read Carefully&lt;br&gt;Study Tips&lt;br&gt;This product will provide you questions and answers along with&lt;br&gt;detailed explanations carefully compiled and&lt;br&gt;written by our experts. Try to understand the concepts behind the&lt;br&gt;questions instead of cramming the questions.&lt;br&gt;Go through the entire document at least twice so that you make sure&lt;br&gt;that you are not missing anything.&lt;br&gt;Further Material&lt;br&gt;For this test TestKing provides:&lt;br&gt;* Online Testing. Practice the questions in an exam environment.&lt;br&gt;Try a demo: &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com/index.cfm?pageid=724"&gt;http://www.testking.com/index.cfm?pageid=724&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;For this test TestKing plans to provide:&lt;br&gt;* Study Guide. Concepts and labs. Provides a foundation of knowledge.&lt;br&gt;Latest Version&lt;br&gt;We are constantly reviewing our products. New material is added and&lt;br&gt;old material is revised. Free updates are&lt;br&gt;available for 90 days after the purchase. You should check your member&lt;br&gt;zone at TestKing an update 3-4 days&lt;br&gt;before the scheduled exam date.&lt;br&gt;Here is the procedure to get the latest version:&lt;br&gt;1. Go to &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;2. Click on Member zone/Log in&lt;br&gt;3. The latest versions of all purchased products are downloadable from&lt;br&gt;here. Just click the links.&lt;br&gt;For most updates, it is enough just to print the new questions at the&lt;br&gt;end of the new version, not the whole&lt;br&gt;document.&lt;br&gt;Feedback&lt;br&gt;Feedback on specific questions should be send to&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="mailto:feedback@testking.com"&gt;feedback@testking.com&lt;/a&gt;. You should state: Exam number and&lt;br&gt;version, question number, and login ID.&lt;br&gt;Our experts will answer your mail promptly.&lt;br&gt;Copyright&lt;br&gt;Each pdf file contains a unique serial number associated with your&lt;br&gt;particular name and contact information for&lt;br&gt;security purposes. So if we find out that a particular pdf file is&lt;br&gt;being distributed by you, TestKing reserves the&lt;br&gt;right to take legal action against you according to the International&lt;br&gt;Copyright Laws.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 3 -&lt;br&gt;Note: Section A contains 107 questions.&lt;br&gt;Section B contains 138 questions.&lt;br&gt;Section C contains 71 questions.&lt;br&gt;The total number of questions is 316.&lt;br&gt;Each section starts with QUESTION NO: 1. There are no missing questions.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 1&lt;br&gt;You can configure PPP on which of the following types of physical&lt;br&gt;interfaces? (Choose two)&lt;br&gt;A. Ethernet&lt;br&gt;B. Token Ring&lt;br&gt;C. Synchronous Serial&lt;br&gt;D. Asynchronous Serial&lt;br&gt;Answers: C, D.&lt;br&gt;Explanation: Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) provides router-to-router&lt;br&gt;and host-network connections over&lt;br&gt;synchronous and asynchronous circuits. PPP was designed to work with&lt;br&gt;several network layer protocols,&lt;br&gt;including IP and IPX. It also has built in security features such PAP&lt;br&gt;(Password Authentication Protocol) and&lt;br&gt;CHAP (Challenged Handshake Authentication Protocol).&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A: Ethernet is a LAN (Local Area Network) architecture. It uses either&lt;br&gt;a star or a bus topology to exchange&lt;br&gt;data.&lt;br&gt;B: Token Ring is a type of network in which the computers are arranged&lt;br&gt;in a circular fashion. These&lt;br&gt;computers pass a token between each other. This token is used to&lt;br&gt;communicate data.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) page 373.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 2&lt;br&gt;Frame Tagging is used to interconnect multiple switches and to&lt;br&gt;maintain VLAN information as traffic&lt;br&gt;goes between switches. Which of the following statements about the&lt;br&gt;Frame Tagging are true? (Choose&lt;br&gt;two)&lt;br&gt;A. A Filtering table is developed for each switch.&lt;br&gt;B. Frame Tagging defines a unique user defined ID to each frame.&lt;br&gt;C. A unique identifier is placed in the header of each frame as it is&lt;br&gt;forwarding between switches.&lt;br&gt;D. Frame Tagging is technique that examines particular information&lt;br&gt;about each frame based on userdefined&lt;br&gt;offsets.&lt;br&gt;Answer: B, C.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 4 -&lt;br&gt;Explanation: Frame tagging or frame identification uniquely assigns a&lt;br&gt;user-defined ID to each frame. This is&lt;br&gt;sometimes referred to as VLAN ID. Cisco created frame tagging to be&lt;br&gt;used when an Ethernet frame traverses a&lt;br&gt;trunked link.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 186-187.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 3&lt;br&gt;Your company is having trouble connecting a Cisco router to a Nortel&lt;br&gt;router using Frame Relay. What&lt;br&gt;is the default encapsulation type for Frame Relay on a Cisco router?&lt;br&gt;A. HDLC&lt;br&gt;B. PPP&lt;br&gt;C. IETF&lt;br&gt;D. Cisco&lt;br&gt;E. ANSI&lt;br&gt;Answer: D.&lt;br&gt;Explanation: Cisco is the default encapsulation type for Frame Relay&lt;br&gt;on a Cisco router.&lt;br&gt;Note: For a router to operate in a Frame Relay network the serial&lt;br&gt;interface must be configured for Frame Relay&lt;br&gt;Encapsulations. There are two types of Frame Relay encapsulation&lt;br&gt;types: Cisco and IETF. When you are&lt;br&gt;connecting to a non Cisco router the frame relay encapsulation type is IETF.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;A. HDLC stands for High level Data Link Control. This is the&lt;br&gt;encapsulation type on synchronous serial links.&lt;br&gt;B. Point to Point Protocol (PPP). This provides for host to network&lt;br&gt;and router to router connections over&lt;br&gt;synchronous and asynchronous circuits.&lt;br&gt;C. IETF should be used in this scenario. However, the default Frame&lt;br&gt;Relay encapsulation type on Cisco routers&lt;br&gt;is Cisco.&lt;br&gt;E. Cisco routers support three types of LMIs: Cisco, ANSI and Q933a.&lt;br&gt;This question is looking for the default&lt;br&gt;encapsulation type.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 418-420, 416, and 373-&lt;br&gt;374.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 4&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 5 -&lt;br&gt;The IP address 131.107.0.0 is a class B address. What is the range of&lt;br&gt;binary values for the first octet in&lt;br&gt;this address class?&lt;br&gt;A. 10000000-11111111&lt;br&gt;B. 00000000-10111111&lt;br&gt;C. 10000000-10111111&lt;br&gt;D. 10000000-11011111&lt;br&gt;E. 11000000-11101111&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;Explanation: Class B addresses have a range of 128 – 191. One of these&lt;br&gt;numbers would appear in the first&lt;br&gt;octet of a Class B address. 128 and 191 are converted to binary below:&lt;br&gt;128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1&lt;br&gt;128 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0&lt;br&gt;191 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1&lt;br&gt;Therefore the first octet converted to binary is 10000000 – 10111111.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;A: The 10000000-11111111 range, 128-255, does not define an address class.&lt;br&gt;B: The 00000000-10111111 range, 0-191, does not define an address class.&lt;br&gt;D: The 10000000-11011111 range, 128-223, does not define an address class.&lt;br&gt;E: The 11000000-11101111 range, 192-239, does not define an address class.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 220 – 223.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 5&lt;br&gt;TCP is a connection-oriented protocol. An advantage of operating in a&lt;br&gt;connection-oriented environment&lt;br&gt;is that a connection is established between both ends before the&lt;br&gt;transfer of information can begin. What&lt;br&gt;is a disadvantage of using a connection-oriented protocol such as TCP?&lt;br&gt;A. Packet acknowledgement may add overhead.&lt;br&gt;B. Packets are not tagged with sequence numbers.&lt;br&gt;C. Loss or duplication of data packets is more likely to occur.&lt;br&gt;D. The application layer must assume responsibility for correct&lt;br&gt;sequencing of the data packets.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 6 -&lt;br&gt;Explanation: One of the benefits of a connection-orientated protocol&lt;br&gt;is that there is a guarantee of delivery of&lt;br&gt;data. This guarantee is provided as the two communicating exchange&lt;br&gt;PDUs during transmission and if an&lt;br&gt;acknowledgement is not received then the data is retransmitted. As can&lt;br&gt;be imagined this exchange of PDUs can&lt;br&gt;cause an increase in overhead.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;B: Sequence numbers are added to insure correct order&lt;br&gt;C: Packet loss, duplication, and ordering are handled by&lt;br&gt;connection-oriented protocols.&lt;br&gt;D: The transport layer (such as TCP) handles sequencing.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 29-30.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 6&lt;br&gt;Switches have three primary modes to handle frame switching. Which one&lt;br&gt;of these modes looks at the&lt;br&gt;destination address and then immediately forwards the frame to the destination?&lt;br&gt;A. CSMA/CD&lt;br&gt;B. FULL DUPLEX&lt;br&gt;C. CUT THROUGH&lt;br&gt;D. HALF DUPLEX&lt;br&gt;E. FRAGMENTATION&lt;br&gt;F. STORE AND FORWARD&lt;br&gt;Answer: C.&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;In cut-through mode, the switch checks the destination address (DA) as&lt;br&gt;soon as the header is received and&lt;br&gt;immediately begins forwarding the frame. Depending on the network&lt;br&gt;transport protocol being used (connection&lt;br&gt;or connectionless orientate), there is a significant decrease in&lt;br&gt;latency from input port to output port. The delay&lt;br&gt;in cut-through switching remains constant regardless of the size of&lt;br&gt;the frame, because this switching mode starts&lt;br&gt;to forward the frame as soon as the switch reads the DA.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A: CSMA/CD is not a method of transporting frames. Rather it is a set&lt;br&gt;of rules that are used to determine how&lt;br&gt;network devices will respond to two different devices attempting to&lt;br&gt;communicate on a data channel at the&lt;br&gt;same time.&lt;br&gt;B: Full duplex refers to how two switches communicate with each other.&lt;br&gt;In this case, there is a transmission of&lt;br&gt;data in two directions at the same time.&lt;br&gt;D: Half duplex refers to how two switches communicate with each other.&lt;br&gt;With half duplex the communication&lt;br&gt;can only be in one direction and if not a collision will occur.&lt;br&gt;E: This is not a method of frame communication.&lt;br&gt;F: In store and forward the entire frame must first be received before&lt;br&gt;it can be forwarded on.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 7 -&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 162-5.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 7&lt;br&gt;Which of the following are Application layer protocols that use&lt;br&gt;TCP/IP? (Choose three.)&lt;br&gt;A. ARP&lt;br&gt;B. HTTP&lt;br&gt;C. SMTP&lt;br&gt;D. FTP&lt;br&gt;E. ICMP&lt;br&gt;Answer: B, C, D&lt;br&gt;Explanation: There are a number of TCP/IP application layer protocols.&lt;br&gt;The common TCP/IP application&lt;br&gt;layer protocols include: FTP, Telnet, SMTP, and HTTP.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A. ARP operates at the Internetwork layer of the TCP/IP protocol stack.&lt;br&gt;E. ICMP operates at the Internetwork layer of the TCP/IP protocol stack.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 206 – 215.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 8&lt;br&gt;Two types of frame tagging are ISL and 802.lQ. What is the purpose of&lt;br&gt;Frame Tagging?&lt;br&gt;A. They provide best path determination.&lt;br&gt;B. They allow the exchange of filtering tables.&lt;br&gt;C. They specify different implementation of the Spanning-Tree Protocol.&lt;br&gt;D. They provide inter-switch VLAN communication.&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 8 -&lt;br&gt;Explanation: The purpose of frame tagging (ISL tagging) is to&lt;br&gt;interconnect multiple switches and to keep&lt;br&gt;VLAN information as it goes through various switches.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A, B, and C. This are not the purposed for frame tagging.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 186 – 187.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 9&lt;br&gt;You company has decided to use RIP version 1 as the routing on a Cisco&lt;br&gt;router. What is the command to&lt;br&gt;enable rip as the routing protocol on the company&amp;#39;s router?&lt;br&gt;Answer: Router rip&lt;br&gt;Explanation: The key characteristics of RIP include: it is a distance&lt;br&gt;vector protocol, hop count is the metric&lt;br&gt;used for path selection, it maximum allowable hop count is 15, it&lt;br&gt;broadcasts it entire routing table every 30&lt;br&gt;seconds by default and it can be load balanced as many as six equal&lt;br&gt;cost paths (4 paths are the default). To&lt;br&gt;configure RIP not only does the router rip command need to be inputted&lt;br&gt;but also it must be followed by the&lt;br&gt;network command. The network command must be issued for each directly&lt;br&gt;connected network.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 278-279.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 10&lt;br&gt;Your company has decided to use IP RIP version 1 as the routing&lt;br&gt;protocol. Which of the following are&lt;br&gt;the commands you can use to configure IP RIP version 1 on your router?&lt;br&gt;A. Router RIP&lt;br&gt;network 172.16.1.0&lt;br&gt;network 10.1.0.1&lt;br&gt;B. Router RIP&lt;br&gt;network 172.16.0.0&lt;br&gt;network 10.0.0.0&lt;br&gt;C. Router RIP&lt;br&gt;network 172.16.1.0 172.16.1.1&lt;br&gt;network 10.1.0.0 10.1.1.1&lt;br&gt;D. Router RIP&lt;br&gt;network 172.16.1.0 265.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;Network 10.1.0.0 255.255.0.0&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 9 -&lt;br&gt;Answer: B.&lt;br&gt;Explanation: To enable RIP version 1 not only does the router rip&lt;br&gt;command need to be used but also it must be&lt;br&gt;followed by the network command. The network command must be issued&lt;br&gt;for each directly connected&lt;br&gt;network. The network command must be followed by a valid network address.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A: Is this series of commands the network 10.1.0.1 is not a valid command.&lt;br&gt;C: If 4 networks are directly connected they must have their own&lt;br&gt;network command.&lt;br&gt;D: There is no need to include a subnet mask with a network command.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 278-9.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 11&lt;br&gt;Spanning-Tree was originally developed by DEC. What is the reason&lt;br&gt;Spanning-Tree is used in a&lt;br&gt;switched LAN?&lt;br&gt;A. To provide a mechanism for network monitoring in switched environments.&lt;br&gt;B. To prevent routing loops in networks with redundant paths.&lt;br&gt;C. To prevent routing switching loops in networks with redundant switched paths.&lt;br&gt;D. To manage, the addition, deletion, and naming of VLANs across&lt;br&gt;multiple switches.&lt;br&gt;E. To segment a network into multiple collision domains.&lt;br&gt;Answer: B.&lt;br&gt;Explanation: The purpose of the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is to&lt;br&gt;provide for redundant paths within a&lt;br&gt;switched environment while ensuring that there is a loop free network.&lt;br&gt;This is done as the redundant ports are&lt;br&gt;blocked.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A. STP does not provide mechanism to monitor a switched network.&lt;br&gt;C. Loops are not referred to as &amp;quot;routing switching loops&amp;quot;.&lt;br&gt;D. STP is not used for VLAN management.&lt;br&gt;E. Switches create multiple collisions domains and not STP.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 155-156.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 12&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 10 -&lt;br&gt;Switches have three primary modes to handle frame switching. Which two&lt;br&gt;statements about the store&lt;br&gt;and forward switching method are true? (Choose two)&lt;br&gt;A. Latency remains constant regardless of frame size.&lt;br&gt;B. Latency through the switch varies with frame length.&lt;br&gt;C. The switch receives the complete frame before beginning to forward it.&lt;br&gt;D. The switch checks the destination address as soon as it receives&lt;br&gt;the header and begins forwarding the&lt;br&gt;frame immediately.&lt;br&gt;Answer B, C.&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;In store and forward mode, the switch must receive the complete frame&lt;br&gt;before forwarding takes place. The&lt;br&gt;destination and source addresses are read, the cyclic redundancy check&lt;br&gt;(CRC) is performed, relevant filters are&lt;br&gt;applied, and the frame is forwarded. If the CRC is bad, the frame is&lt;br&gt;discarded. The latency (or delay) through&lt;br&gt;the switch varies with frame length.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A: Is wrong because the latency changes with the frame size.&lt;br&gt;D: Is wrong because it waits for the complete name and not merely the&lt;br&gt;destination address.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) page 162.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 13&lt;br&gt;Acme Ltd. consists of three campuses: North, Main and South. They have&lt;br&gt;purchased three 2501 routers.&lt;br&gt;Each router has one Ethernet interface and two serial interfaces. Each&lt;br&gt;campus is connected serially to its&lt;br&gt;neighbor. The routers have been working properly.&lt;br&gt;The connection between North and Main ceases operation one day and an&lt;br&gt;unauthorized entry is detected&lt;br&gt;on the South router.&lt;br&gt;Determine the problem and restore connectivity. The network has been&lt;br&gt;configured with the following&lt;br&gt;characteristics:&lt;br&gt;The routers are named North, Main, South.&lt;br&gt;All networks have the default subnet mask.&lt;br&gt;RIP is the routing protocol.&lt;br&gt;The clocking signal is provided on the serial 0 interface.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 11 -&lt;br&gt;Lab 1&lt;br&gt;Name: North&lt;br&gt;E0: 192.168.159.1&lt;br&gt;S0: 192.168.75.1&lt;br&gt;Secret password : testk&lt;br&gt;Lab 2&lt;br&gt;Name: Main&lt;br&gt;E0: 192.168.112.1&lt;br&gt;S0: 192.168.201.1&lt;br&gt;S1: 192.168.75.2&lt;br&gt;Secret password : testk&lt;br&gt;Lab 3&lt;br&gt;Name: South&lt;br&gt;E0: 192.168.65.1&lt;br&gt;S1: 192.168.201.2&lt;br&gt;Secret password : testk&lt;br&gt;Start by clicking on host that is connected to the router you want to configure.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 12 -&lt;br&gt;Answer Lab 1:&lt;br&gt;&amp;lt;Click on Host2, which is connected to the Lab 1 router&amp;gt;&lt;br&gt;enable&lt;br&gt;config terminal&lt;br&gt;hostname North&lt;br&gt;enable secret testk&lt;br&gt;interface ethernet 0&lt;br&gt;ip address 192.168.159.1 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;no shutdown&lt;br&gt;exit&lt;br&gt;interface serial 0&lt;br&gt;ip address 192.168.75.1 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;clock rate 64000&lt;br&gt;no shutdown&lt;br&gt;exit&lt;br&gt;router rip&lt;br&gt;network 192.168.159.0&lt;br&gt;network 192.168.75.0&lt;br&gt;^z&lt;br&gt;copy running-config startup-config&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;Note: comments are added in text after the !-sign. They will not be&lt;br&gt;shown during simulation.&lt;br&gt;First we click on the Lab 1 router.&lt;br&gt;Router Con0 is now available ! The router starts&lt;br&gt;Press RETURN to get started. ! Here we press return&lt;br&gt;Router&amp;gt;enable ! We must enter EXEC mode (or enable mode as it also called)&lt;br&gt;Router#config terminal ! We must enter configuration mode.&lt;br&gt;Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.&lt;br&gt;Router(config)#hostname North ! We change the host name&lt;br&gt;North(config)#enable secret testk ! We set the password&lt;br&gt;North(config)#interface ethernet 0 ! We enter interface configuration&lt;br&gt;mode for ethernet 0&lt;br&gt;North(config-if)#ip address 192.168.159.1 255.255.255.0 ! We set the&lt;br&gt;IP address for Ethernet 0.&lt;br&gt;! Note that we use a 24 bit network mask.&lt;br&gt;!It is a class C address.&lt;br&gt;North(config-if)#no shutdown ! We start the interface&lt;br&gt;%LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Ethernet0, changed state to up&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 13 -&lt;br&gt;%LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface Ethernet0, changed state to up&lt;br&gt;North(config-if)#exit ! We exit interface configuration for Ethernet 0&lt;br&gt;North(config)#interface serial0 ! We enter interface configuration&lt;br&gt;mode for the serial0 interface.&lt;br&gt;! Note that there are no space in serial0&lt;br&gt;North(config-if)#ip address 192.168.75.1 255.255.255.0 ! IP address for serial0&lt;br&gt;! Cisco recommends to set the IP address of the interface before&lt;br&gt;! setting the clockrate&lt;br&gt;North(config-if)#clock rate 64000 ! We set a clockrate. We must do it&lt;br&gt;to enable communication between&lt;br&gt;! the routers. They must be synchronized.&lt;br&gt;North(config-if)#no shutdown ! Start the serial0 interface&lt;br&gt;%LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Serial0, changed state to up&lt;br&gt;%LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface Serial0, changed state to up&lt;br&gt;North(config-if)#exit ! Exit interface configuration mode&lt;br&gt;North(config)#router rip ! Start the routing protocol. RIP does not&lt;br&gt;need further configuration.&lt;br&gt;! RIP works well in this small network.&lt;br&gt;! We enter router configuration mode.&lt;br&gt;North(config-router)#network 192.168.159.0 ! We enable RIP on the&lt;br&gt;network of Ethernet E0.&lt;br&gt;North(config-router)#network 192.168.75.0 ! We enable RIP on the&lt;br&gt;network of Serial0.&lt;br&gt;North(config-router)#^Z ! We exit configuration mode and return to enable mode.&lt;br&gt;%SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from console by console&lt;br&gt;North#copy running-config startup-config ! We save our configurations to NVRAM&lt;br&gt;Destination filename [startup-config]? ! We confirm with Enter.&lt;br&gt;North# ! We are finished.&lt;br&gt;You don&amp;#39;t need to make full configuration because all routers have&lt;br&gt;already been configured but they have some&lt;br&gt;mistakes. Your task is to find these mistakes and fix them. Maybe the&lt;br&gt;easy way is to remember full config, but&lt;br&gt;better is to understand the right configuration. You need to add two&lt;br&gt;networks for Lab 1 as we only have to add&lt;br&gt;the networks we have on the router. For LAB 2 we add three networks,&lt;br&gt;and for LAB 3 we add two networks.&lt;br&gt;Wendell Odom. Cisco CCNA Exam #640-507 Certification Guide. (Cisco&lt;br&gt;Press: 2000) pages 374-403.&lt;br&gt;Note: If you are unsure of the testing environment, try the following address:&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/10/wwtraining/certprog/testing/simulation/demo_sim.html"&gt;http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/10/wwtraining/certprog/testing/simulation/demo_sim.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;************************************&lt;br&gt;Answer Lab 2:&lt;br&gt;enable&lt;br&gt;config terminal&lt;br&gt;hostname Main&lt;br&gt;enable secret testk&lt;br&gt;interface ethernet 0&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 14 -&lt;br&gt;ip address 192.168.112.1 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;no shutdown&lt;br&gt;exit&lt;br&gt;interface serial 0&lt;br&gt;ip address 192.168.201.1 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;clock rate 64000&lt;br&gt;no shutdown&lt;br&gt;exit&lt;br&gt;interface serial 1&lt;br&gt;ip address 192.168.75.2 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;no shutdown&lt;br&gt;exit&lt;br&gt;router rip&lt;br&gt;network 192.168.75.0&lt;br&gt;network 192.168.112.0&lt;br&gt;network 192.168.201.0^z&lt;br&gt;copy running-config startup-config&lt;br&gt;Explanation: Very similar to Lab 1. We have two serial interfaces in&lt;br&gt;lab 2 to configure. We must also make&lt;br&gt;sure that we enable RIP on all three interfaces with the network command.&lt;br&gt;******************************************&lt;br&gt;Answer Lab 3:&lt;br&gt;enable&lt;br&gt;config terminal&lt;br&gt;hostname South&lt;br&gt;enable secret testk&lt;br&gt;interface ethernet 0&lt;br&gt;ip address 192.168.65.1 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;no shutdown&lt;br&gt;exit&lt;br&gt;interface serial 1&lt;br&gt;ip address 192.168.201.2 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;no shutdown&lt;br&gt;exit&lt;br&gt;router rip&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 15 -&lt;br&gt;network 192.168.201.0&lt;br&gt;network 192.168.65.0&lt;br&gt;^z&lt;br&gt;copy running-config startup-config&lt;br&gt;Explanation: Very similar to Lab 1 and Lab 2. Lab C only has one&lt;br&gt;serial interface, serial1.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 14&lt;br&gt;Which layer of the OSI model ensures reliable end-to-end delivery of data?&lt;br&gt;A. Application&lt;br&gt;B. Presentation&lt;br&gt;C. Session&lt;br&gt;D. Transport&lt;br&gt;E. Network&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;Explanation: The Transport Layer, Layer 4, of the OSI reference model&lt;br&gt;provide to methods of end-to-end&lt;br&gt;delivery of data. These methods of delivery are reliable and&lt;br&gt;unreliable. TCP is a reliable method and UDP is&lt;br&gt;unreliable.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A. The Application Layer is best described as the user interface. This&lt;br&gt;is how users/applications access&lt;br&gt;protocols to access a network.&lt;br&gt;B. The Presentation Layer controls how data is presented and also&lt;br&gt;provides other services such as encryption.&lt;br&gt;C. The Transport Layer is in charge of communication management&lt;br&gt;(including establishing and terminating of&lt;br&gt;communication).&lt;br&gt;E. The Network Layer is responsible for an addressing scheme so that&lt;br&gt;routers can determine a path.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 10 – 30.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 15&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 16 -&lt;br&gt;You company uses a switch in the training department. You need to be&lt;br&gt;able to make changes to this&lt;br&gt;switch remotely so that you can allow different classrooms to have&lt;br&gt;access to the Internet as needed. What&lt;br&gt;do you have to configure on this switch so that you can remotely make&lt;br&gt;these changes? (Choose two.)&lt;br&gt;A. The switch name must match the workgroup name of the local network.&lt;br&gt;B. The switch must be configured with an IP address and default gateway.&lt;br&gt;C. The remote workstations must have access to the VSM of the switch.&lt;br&gt;D. CDP must be enabled on the switch so that other devices on the&lt;br&gt;network can locate it.&lt;br&gt;Answer: B, C&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;To remotely configure a switch you will need to use the Visual Switch&lt;br&gt;Manager (VSM). In order VSM to&lt;br&gt;function properly the switch will require an IP address and network&lt;br&gt;connectivity. Remote locations must use a&lt;br&gt;web browser to connect to VSM.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A. VSM does not require that the switch name match the local workgroup name.&lt;br&gt;D. CDP is not required for VSM but it is used as an information-gathering tool.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 165 and 114.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 16&lt;br&gt;What one of the following is an example of a layer 2 MAC address?&lt;br&gt;A. 192.201.63.251&lt;br&gt;B. 19-22-01-63-25&lt;br&gt;C. 0000.1234.FEG&lt;br&gt;D. 00-00-12-34-FE-AA&lt;br&gt;Answer: D.&lt;br&gt;Explanation: MAC address is a uniquely assigned address to each device&lt;br&gt;on the network. The MAC address is&lt;br&gt;48 bits in length and is expressed as hexadecimal digit. The first 6&lt;br&gt;digits specify the manufacturer ID and the&lt;br&gt;remaining 6 are unique to host. No two MAC addresses can be same. In&lt;br&gt;addition MAC addresses are usually&lt;br&gt;comprised of 6 pairs, each pair can be two number, two letters or a&lt;br&gt;combination of a number and a letter.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A: 192.201.63.251 contains to many number and is an IP address.&lt;br&gt;B: There only 6 pair combinations in 19-22-01-63-25.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 17 -&lt;br&gt;C: 0000.1234.FEG is short one letter or one number.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) page 20.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 17&lt;br&gt;You issue the command show ip route which of the following correctly&lt;br&gt;describes the codes displayed&lt;br&gt;in your route table after you issue this command? (Choose two.)&lt;br&gt;A. I-Indicates a route was learned through an internal protocol.&lt;br&gt;B. S-Indicates a route was learned through static command.&lt;br&gt;C. R-Indicates a route was learned through RIP.&lt;br&gt;D. S-Indicates a route was learned through a serial port.&lt;br&gt;E. R-Indicates a route was learned through a reliable port.&lt;br&gt;Answer: B, C&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;B: S stands for static.&lt;br&gt;C: R stands for RIP.&lt;br&gt;Note:&lt;br&gt;Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP&lt;br&gt;D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area&lt;br&gt;N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2&lt;br&gt;E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP&lt;br&gt;i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, * - candidate default&lt;br&gt;U - per-user static route, o - ODR&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;A: I stands for a route learned through IGRP.&lt;br&gt;D: S stands for static.&lt;br&gt;E: R stands for RIP.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 280 – 281.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 18&lt;br&gt;What can you use to connect a user&amp;#39;s pc directly to a router?&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 18 -&lt;br&gt;A. Connect the PC&amp;#39;s COM port to the router&amp;#39;s console port using a&lt;br&gt;straight-through cable.&lt;br&gt;B. Connect the PC&amp;#39;s COM port to the router&amp;#39;s console port using a&lt;br&gt;crossover cable.&lt;br&gt;C. Connect the PC&amp;#39;s COM port to the router&amp;#39;s Ethernet port using a&lt;br&gt;straight-through cable.&lt;br&gt;D. Connect the PC&amp;#39;s Ethernet port to the router&amp;#39;s Ethernet port using&lt;br&gt;a crossover cable.&lt;br&gt;E. Connect the PC&amp;#39;s Ethernet port to the router&amp;#39;s Ethernet port using&lt;br&gt;a rollover cable.&lt;br&gt;F. Connect the PC&amp;#39;s Ethernet port to the router&amp;#39;s Ethernet port using&lt;br&gt;a straight-through cable.&lt;br&gt;Answer: D.&lt;br&gt;Explanation: To connect the PC directly to the router we can use a&lt;br&gt;cross-over RJ-45 cable and connect the&lt;br&gt;cable to an Ethernet port on the router and to the Network adapter on the PC.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;A, B: In order to connect to the console port of the router a rollover&lt;br&gt;cable must be used.&lt;br&gt;C: To connect to an Ethernet port on the router we must use a network&lt;br&gt;adapter on the PC.&lt;br&gt;E: A rollover cable can be used to connect a PC to the console port,&lt;br&gt;not an Ethernet port, on the router.&lt;br&gt;Furthermore, one extra adapter would also be required.&lt;br&gt;F: A crossover cable must be used to directly connect a PC to a router.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 51 – 52.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 19&lt;br&gt;What are good reasons for using layer two switches? (Choose two)&lt;br&gt;A. To reduce collisions.&lt;br&gt;B. To increase collisions.&lt;br&gt;C. To increase the number of collision domains.&lt;br&gt;D. To decrease the number of collision domains.&lt;br&gt;E. To decrease the number of broadcast domains.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, C.&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;A switch creates multiple collision domains, and reduces the number of&lt;br&gt;nodes in the domain. This results in&lt;br&gt;less contention and interference which in turn reduces the number of collisions.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;B: Switches are design to REDUCE collisions and not increase them.&lt;br&gt;D: When a switch segments a network it increase the number of domain&lt;br&gt;and it does not reduce them.&lt;br&gt;E: A switch can neither increase nor decreases the broadcast domains.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 19 -&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 30-31.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 20&lt;br&gt;Full-duplex gives you the ability to send and receive data at the same&lt;br&gt;time. Which of the following&lt;br&gt;Ethernet standards can operate in full-duplex mode? (Choose two.)&lt;br&gt;A. 10Base2&lt;br&gt;B. 10Base5&lt;br&gt;C. 10BaseT&lt;br&gt;D. 100BaseT&lt;br&gt;Answer: C, D&lt;br&gt;Explanation: In order for full duplex transmissions to be supported&lt;br&gt;the &amp;quot;cable&amp;quot; requires a means by which to&lt;br&gt;receive and send transmissions at the same time. This is achieved&lt;br&gt;through the use of twisted pairs. Both&lt;br&gt;10BaseT and 100BaseT utilize twisted pairs.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;A, B: Coaxial cable, either Thicknet (10Base5) or Thinnet (10Base2)&lt;br&gt;only support one single transmission. If&lt;br&gt;there is more than one transmission then a collision will occur.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 15 – 16, and 164.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 21&lt;br&gt;Which of the following devices support Full Duplex Ethernet ? (Choose two.)&lt;br&gt;A. Switch to host.&lt;br&gt;B. Switch to switch.&lt;br&gt;C. Hub to hub.&lt;br&gt;D. Switch to hub.&lt;br&gt;E. Hub to host.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, B&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 20 -&lt;br&gt;Explanation: Devices that are connected to switches can communicate in&lt;br&gt;full duplex mode. This includes&lt;br&gt;switched that are connected to other switches.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;C, D, and E. Hubs can only communicate in half duplex mode (CSMA/CD).&lt;br&gt;Therefore none of these options&lt;br&gt;are correct.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 164 – 165.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 22&lt;br&gt;Which three are examples of the functions of connection oriented&lt;br&gt;services? (Choose three)&lt;br&gt;A. Connection parameters are synchronized.&lt;br&gt;B. Any loss or duplication of packets can be corrected.&lt;br&gt;C. The data packet is independently routed and the service does not&lt;br&gt;guarantee the packet will be&lt;br&gt;processed in order.&lt;br&gt;D. A data communication path is established between the requesting&lt;br&gt;entity and the peer device on the&lt;br&gt;remote end system.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, B, D.&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;In order to establish a connection-orientated service, the connection&lt;br&gt;must first be established. An example of&lt;br&gt;this would the TCP/IP suites use of the three-way handshake. The&lt;br&gt;sending and receiving of synchronization&lt;br&gt;and acknowledgment packets between the sending system and the&lt;br&gt;receiving system accomplish a three-way&lt;br&gt;handshake. Errors can be corrected when the sender does not receive an&lt;br&gt;acknowledgment, within a specified&lt;br&gt;amount of time, from the receiving system the packet will be resent.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;C: Due to the acknowledgement of packets, the order that packets are&lt;br&gt;received is ensured.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 29-30.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 23&lt;br&gt;What is the correct order of PDUs in data encapsulation?&lt;br&gt;A. Data, Frame, Packet, Segment, Bit&lt;br&gt;B. Data, Frame, Segment, Packet, Bit&lt;br&gt;C. Data, Packet, Frame, Segment, Bit&lt;br&gt;D. Data, Packet, Segment, Frame, Bit&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 21 -&lt;br&gt;E. Data, Segment, Frame, Packet, Bit&lt;br&gt;F. Data, Segment, Packet, Frame, Bit&lt;br&gt;Answer: F&lt;br&gt;Explanation: Encapsulation steps&lt;br&gt;Step 1: The application creates the data&lt;br&gt;Step 2: The transport layer segments the data.&lt;br&gt;Step 3: The network layer puts the data into packets.&lt;br&gt;Step 4: The data link layer puts data into frames.&lt;br&gt;Step 5: The physical layer transmits the bits.&lt;br&gt;Reference: Wendell Odom. Cisco CCNA Exam #640-607 Certification Guide.&lt;br&gt;(Cisco Press: 2002) page 96.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 24&lt;br&gt;If you take a dotted-decimal class A IP address such as 10.0.0.1 and&lt;br&gt;convert the first octet to binary.&lt;br&gt;Which of the following is the correct bit pattern for the first octet?&lt;br&gt;A. 0xxxxxxx&lt;br&gt;B. 10xxxxxx&lt;br&gt;C. 110xxxxx&lt;br&gt;D. 1110xxxx&lt;br&gt;E. 11110xxx&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;Explanation: The range for Class A address is 1 to 126. 10 convert&lt;br&gt;into binary is 00001010. The only answer&lt;br&gt;that follows this pattern is A.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;B. With a 1 in the first bit of the binary number the value will be at&lt;br&gt;least 128. 128 is above the range of Class&lt;br&gt;A addresses.&lt;br&gt;C. With ones in the first 2 bits the value for the octet will need to&lt;br&gt;be 192 or greater. This is outside the range of&lt;br&gt;Class A addresses.&lt;br&gt;D. With ones in the first 3 bits the value for the octet will need to&lt;br&gt;be 224 or greater. This is outside the range of&lt;br&gt;Class A addresses.&lt;br&gt;E. With ones in the first 4 bits the value for the octet will need to&lt;br&gt;be 240 or greater. This is outside the range of&lt;br&gt;Class A addresses.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 22 -&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 221 – 223.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 25&lt;br&gt;Which of the following statements about a reliable connection oriented&lt;br&gt;data transfer are true? (Choose&lt;br&gt;two)&lt;br&gt;A. Recipients acknowledge receipt of data.&lt;br&gt;B. When buffers are filled to capacity, datagrams are discarded and&lt;br&gt;not re transmitted.&lt;br&gt;C. Windows are used to control the amount in outstanding acknowledged&lt;br&gt;data segments.&lt;br&gt;D. If the segments timer expires between receipt of an acknowledgement&lt;br&gt;the sender drops the connection.&lt;br&gt;E. The receiving device waits for acknowledgements from the sending&lt;br&gt;device before accepting more data&lt;br&gt;segments.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, C.&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;Connection orientated protocols, such as TCP, communication use&lt;br&gt;acknowledgement of packets. This is how&lt;br&gt;error control is possible. To govern the flow of data between devices,&lt;br&gt;TCP uses a flow control mechanism.&lt;br&gt;The receiving TCP reports a &amp;quot;window&amp;quot; to the sending TCP. This window&lt;br&gt;specifies the number of octets,&lt;br&gt;starting with the acknowledgment number, that a receiving TCP is&lt;br&gt;currently prepare to receive.&lt;br&gt;TCP windows sizes are variable during the lifetime of the connection.&lt;br&gt;Each acknowledgment contains a&lt;br&gt;window advertisement that indicates how many bytes the receiver can&lt;br&gt;accept. TCP also maintains a congestion&lt;br&gt;control window that is normally the size as the receiver&amp;#39;s window but&lt;br&gt;is cut in half when a segment is lost (for&lt;br&gt;example, there is congestion). This approach permits the window to be&lt;br&gt;expanded or contracted as necessary to&lt;br&gt;manage buffer space and processing.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;B: With connection orientate protocols packet delivery is guaranteed.&lt;br&gt;Packet will not be dropped. Flow&lt;br&gt;control (windowing) addresses the buffer issue.&lt;br&gt;D: If the sending system does not receive an acknowledgement from the&lt;br&gt;receiving system then the packet will&lt;br&gt;be resent.&lt;br&gt;E: The receiving device sends the acknowledgement of packets and this&lt;br&gt;states how much data the receiving&lt;br&gt;device can receive.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 213-4.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 26&lt;br&gt;Which two statements are valid? (Choose two.)&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 23 -&lt;br&gt;A. Full-duplex Ethernet consists of a shared broadcast domain, while&lt;br&gt;half-duplex Ethernet consists of a&lt;br&gt;private broadcast domain.&lt;br&gt;B. Full-duplex Ethernet is collision free, while half-duplex Ethernet&lt;br&gt;is subject to collisions.&lt;br&gt;C. Full-duplex Ethernet provides higher throughput than half-duplex&lt;br&gt;Ethernet of the same bandwidth.&lt;br&gt;D. Full-duplex Ethernet provides lower throughput than half-duplex&lt;br&gt;Ethernet of the same bandwidth.&lt;br&gt;E. Full-duplex Ethernet consists of a shared cable segment while&lt;br&gt;half-duplex Ethernet provides a point-topoint&lt;br&gt;link.&lt;br&gt;Answer: B, C&lt;br&gt;Explanation: Full-duplex involves only two participants. Both can&lt;br&gt;transmit simultaneously. Half-duplex, on&lt;br&gt;the other hand, can have many participants on the same network&lt;br&gt;segment. Only one be transmitting at a time.&lt;br&gt;B: Using Full-Duplex only two participants ensures that there can be&lt;br&gt;no collisions. Half-duplex must use&lt;br&gt;CSMA/CD to handle the collisions.&lt;br&gt;C: Full-duplex mode is faster than half-duplex.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;A: All nodes on a half-duplex Ethernet segment share the same broadcast domain.&lt;br&gt;D: The opposite is true.&lt;br&gt;E: The opposite is true.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 164 – 165.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 27&lt;br&gt;What is the network address for a host with the IP address &lt;a href="http://123.200.8.68/28"&gt;123.200.8.68/28&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;br&gt;A. 123.200.8.0&lt;br&gt;B. 1231.200.8.32&lt;br&gt;C. 123.200.8.64&lt;br&gt;D. 123.200.8.65&lt;br&gt;E. 123.200.8.31&lt;br&gt;F. 123.200.8.1&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;Explanation: In a network with 28 network bits only the last four bits&lt;br&gt;are used for the hosts. We write the 4th&lt;br&gt;octet in binary:&lt;br&gt;68 decimal = 01000100 binary (64+4)&lt;br&gt;We have to clear all host bits:&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 24 -&lt;br&gt;01000000 binary = 64 decimal&lt;br&gt;The network part is 123.200.8.64.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A. For the network to be represented as 123.200.8 then the IP address&lt;br&gt;would need a /24 at the end. In this case&lt;br&gt;/28 was used.&lt;br&gt;B, D, E, and F. In these cases with the IP address provided these&lt;br&gt;options are impossible.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 227 – 232.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 28&lt;br&gt;How does a layer two device such as a bridge or switch function?&lt;br&gt;A. It maintains a table of the IP address of the host connected to its&lt;br&gt;internet segment&lt;br&gt;B. It passes packets outside of its network segment if its IP address&lt;br&gt;cannot be found on its table.&lt;br&gt;C. It looks up the frames destination in its address table and sends&lt;br&gt;the frame towards the destination.&lt;br&gt;D. It maintains the table of the data link layer and network layer&lt;br&gt;addresses for the host connected to its&lt;br&gt;network segment.&lt;br&gt;Answer: C.&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;A transparent bridge stores information in memory in what is called a&lt;br&gt;&amp;quot;forwarding table&amp;quot;. The forwarding table&lt;br&gt;lists each end station (from which the bridge has heard a frame within&lt;br&gt;a particular time period) and the segment&lt;br&gt;on which it resides. When a bridge hears a frame on the network, it&lt;br&gt;views the destination address and compares&lt;br&gt;it to the forwarding table to determine whether to filter, flood or&lt;br&gt;copy the frame into another segment.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A: The forwarding table does not contain a list of IP address. Rather&lt;br&gt;it contains a list of devices that it is&lt;br&gt;connect to and on which segment each device resides.&lt;br&gt;B: If the destination device is unknown to the bridge, the bridge&lt;br&gt;forwards the frame to all segments except the&lt;br&gt;one on which it was received. This process is known as flooding.&lt;br&gt;D: The device maintains a list of the data link layer addresses for&lt;br&gt;host connected to its network segment.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) page 22.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 29&lt;br&gt;Which of the following are reasons to use VLANs? (Choose three.)&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 25 -&lt;br&gt;A. They increase the size of collision domains.&lt;br&gt;B. They allow logical grouping of users by function.&lt;br&gt;C. They enhance network security.&lt;br&gt;D. They increase the size of broadcast domains while decreasing the&lt;br&gt;number of broadcast domains.&lt;br&gt;E. They increase the number of broadcasts domain while decreasing their size.&lt;br&gt;F. The simplify switch administration.&lt;br&gt;Answer: B, C, E&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;B: Users can logically be grouped into VLAN.&lt;br&gt;C: By grouping users into different VLANs, a secure VLAN can be&lt;br&gt;created. Only some users could be allowed&lt;br&gt;to access the secure VLAN. This improves security.&lt;br&gt;E: Each separate VLAN is a separate broadcast domain. Creating VLAN&lt;br&gt;increase the number of broadcast&lt;br&gt;domains and decrease the size of each broadcast domain.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;A: The size of the collision domain decreases by the use of VLANs.&lt;br&gt;D: The opposite is true.&lt;br&gt;F: VLANs must be configured so VLANs increase the switch administration.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 179 – 182.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 30&lt;br&gt;You need to segment your network which of the following hardware&lt;br&gt;devices can you use to segment your&lt;br&gt;network? (Choose three.)&lt;br&gt;A. Hub&lt;br&gt;B. Repeater&lt;br&gt;C. Switch&lt;br&gt;D. Bridge&lt;br&gt;E. Router&lt;br&gt;F. Media converter&lt;br&gt;Answer: C, D, E&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 26 -&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;C: A switch is able to segment the network at the data link layer.&lt;br&gt;D: A bridge is able to segment the network at the data link layer.&lt;br&gt;E: A router is able to segment the network at the network layer.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;A: A hub regenerates and/or redistributes signal and work at physical&lt;br&gt;layer of the OSI model and is unable to&lt;br&gt;segment the network.&lt;br&gt;B: A repeater only regenerates the signal and works at physical layer&lt;br&gt;of the OSI model and is unable to&lt;br&gt;segment the network.&lt;br&gt;F: Media converter only connects dissimilar media, and connects them&lt;br&gt;into a single segment.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 16 – 17.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 31&lt;br&gt;Your company is concerned about Security on your network. Each&lt;br&gt;department has its own file server&lt;br&gt;and the company also has an enterprise server that is shared by all&lt;br&gt;departments. The accounting&lt;br&gt;department is concerned about the accounting information being&lt;br&gt;accessible from the other departments.&lt;br&gt;What can you as the network administrator use to control the&lt;br&gt;information so that it&amp;#39;s not being passed&lt;br&gt;between the departments?&lt;br&gt;A. Bridge between management and sites.&lt;br&gt;B. Routers to provide the most secure segmentation.&lt;br&gt;C. A hub to provide the ease of management and a satisfactory&lt;br&gt;alternative for the network security.&lt;br&gt;D. An Ethernet switch to secure separation through programming the&lt;br&gt;access list of each port of the switch.&lt;br&gt;Answer: B.&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;Routers provide better separation, dividing the segments into both&lt;br&gt;separate collision and broadcast domains, and&lt;br&gt;provide access lists for controlling security.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A, C, D: Are Layer 2 devices, which breaks up the collision domains,&lt;br&gt;but is still one broadcast domain. Security&lt;br&gt;and filtering within these devices are primitive (although switching&lt;br&gt;is a little more advanced). Any filtering that&lt;br&gt;can be done at layer 2 is primitive and requires a lot of administrative effort.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 18-28.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 27 -&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 32&lt;br&gt;What are the advantages of using the OSI layered network model? (Choose three.)&lt;br&gt;A. Allows multiple-vendor development through standardization of&lt;br&gt;network components.&lt;br&gt;B. Creates a list of communication rules that all companies must&lt;br&gt;implement to get onto the Internet.&lt;br&gt;C. Allows various types of network hardware and software to communicate.&lt;br&gt;D. Prevents changes in one layer from affecting other layers, so it&lt;br&gt;does not hamper development.&lt;br&gt;E. Allows companies to develop proprietary interfaces.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, C, D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;A: The OSI model promotes standardization.&lt;br&gt;C: The layered approach allows various types of network hardware and&lt;br&gt;software to communicate.&lt;br&gt;D: Each layer should be a separate black box. A change in one layer&lt;br&gt;would not impact other layers.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;B: The OSI model does not contain standardization of applications in this way.&lt;br&gt;E: Proprietary interfaces do not fit within the OSI model.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 10 – 11.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 33&lt;br&gt;You have a leased line configured at a small office that connects to&lt;br&gt;the corporate office. You company&lt;br&gt;would also like to have a backup incase the lease line goes down.&lt;br&gt;Which WAN service would you most&lt;br&gt;likely choose to backup the leased line?&lt;br&gt;A. Frame relay with SVC&lt;br&gt;B. Dedicated serial line&lt;br&gt;C. ISDN with DDR&lt;br&gt;D. ATM&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;Explanation: ISDN is a low-cost backup solution that only is used when&lt;br&gt;it is needed. DDR (dial-on-demand)&lt;br&gt;dials up the remote site when traffic needs to be transmitted.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 28 -&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;A: Frame Relay is a high-performance solution and would be a costly&lt;br&gt;backup solution.&lt;br&gt;B: There is no need to use a dedicated connection. We only need to use&lt;br&gt;the connection if the main line goes&lt;br&gt;down.&lt;br&gt;D: ATM is a high-performance solution and would be a costly backup.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 368 – 373 and 387 –389.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 34&lt;br&gt;What was one of the most important reasons the International&lt;br&gt;Organization for Standardization released&lt;br&gt;the OSI model?&lt;br&gt;A. Users could access network server faster.&lt;br&gt;B. Different vendor&amp;#39;s networks could work with each other.&lt;br&gt;C. The industry could create a standard for how computers work.&lt;br&gt;D. The network administrator could increase the overall speed of their network.&lt;br&gt;Answer: B.&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;The ISO model separated the various functions so that a vendor did not&lt;br&gt;have to write an entire stack. One&lt;br&gt;vendor could write device drivers for their device, and not worry&lt;br&gt;about higher layers, and the work can be&lt;br&gt;contained and modularized. This also speeds up the process of bringing&lt;br&gt;a product to market, as it minimizes&lt;br&gt;code that a vendor needs to write.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A: The ISO model does not make things faster; overall they might slow&lt;br&gt;things down a bit because of the&lt;br&gt;overhead of passing data through the layers.&lt;br&gt;C: This ISO model is for networking, not computer functions.&lt;br&gt;D: The ISO model does not provide any speed boost.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 10-12.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 35&lt;br&gt;Which channels are used by ISDN BRI?&lt;br&gt;A. 2d+b&lt;br&gt;B. 23d+b&lt;br&gt;C. 2b+d&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 29 -&lt;br&gt;D. 23b+d&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;Explanation: ISDN BRI has two Bearer Channels (B) and a Signaling channel (D).&lt;br&gt;Reference: Cisco CCNA Exam #640-607 Certification Guide. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2002) page 549.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 36&lt;br&gt;Access-list 122 permit ip 131.107.30.0 0.0.0.255 any&lt;br&gt;You apply the access-list above. Which is the effect?&lt;br&gt;A. Permit all packets matching the first three octets of the source&lt;br&gt;address to all destinations.&lt;br&gt;B. Permit all packets matching the last of the destination address and&lt;br&gt;accept all source address.&lt;br&gt;C. Permit all packets from the third subnet of the network address to&lt;br&gt;all destinations.&lt;br&gt;D. Permit all packets matching the host bits in the source address to&lt;br&gt;all destinations.&lt;br&gt;E. Permit all packets to destination matching the first three octets&lt;br&gt;in the destination address.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;Explanation: This is an extended access list that permits source&lt;br&gt;packets matching the first three octets of the&lt;br&gt;131.107.30.0 address. Furthermore, the any keyword specifies that all&lt;br&gt;destinations will be accepted.&lt;br&gt;Note: Syntax for an extended access list&lt;br&gt;access-list access-list-number {deny | permit} protocol source&lt;br&gt;source-wildcard destination destinationwildcard&lt;br&gt;[precedence precedence] [tos tos]&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;B: The source-wildcard is specified first before the destination wildcard.&lt;br&gt;C: All source addresses matching the first three octets of&lt;br&gt;131.107.30.0 will be permitted.&lt;br&gt;D: The mask used in access-list does not work as a subnet masks. A&lt;br&gt;0.0.0.255 access-list mask matches the first&lt;br&gt;three octets, not the last &amp;quot;host&amp;quot; octet.&lt;br&gt;E: The first three octets in the source, not destination, address must&lt;br&gt;match. All destination addresses are&lt;br&gt;allowed with the any keyword.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 30 -&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 304 – 306.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 37&lt;br&gt;Using a class C address range 192.168.21.12 your network needs&lt;br&gt;twenty-eight subnets. Which subnet&lt;br&gt;mask should you use?&lt;br&gt;A. 255.255.0.28&lt;br&gt;B. 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;C. 255.255.255.28&lt;br&gt;D. 255.255.255.248&lt;br&gt;E. 255.255.255.252&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;Explanation: We need to expand the class C subnet mask, and based on&lt;br&gt;the calculation above, the last octet is&lt;br&gt;divided into 5 bits network, 3 bits host, which is 248.&lt;br&gt;By using 5 bits of subnetting for the network subnet, you leave 3 bits&lt;br&gt;for hosts.&lt;br&gt;128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1&lt;br&gt;x x x x x 5 bits of subnetting for network&lt;br&gt;x x x 3 bits of subnetting for host&lt;br&gt;So, the value is 128+64+32+16+8 = 248&lt;br&gt;A quick way to determine the required subnet mask for Class C&lt;br&gt;addresses you can also use the table below:&lt;br&gt;(Please note: in this case as you need 28 subnets you need to use the&lt;br&gt;255.255.255.248 subnet. Always pick the&lt;br&gt;subnet mask that supports your requirements. This may mean you waste&lt;br&gt;subnets and hosts but you will meet&lt;br&gt;your requirements.)&lt;br&gt;NUMBER OF BITS SUBNETMASK NUMBER OF&lt;br&gt;SUBNETS&lt;br&gt;NUMBER OF&lt;br&gt;HOSTS&lt;br&gt;2 255.255.255.192 2 62&lt;br&gt;3 255.255.255.224 6 30&lt;br&gt;4 255.255.255.240 14 14&lt;br&gt;5 255.255.255.248 30 6&lt;br&gt;6 255.255.255.252 62 2&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A and C: It is not even a valid subnet mask, a valid subnet mask is a&lt;br&gt;continuous string of one bits, then&lt;br&gt;followed by a continuous string of zero bits. Answer A and C both&lt;br&gt;break this rule.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 31 -&lt;br&gt;B: This is a full Class C subnet mask, and only provides for ONE&lt;br&gt;network, and we need 28.&lt;br&gt;E: This gives us 6 bits of network, and the problem calls for 5.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 228 – 236.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 38&lt;br&gt;Cisco supports three types of switching modes on switches. Which mode&lt;br&gt;of switching can have a variable&lt;br&gt;latency through the switch?&lt;br&gt;A. Store-and-forward.&lt;br&gt;B. Cut-through.&lt;br&gt;C. Fragment-free.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;There are 3 primary operating modes that are used for frame switching.&lt;br&gt;These modes are sore-and-forward,&lt;br&gt;cut-through and fragment free. When store-and-forward is used the&lt;br&gt;switch must receive the whole frame before&lt;br&gt;it can be forwarded. This makes the latency time variable.&lt;br&gt;Reference: Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices.&lt;br&gt;(Cisco Press: 2000) pages 162-163.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect answers:&lt;br&gt;B: During a cut-through operation, the switch forwards the frame once&lt;br&gt;it receives the Destination Address.&lt;br&gt;This keeps the latency constant.&lt;br&gt;C: The fragment-free mode reads only the first 64 bytes before&lt;br&gt;forwarding the frame. This makes the latency&lt;br&gt;time practically constant.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 39&lt;br&gt;Your company has purchased some Cisco routers from an online auction.&lt;br&gt;You need to make a backup&lt;br&gt;copy of the IOS and store it on a TFTP server. Which of the following&lt;br&gt;should be done prior to copying&lt;br&gt;the IOS image to a TFTP server? (Choose three.)&lt;br&gt;A. Make sure that the network server can be accessed.&lt;br&gt;B. Check that the authentication for access is set.&lt;br&gt;C. Ensure that the network server has adequate space for the code image.&lt;br&gt;D. Verify any file naming and path requirements.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 32 -&lt;br&gt;E. Make sure that the server can load and run the bootstrap code.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, C, D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;A: The TFTP server must be accessible from the router.&lt;br&gt;C: The TFTP server must be able to store the IOS image.&lt;br&gt;D: The file naming convention and the path of the TFTP server must be checked.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;B: TFTP does not use authentication.&lt;br&gt;E: The TFTP server does not have to boot IOS. It can use any operating&lt;br&gt;system with network functionality.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 132 – 134.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 40&lt;br&gt;Which of the following correctly identifies switched and routed data flow?&lt;br&gt;A. Switches create a single collision domain and a single broadcast&lt;br&gt;domain. Routers provide separate&lt;br&gt;broadcast domains.&lt;br&gt;B. Switches create separate collision domains but a single broadcast&lt;br&gt;domain. Routers provide separate&lt;br&gt;broadcast domains.&lt;br&gt;C. Switches create a single collision domain and a separate broadcast&lt;br&gt;domain. Router provides a separate&lt;br&gt;broadcast domain as well.&lt;br&gt;D. Switches create separate collision domains and separate broadcast&lt;br&gt;domains. Routers provide separate&lt;br&gt;collision domains.&lt;br&gt;Answer: B&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;Switches break up the collision domains, but it is still a single&lt;br&gt;broadcast domain. Routers also create separate&lt;br&gt;collision domains, but also separate broadcast domains, as routers&lt;br&gt;usually do not pass broadcast traffic.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A: Switches create multiple collision domains.&lt;br&gt;C: Switches maintain one broadcast domain, and separate/multiple&lt;br&gt;collision domains.&lt;br&gt;D: Switches maintain one broadcast domain.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 30-31.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 33 -&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 41&lt;br&gt;Your boss is concerned about routing loops with the use of distance&lt;br&gt;vector routing protocols such as RIP&lt;br&gt;and IGRP in your network you would like to ensure him that there are&lt;br&gt;mechanisms used to prevent the&lt;br&gt;possibility of a routing loop. Which of the following are examples of&lt;br&gt;this mechanism? (Choose two.)&lt;br&gt;A. Link-state advertisement (LSA)&lt;br&gt;B. Spanning Tree Protocol.&lt;br&gt;C. Shortest path first tree.&lt;br&gt;D. Split horizon.&lt;br&gt;E. Hold-down timers.&lt;br&gt;Answer: D, E&lt;br&gt;Explanation: RIP and IGRP are distance vector routing protocols. RIP&lt;br&gt;and IGRP use holddown counters and&lt;br&gt;split horizon to prevent route looping.&lt;br&gt;Note: Hold-downs are used to prevent regular update messages from&lt;br&gt;inappropriately reinstating a route that&lt;br&gt;might have gone bad.&lt;br&gt;Split horizons derive from the premise that it is never useful to send&lt;br&gt;information about a route back in the&lt;br&gt;direction from which it came.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;A: Link-state routing protocols use LSAs. However, LSAs are not used&lt;br&gt;by distance vector routing protocols&lt;br&gt;like RIP or IGRP.&lt;br&gt;B, C: The spanning tree protocol and the shortest path first tree is&lt;br&gt;used by Layer 3 routing protocol such as&lt;br&gt;Enhanced IGRP or OSPF, not by RIP or IGRP.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 266 – 268.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 43&lt;br&gt;You just finished installing a new operating system on a computer&lt;br&gt;located in the accounting department.&lt;br&gt;You would like to verify the network configuration from the new&lt;br&gt;computer so you establish FTP&lt;br&gt;connection to a remote TFTP server. Which layer of the OSI model did&lt;br&gt;you use for this operation?&lt;br&gt;A. Application&lt;br&gt;B. Presentation&lt;br&gt;C. Session&lt;br&gt;D. Transport&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 34 -&lt;br&gt;E. Data link&lt;br&gt;F. Internet&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;Explanation: The Application layer is the layer at which users use&lt;br&gt;protocols to achieve access to the network.&lt;br&gt;Using FTP to connect to a TFTP server is an excellent example.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;B. The presentation layer is focused on ensuring that data is readable&lt;br&gt;once it has crossed the network.&lt;br&gt;C. The session layer of the OSI model is responsible for&lt;br&gt;communication. That is, the establishment,&lt;br&gt;management, and ending of communication.&lt;br&gt;D. The transport layer is focused on providing the establishment&lt;br&gt;guidelines of communication.&lt;br&gt;E. The data link layer provides the details on where the data is&lt;br&gt;coming from and where it is going.&lt;br&gt;F. The internet layer is not a layer of the OSI Model. It is a layer&lt;br&gt;in the TCP/IP model that corresponds to the&lt;br&gt;network layer of the OSI model.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 10 – 18.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 44&lt;br&gt;Match the OSI layer with the appropriate description.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 35 -&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 36 -&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Explanation: The transport layer assembles the packets into data, and&lt;br&gt;prepares the data for the session layer&lt;br&gt;above. The Network layer determines the route of moving data. Remember&lt;br&gt;the Network layer is layer 3, and&lt;br&gt;routers work on layer 3. The network layer includes routing functions,&lt;br&gt;and keep this in mind when the question&lt;br&gt;says determines the best way to move data. On the data link layer, the&lt;br&gt;actual transmission occurs.&lt;br&gt;The physical layer does not modify the data and package it, not is&lt;br&gt;involved with addressing and routing, so it&lt;br&gt;does not apply. The session layer also does not modify data or&lt;br&gt;determine routes or transmit data, so it would not&lt;br&gt;apply to any of the above.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 12-13.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 45&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 37 -&lt;br&gt;You have installed a new PC to your access layer switch. You have&lt;br&gt;configured the IP address, subnet&lt;br&gt;mask, default gateway, and DNS settings. You have verified that the&lt;br&gt;information you have entered is&lt;br&gt;correct and that the proper cable was used however this PC is unable&lt;br&gt;to access devices that are connected&lt;br&gt;to the same switch. What is the likely cause of this problem?&lt;br&gt;A. The router lacks a routing table entry for the new host.&lt;br&gt;B. The host switch port is assigned to the incorrect VLAN.&lt;br&gt;C. The host MAC address is incorrectly configured.&lt;br&gt;D. A VTP instance for the new host has not been installed.&lt;br&gt;Answer: B&lt;br&gt;Explanation: In order for a host to access a switch the host switch&lt;br&gt;port must be configured for the correct&lt;br&gt;VLAN. By default VLAN 1 is configured for the ports.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;A: Hosts do not need route entries at the router.&lt;br&gt;C: This would cause this behavior.&lt;br&gt;D: There is no such ting as VTP instance.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 193 – 198.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 46&lt;br&gt;Cisco supports three different LMI types for Frame Relay. Which of the&lt;br&gt;following are the type LMI&lt;br&gt;types? (Choose three.)&lt;br&gt;A. IETF&lt;br&gt;B. Q931&lt;br&gt;C. Q933A&lt;br&gt;D. IEEE&lt;br&gt;E. CISCO&lt;br&gt;F. ANSI&lt;br&gt;Answer: C, E, and F&lt;br&gt;Explanation: The Supported LMI Types are cisco (the default), ansi, and q933a.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 38 -&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 415 – 416.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 47&lt;br&gt;Which hardware device enables high-speed data exchange on a LAN?&lt;br&gt;A. Hub&lt;br&gt;B. Bridge&lt;br&gt;C. Switch&lt;br&gt;D. Repeater&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;A switch can be used to gain high-speed data transfer between&lt;br&gt;segments, especially when cut through is used.&lt;br&gt;The internals of the switch are specifically designed for high-speed&lt;br&gt;transfer, even with high volumes.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A: A hub causes the segment to be shared, and collisions slow down the&lt;br&gt;segment. A hub does not cause&lt;br&gt;segmentation.&lt;br&gt;B: A bridge usually separates a small amount of segments and with&lt;br&gt;large amounts of data transfer across the&lt;br&gt;bridge; the bridge can become a bottleneck.&lt;br&gt;D: A repeater extends the distance of the segment by amplifying&lt;br&gt;electrical signals, but does not segment the&lt;br&gt;LAN.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 32-38.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 48&lt;br&gt;To perform password recovery on a Cisco router you have to modify&lt;br&gt;which of the following? (Choose&lt;br&gt;two.)&lt;br&gt;A. Nvram&lt;br&gt;B. Configuration register&lt;br&gt;C. Boot flash&lt;br&gt;D. Cmos&lt;br&gt;E. Flash&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, B&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 39 -&lt;br&gt;Explanation: During the password recovery procedure NVRAM and the&lt;br&gt;configuration register are resetted.&lt;br&gt;Reference: Password Recovery Procedure&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/474/pswdrec_2500.html"&gt;http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/474/pswdrec_2500.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 49&lt;br&gt;You just purchased a brand new Cisco 2621 router. By default when the&lt;br&gt;router boots which search&lt;br&gt;sequence does it use to locate the IOS software?&lt;br&gt;A. Flash, TFTP server, ROM&lt;br&gt;B. NVRAM, TFTP server, ROM&lt;br&gt;C. ROM, Flash, TFTP server&lt;br&gt;D. ROM, NVRAM, TFTP server&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;Explanation: First FLASH is used to load the IOS image. If that fails,&lt;br&gt;the IOS image is loaded from a TFTP&lt;br&gt;server. It that fails as well then a minimal IOS is loaded from ROM.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;B: NVRAM is used to store configuration data, not IOS images.&lt;br&gt;C, D: Only if there is no IOS image in Flash memory or at FTP server,&lt;br&gt;a basic version of IOS loaded from&lt;br&gt;ROM.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 50&lt;br&gt;You would like the router to look in NVRAM upon boot up. Which one of&lt;br&gt;the following would be the&lt;br&gt;correct value for the configuration register?&lt;br&gt;A. 0x42&lt;br&gt;B. 0x2102&lt;br&gt;C. 0x001&lt;br&gt;D. 0x2101&lt;br&gt;Answer: B&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 40 -&lt;br&gt;Explanation: The factory-default setting for the configuration&lt;br&gt;register is 0x2102. This indicates that the router&lt;br&gt;should attempt to load an IOS image from Flash memory and load the&lt;br&gt;startup configuration. Flash memory is&lt;br&gt;also known as NVRAM.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 126 – 128.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 51&lt;br&gt;Which of the following are true about connection-oriented network&lt;br&gt;servers? (Choose two.)&lt;br&gt;A. Non-reliable&lt;br&gt;B. Reliable&lt;br&gt;C. Less bandwidth-intensive&lt;br&gt;D. Handshaking&lt;br&gt;Answer: B, D&lt;br&gt;Explanation: Connection orientation connections are considered&lt;br&gt;reliable as they ensure the deliver of data.&lt;br&gt;This is done through acknowledgements. Further when establishing a&lt;br&gt;communication a three-way handshake is&lt;br&gt;used.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A. Connection orientated communication is reliable.&lt;br&gt;C. Due to the acknowledgements connection orientated communications&lt;br&gt;are very bandwidth intensive.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 29 – 30.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 52&lt;br&gt;You have been hired as a consultant to troubleshoot the company&amp;#39;s&lt;br&gt;network. You issue the debug ip rip&lt;br&gt;command to troubleshooting the rip network. You notice your Ethernet&lt;br&gt;interface 10.1.0.0 shuts down.&lt;br&gt;Which update message is seen in your routers debug ip rip output&lt;br&gt;regarding that network?&lt;br&gt;A. Subnet 10.1.0.0, metric 0&lt;br&gt;B. Subnet 10.1.0.0, metric 1&lt;br&gt;C. Subnet 10.1.0.0, metric 15&lt;br&gt;D. Subnet 10.1.0.0, metric 16&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 41 -&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;Explanation: RIP (Routing Information Protocol) is a distance vector&lt;br&gt;protocol. RIP uses hope counts as&lt;br&gt;metric. The designers of RIP believed that the protocol was unlikely&lt;br&gt;to be practical for networks with a&lt;br&gt;diameter larger than 15. The maximum hop count is therefore set to 15.&lt;br&gt;In RIP when a network in not reachable&lt;br&gt;then its metric is changed to 16.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A: A metric of 0 denotes a directly connected route and indicates that&lt;br&gt;the interface is up,.&lt;br&gt;B: This metric indicates that the interface is up and that the&lt;br&gt;destination is reached with a hop count of 1.&lt;br&gt;C: This metric indicates that the interface is up and that the&lt;br&gt;destination is reached with a hop count of 15.&lt;br&gt;RFC2453, RIP Version 2&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 276 –&lt;br&gt;278.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 53&lt;br&gt;You have been assigned a class C network address. Your manager has&lt;br&gt;asked to you create 30 subnets&lt;br&gt;with at least 5 hosts per subnet for the different departments in your&lt;br&gt;organization. What should the&lt;br&gt;subnet mask be to create 30 subnets?&lt;br&gt;Answer: 255.255.255.248&lt;br&gt;Explanation: We need 3 bits for the hosts (2^3-2=6 &amp;gt; 5). This would&lt;br&gt;provide for 30 subnets (2^5-2=30). A 29-&lt;br&gt;bit (24 + 5) network mask translates the 4th octet to 248 (=11111000&lt;br&gt;binary). The network mask used should be&lt;br&gt;255.255.255.248.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 225 – 226 and 236.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 54&lt;br&gt;Your manager is concerned about security on the subnet &lt;a href="http://10.0.1.0/24"&gt;10.0.1.0/24&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;that has the accounting servers on it.&lt;br&gt;He would like to make sure users can not telnet to those accounting&lt;br&gt;servers and as asked you to add a&lt;br&gt;statement to your existing access-list to prevent users from accessing&lt;br&gt;those devices via telnet. Which one&lt;br&gt;of the following statements should you enter?&lt;br&gt;A. Access-list 15 deny tcp 10.0.1.0 255.255.255.0 eq telnet&lt;br&gt;B. Access-list 115 deny tcp any 10.0.1.0 eq telnet&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 42 -&lt;br&gt;C. Access-list 115 deny udp any 10.0.1.0 eq 23&lt;br&gt;D. Access-list 115 deny tcp any 10.0.1.0 0.0.0.255 eq 23&lt;br&gt;E. Access-list 15 deny telnet any 10.0.1.0 0.0.0.255 eq 23&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;Explanation: We must use an extended access list. The correct answer is:&lt;br&gt;Access-list 115 deny tcp any 10.0.1.0 0.0.0.255 eq 23&lt;br&gt;115 - the access-list number&lt;br&gt;deny – the access list denies traffic&lt;br&gt;any – any source is allowed&lt;br&gt;10.0.1.0 0.0.0.255 – allows any destination with addressing with the&lt;br&gt;pattern 10.0.1.x&lt;br&gt;eq 23 – select the telnet port (TCP 23)&lt;br&gt;Note: Syntax extended access list.&lt;br&gt;access-list access-list-number [dynamic list-name [timeout value]]&lt;br&gt;{deny | permit} protocol source sourcewildcard&lt;br&gt;destination destination-wildcard [precedence precedence] [tos tos]&lt;br&gt;[log| log-input]&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;A: We must specify both source (source + source wildcard) and&lt;br&gt;destination (destination + destination&lt;br&gt;wildcard). Furthermore the mask is incorrect. The mask cannot be used&lt;br&gt;as a subnet mask.&lt;br&gt;B, C: No destination wildcard is specified.&lt;br&gt;E: We cannot specify telnet as protocol. We specify it as a port with&lt;br&gt;the eq 23 (or eq telnet)&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 304 – 306.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 55&lt;br&gt;You purchased a router from an online auction and you are unable to&lt;br&gt;login to privileged mode because&lt;br&gt;the router has been configured with a password. You need to perform&lt;br&gt;password recovery. One of the&lt;br&gt;first steps in performing password recovery is recording the current&lt;br&gt;configuration register setting from&lt;br&gt;user mode. What is the command to view the configuration register?&lt;br&gt;A. Show register.&lt;br&gt;B. Show flash.&lt;br&gt;C. Show boot.&lt;br&gt;D. Show version.&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 43 -&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;The show version command displays version information for the hardware&lt;br&gt;and firmware. This includes the&lt;br&gt;register settings.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A: This is not a valid command.&lt;br&gt;B: The show flash command displays information in relation to router&lt;br&gt;memory and image file.&lt;br&gt;C: The show boot IOS command displays the settings of the boot&lt;br&gt;environment variables.&lt;br&gt;Reference: Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices.&lt;br&gt;(Cisco Press: 2000) pages 128-137.&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/lan/c3550/1214ea1/3550cr/ccimtoc.htm"&gt;http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/lan/c3550/1214ea1/3550cr/ccimtoc.htm&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 56&lt;br&gt;What are the generic parts of a layer 3 address?&lt;br&gt;A. An internetnetwork number and a URL .&lt;br&gt;B. A vendor code and a serial number.&lt;br&gt;C. A network number and host number.&lt;br&gt;D. A broadcast number and unicast number.&lt;br&gt;E. A domain identifier and a device identifier.&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;Explanation: The network layer address exists at Layer 3 of the OSI&lt;br&gt;reference model. These address are&lt;br&gt;hierarchical in that they define networks first and then devices or&lt;br&gt;nodes on each of the networks.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A: A URL is used in the application layer, (HTTP).&lt;br&gt;B: This is describing a MAC address that is Layer 2.&lt;br&gt;D: This is not an addressing mode.&lt;br&gt;E: This is used in the application layer, Domain for DNS.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 20-29.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 57&lt;br&gt;There are some differences between routed and routing protocols. Which&lt;br&gt;of the following are examples&lt;br&gt;of those differences? (Choose two.)&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 44 -&lt;br&gt;A. A routed protocol is assigned to an interface and determines the&lt;br&gt;method of packet delivery.&lt;br&gt;B. A routing protocol determines the path of a packet through a network.&lt;br&gt;C. A routed protocol determines the path of a packet through a network.&lt;br&gt;D. A routing protocol operates at the transport layer of the OSI model.&lt;br&gt;E. A routed protocol updates the routing table of a router.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, B&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;A: A routed protocol delivers data.&lt;br&gt;B: A routing protocol routes data.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;C, E: A routed protocol only delivers data, it does not route data or&lt;br&gt;update any routing tables.&lt;br&gt;D: A routing protocol does not work at transport layer, layer 4. Many&lt;br&gt;routing protocols work at layer 3, the&lt;br&gt;network layer.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 254 – 255.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 58&lt;br&gt;Which show commands can you use to identify the local DLCI number? (Choose two.)&lt;br&gt;A. Show frame-relay local-dlci&lt;br&gt;B. Show frame-relay pvc&lt;br&gt;C. Show frame-relay dlci&lt;br&gt;D. Show frame-relay map&lt;br&gt;E. Show ip route&lt;br&gt;Answer: B, D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;B: The Show frame-relay pvc command is used to display statistics&lt;br&gt;about PVCs for Frame Relay interfaces.&lt;br&gt;The statistical information include the DLCI number of the interface..&lt;br&gt;D: The show frame-relay map command displays the current map entries&lt;br&gt;and information about the&lt;br&gt;connections. This information includes the DLCI number.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 45 -&lt;br&gt;A, C: There are no such commands.&lt;br&gt;E: The routing information, which is produced by the show ip route&lt;br&gt;command, does not include any DLCI&lt;br&gt;number.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 422 – 423 and 280.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 59&lt;br&gt;When setting up Frame Relay for point-to-point subinterfaces, you&lt;br&gt;enter the following configuration:&lt;br&gt;Router(config)#int s0/0&lt;br&gt;Router(config-if)#ip address 10.39.0.1 255.255.0.0&lt;br&gt;Router(config-if)#encapsulation frame-relay&lt;br&gt;Router(config-if)#interface s0/0.39 point-to-point&lt;br&gt;Router(config-if)#frame-relay interface-dlci 139&lt;br&gt;Router(config-if)#exit&lt;br&gt;Router(config)#exit&lt;br&gt;Router#copy run start&lt;br&gt;Which of the following must not be configured?&lt;br&gt;A. The Frame Relay encapsulation on the physical interface.&lt;br&gt;B. The local DLCI on each subinterface.&lt;br&gt;C. An IP address on the physical interface.&lt;br&gt;D. The subinterface type as point-to-point.&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;When setting up Frame Relay for point-to-point subinterfaces it is&lt;br&gt;recommend that the network layer address,&lt;br&gt;the IP address, should be removed from the physical interface. The&lt;br&gt;network layer address should be configured&lt;br&gt;to the subinterface instead.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A: When establishing a Frame Relay for point-to-point subinterfaces&lt;br&gt;the Frame Relay encapsulation on the&lt;br&gt;physical interface must be configured.&lt;br&gt;B: When establishing a Frame Relay for point-to-point subinterfaces&lt;br&gt;the local DLCI on each subinterface must&lt;br&gt;be configured.&lt;br&gt;D: When establishing a Frame Relay for point-to-point subinterfaces&lt;br&gt;the subinterface must be configured as&lt;br&gt;point-to-point.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 427-429.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 46 -&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 60&lt;br&gt;What is an advantage of segmenting your LAN with a switch?&lt;br&gt;A. Smaller collision domains.&lt;br&gt;B. Elimination of broadcast.&lt;br&gt;C. Decrease cost of implementation.&lt;br&gt;D. Larger number of users within the same domain.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;By making more collision domains, each domain is smaller, resulting in&lt;br&gt;fewer collisions, and thus an advantage.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;B: Broadcast still occurs on the segments, even with routers.&lt;br&gt;C: Due to extra hardware, or more advanced hardware, implementation is higher.&lt;br&gt;D: By segmenting you are decreasing the number of users, thus reducing&lt;br&gt;the number of contenders for the&lt;br&gt;medium.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 30-31.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 61&lt;br&gt;Your ISP has provided you the following class B network range&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://131.107.0.0/24"&gt;131.107.0.0/24&lt;/a&gt;. Which of the following&lt;br&gt;statements is true regarding this network? (Choose two.)&lt;br&gt;A. There are 254 usable hosts per subnet.&lt;br&gt;B. There is one usable network.&lt;br&gt;C. There are 255 usable hosts per subnet.&lt;br&gt;D. There are 254 usable subnets.&lt;br&gt;E. There are 30 usable subnets.&lt;br&gt;F. There are 62 usable hosts per subnet.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;A: There are 8 bits for the hosts (32-24). We use the formula&lt;br&gt;2^number_of_host_bits-2. So there are 254 hosts&lt;br&gt;(2^8-2) per subnet.&lt;br&gt;D: There are 8 bits for the subnets (8 bits for hosts, 16 bits for the&lt;br&gt;class B subnet: 32-8-16). Cisco want us to&lt;br&gt;use the formula 2^number_of_subnet_bits-2. This gives 254 (2^8-2)&lt;br&gt;possible subnets.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 47 -&lt;br&gt;Note: Cisco routers are able to use 256 subnets. In Microsoft exams&lt;br&gt;the correct answer would be that 256&lt;br&gt;subnets are available.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;B: According to Cisco there are two unusable networks namely&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://131.107.0.0/24"&gt;131.107.0.0/24&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="http://131.107.255.0/24"&gt;131.107.255.0/24&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;C: Only 254 hosts are usable on each subnet. The lowest IP address in&lt;br&gt;subnet is the subnet number. The highest&lt;br&gt;address is the broadcast address.&lt;br&gt;D, E: This are incorrect as well.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 233 – 235.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 62&lt;br&gt;You just purchased a Cisco router from an online auction and now you&lt;br&gt;have configured the router and&lt;br&gt;everything is working perfectly in your test lab. You then issue the&lt;br&gt;command copy run start to save your&lt;br&gt;configuration to NVRAM. You turn off the power and mount the router in&lt;br&gt;the production rack. After&lt;br&gt;connecting the power cord you power up the router and the router boots&lt;br&gt;into setup mode. You issue the&lt;br&gt;show startup-config from privileged mode and your entire configuration&lt;br&gt;is there. Which of the following&lt;br&gt;indicates a possible source of the problem?&lt;br&gt;A. Hardware failure NVRAM prevents the router from loading the configuration.&lt;br&gt;B. Startup-config in flash is corrupt and cannot be analyzed.&lt;br&gt;C. Router configuration register set to bypass startup configuration.&lt;br&gt;D. Startup-config in NVRAM is corrupt and cannot be analyzed.&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;Explanation: We must bypass the startup configuration and boot from&lt;br&gt;ROM. This will enable use to select a&lt;br&gt;new user name and password which will enable us to access the router.&lt;br&gt;Basically we perform a password&lt;br&gt;recovery procedure.&lt;br&gt;Reference: Password Recovery Procedure&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/474/pswdrec_2500.html"&gt;http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/474/pswdrec_2500.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 63&lt;br&gt;Once you have defined interesting traffic with the dialer-list&lt;br&gt;command, you then must associate an ISDN&lt;br&gt;phone number with the next hop router address. Which IOS command should you use?&lt;br&gt;A. Isdn destination number.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 48 -&lt;br&gt;B. Dialer map.&lt;br&gt;C. Isdn spid1.&lt;br&gt;D. Isdn line number.&lt;br&gt;Answer: B&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;The dialer map command is used to define one or more dial-on-demand&lt;br&gt;numbers to reach one or more&lt;br&gt;destinations for a particular interface. This is the exact command to&lt;br&gt;associate an ISDN phone number with the&lt;br&gt;next hop router address.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A: This is not a valid command.&lt;br&gt;C: The isdn spid1 command specifies the SPID required for b channel to&lt;br&gt;access the ISDN network when your&lt;br&gt;router makes its call to the local ISDN exchange.&lt;br&gt;D: This is not a valid command.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 397-406.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 64&lt;br&gt;You have just purchased a new Cisco router. Which mode should you use&lt;br&gt;to create an initial&lt;br&gt;configuration on your router?&lt;br&gt;A. Copy mode.&lt;br&gt;B. User mode.&lt;br&gt;C. Setup mode.&lt;br&gt;D. Startup mode.&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;If no configuration file exists for the router in NVRAM, the operating&lt;br&gt;system executes a question driven initial&lt;br&gt;configuration routine often referred to as the system configuration&lt;br&gt;dialog. This special mode is also known as&lt;br&gt;the setup dialog.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A: There is no copy mode&lt;br&gt;B: You can&amp;#39;t do configurations in user mode. The router only enters&lt;br&gt;this mode when it has already been&lt;br&gt;configured.&lt;br&gt;D: There is a startup procedure but nor a startup mode.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 49 -&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 82-84.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 65&lt;br&gt;If RIP uses hop count to determine the best path what does IGRP use?&lt;br&gt;A. The highest metric value.&lt;br&gt;B. The lowest composite metric value.&lt;br&gt;C. The lowest hop-count and delay.&lt;br&gt;D. The highest bandwidth and reliability&lt;br&gt;E. The lowest administrative distance.&lt;br&gt;Answer: B&lt;br&gt;Explanation: IGRP calculates the metric by adding together weighted&lt;br&gt;values of different characteristics of the&lt;br&gt;link to the network in question.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A. IGRP select the route with the lowest metric value as the best route.&lt;br&gt;C. Hop count is not one of the parts of the IGRP composite metric.&lt;br&gt;D. IGRP uses the lowest bandwidth value when selecting a path.&lt;br&gt;E. Administrative distance is not part of the IGRP composite metric.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 283 – 284.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 66&lt;br&gt;Exhibit&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 50 -&lt;br&gt;You are network administrator for the network shown in the exhibit&lt;br&gt;above. Adding the new router,&lt;br&gt;called TK2, the network has been augmented. You would like to backup&lt;br&gt;the IOS image of the new router&lt;br&gt;to the TFTP server. However, the backup procedure fails.&lt;br&gt;What could be the cause of the problem?&lt;br&gt;A. Incorrect default gateway of the tftp server.&lt;br&gt;B. Incorrect subnet mask of the tftp server.&lt;br&gt;C. Incorrect IP address of the tftp server.&lt;br&gt;D. Incorrect IP address on E0 of the TK1 server.&lt;br&gt;E. Incorrect subnet mask on the TK2 router.&lt;br&gt;Answer: B&lt;br&gt;Explanation: The subnet mask of the tftp server must match the subnet&lt;br&gt;mask of the local ethernet interface of&lt;br&gt;the TK1 router.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;A: The default gateway of the TFTP server is the local e0 interface of&lt;br&gt;TK1. This is the correct setting.&lt;br&gt;C: The IP address of the TFTP server is in the appropriate network range.&lt;br&gt;D: The IP address of the E0 interface of TK1 is in the appropriate&lt;br&gt;network range.&lt;br&gt;E: The subnet mask of TK2 seems to be correct. It is the same as the&lt;br&gt;subnet mask of the laptop client PC.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 237 – 239.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 67&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 51 -&lt;br&gt;Central Partial Configuration&lt;br&gt;isdn switch-type basic-ni&lt;br&gt;username Remote password king&lt;br&gt;interface bri0&lt;br&gt;ip address 10.1.1.1 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;encapsulation ppp&lt;br&gt;ppp authentication chap&lt;br&gt;isdn spid1 51055512360001&lt;br&gt;isdn spid1 51055512360002&lt;br&gt;dialer map ip 10.1.1.2 name Remote&lt;br&gt;1238001&lt;br&gt;dialer-list 1 protocol ip permit&lt;br&gt;Your company is using ISDN to connect the Remote office to the Central&lt;br&gt;office. The connection is not&lt;br&gt;working between the two routers. You issue the show running-config&lt;br&gt;command looking at the&lt;br&gt;configuration above. Which additional command must be issued on the&lt;br&gt;Central router before interesting&lt;br&gt;traffic will be sent to the Remote router?&lt;br&gt;A. (config-if)# dialer-group 1&lt;br&gt;B. (config-if)# dialer-list 1&lt;br&gt;C. (config-if)# dialer map 1&lt;br&gt;D. (config-if)# dialer-route 1&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;Once the above commands have been entered to enabled DDR, then the&lt;br&gt;last step required is to bind the traffic&lt;br&gt;destination to an interface by linking the interesting traffic&lt;br&gt;definition already created. This is done with the&lt;br&gt;dialer-group command. In this case the proper command would be&lt;br&gt;(config-if)# dialer-group 1.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;B: The interesting traffic was already identified the first time the&lt;br&gt;dialer-list 1 command was used.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 52 -&lt;br&gt;C: The dialer map command is used to identify the router to be dialed.&lt;br&gt;In this case this has already been done.&lt;br&gt;D: There is no such thing as a dialer route command.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 398-405.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 68&lt;br&gt;What one of the following protocols is an example of a link state&lt;br&gt;routing protocol that uses the TCP/IP&lt;br&gt;protocol stack?&lt;br&gt;A. IP&lt;br&gt;B. IS-IS&lt;br&gt;C. NLSP&lt;br&gt;D. OSPF&lt;br&gt;E. RIP ver 2&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;Explanation: OSPF is a link-state protocol that can be used in routing&lt;br&gt;that is part of the TCP/IP protocol stack.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A: IP is a protocol, and a routed protocol, but NOT a routing protocol.&lt;br&gt;B: IS-IS is a routing algorithm used by the ISO protocol stack.&lt;br&gt;C: NLSP is part of the Novell protocol stack.&lt;br&gt;E: RIP (and RIP V2) are distance vector protocols.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 274-276, 215-216, 331,&lt;br&gt;and 278.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 69&lt;br&gt;The default bandwidth of a high-speed serial link is 1.544 or T1. What&lt;br&gt;is the correct command to change&lt;br&gt;the bandwidth of the interface to 64K?&lt;br&gt;A. Bandwidth 64&lt;br&gt;B. Band width 64&lt;br&gt;C. Bandwidth 64000&lt;br&gt;D. Band width 64000&lt;br&gt;E. Bandwidth 64K&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 53 -&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;Explanation: The command is bandwidth and the parameter should specify&lt;br&gt;the bandwidth in kilobits.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;B, D: Incorrect command. Bandwidth is one word, not two.&lt;br&gt;C: This would be 64000kbps or 64Mbps.&lt;br&gt;E: Cannot use a parameter 64K.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 105 and 420.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 70&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;RouterA# show interface s0&lt;br&gt;Serial 0 is up, line protocol is down&lt;br&gt;Hardware is HD64570&lt;br&gt;Internet address 10.1.1.1&lt;br&gt;Encapsulation HDLC, loopback not set, keepalive set&lt;br&gt;(10sec)&lt;br&gt;Router A is unable to connect to Router B, which is a Nortel router,&lt;br&gt;through the network cloud. Using the&lt;br&gt;command output shown what must be configured on Router A&amp;#39;s interface&lt;br&gt;s0 to change the line protocol&lt;br&gt;from down to up?&lt;br&gt;A. No shutdown.&lt;br&gt;B. Encapsulation ppp.&lt;br&gt;C. Interface serial point-to-point.&lt;br&gt;D. Clock rate 56000.&lt;br&gt;Answer: B&lt;br&gt;Explanation: To ensure that the line comes up the encapsulation type&lt;br&gt;must be enabled. This is done with the&lt;br&gt;encapsulation ppp command.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 54 -&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A: The interface is already enabled therefore this command in not required.&lt;br&gt;C: The serial interface has already been created; this command would&lt;br&gt;not solve the problem.&lt;br&gt;D: This will only set the clock rate and not bring solve the problem.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 381, 105, 432, and 407.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 71&lt;br&gt;What is one benefit of using a hierarchical addressing framework?&lt;br&gt;A. Increase availability of addresses.&lt;br&gt;B. Decrease distance between routers.&lt;br&gt;C. Increase router memory requirements.&lt;br&gt;D. No need to maintain routing information.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;By partitioning the address ranges increases the availability of&lt;br&gt;addresses. Instead of having one size fits all, the&lt;br&gt;address ranges are pooled into different sizes to satisfy different&lt;br&gt;needs, and provides a better distribution of&lt;br&gt;addresses.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;B: Hierarchical addressing will not affect the distance between routers.&lt;br&gt;C: Hierarchical addressing should DECREASE router memory requirements.&lt;br&gt;D: Routing information is needed because the adjacent networks are not&lt;br&gt;sequential in line with the current&lt;br&gt;network, so a routing table is needed to know how to get to other networks.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 24-26.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 72&lt;br&gt;Frame relay has a feature that prevents PVCs from shutting down from&lt;br&gt;lack of activity.&lt;br&gt;What is the name of this feature?&lt;br&gt;A. DLCI&lt;br&gt;B. BECN&lt;br&gt;C. FECN&lt;br&gt;D. LMI&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 55 -&lt;br&gt;E. CIR&lt;br&gt;F. De&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;Explanation: The keepalive command enables the keepalive sequence,&lt;br&gt;which is part of the Local Management&lt;br&gt;Interface (LMI) protocol. The keepalives will prevent the PVC from&lt;br&gt;shutting down.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A. The Data Link Connection Identifier (DLCI) is used for&lt;br&gt;identification purposes and not to maintain a&lt;br&gt;connection.&lt;br&gt;B. BECN is not a LMI signaling standard. It stands for Backward&lt;br&gt;Explicit Congestion Notification.&lt;br&gt;C. FECN is not a LMI signaling standard. It stands for Forward&lt;br&gt;Explicit Congestion Notification.&lt;br&gt;D. CIR stands for Committed Information Rate. It does not maintain a connection.&lt;br&gt;E. DE will not maintain a connection.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 414 – 418.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 73&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;Frame Relay switch maps the DLCIs between Router A to Router B to&lt;br&gt;create a PVC. Which statement&lt;br&gt;below correctly identifies the reference point between the local&lt;br&gt;router and the Frame Relay switch to&lt;br&gt;which it is connected?&lt;br&gt;A. Locally significant DLCI&lt;br&gt;B. Globally significant DLCI&lt;br&gt;C. Locally significant LMI&lt;br&gt;D. Globally significant LMI&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;The DLCI (Data-Link Connection Identifier) is a number that identifies&lt;br&gt;the logical circuit between the router&lt;br&gt;and the Frame Relay switch. The Frame Relay switch maps the DLCIs&lt;br&gt;between each pair of routers to create a&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 56 -&lt;br&gt;PVC. DLCIs have local significance in that the identifier references&lt;br&gt;the point between the local router and the&lt;br&gt;Frame Relay switch, which it is connected.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;B: As the DLCI are significant to just the two routers involved in the&lt;br&gt;exchange of information it is not proper o&lt;br&gt;refer to globally significant DLCI.&lt;br&gt;C: Locally significant LMI is not the answer. LMIs are responsible for&lt;br&gt;managing the connection between the&lt;br&gt;routers and not the assignment of numbers.&lt;br&gt;D: Globally significant LMI is not the answer. LMIs are responsible&lt;br&gt;for managing the connection between the&lt;br&gt;routers and not the assignment of numbers.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 414-416.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 74&lt;br&gt;Novell Netware allows multiple Layer two frame structures. Cisco&lt;br&gt;supports all of the frame types. Cisco&lt;br&gt;and Novell have assigned different names for the same encapsulation&lt;br&gt;type. Which of the following are&lt;br&gt;correct matches of the Novell term to the equivalent Cisco IOS term&lt;br&gt;for the same framing types? (Choose&lt;br&gt;two)&lt;br&gt;A. Ethernet_II-ARPA&lt;br&gt;B. Ethernet_802.3-SAP&lt;br&gt;C. Ethernet_802.2-LLLC&lt;br&gt;D. Ethernet_SNAP-SNAP&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;When you configure an IPX network, you might need to specify a non&lt;br&gt;default encapsulation type either on the&lt;br&gt;Novell servers or on the Cisco router. Cisco and Novell have assigned&lt;br&gt;a different name for the same&lt;br&gt;encapsulation type. It is imperative that the encapsulations are the&lt;br&gt;same for both the Novell equipment and the&lt;br&gt;Cisco devices. Some of the encapsulation type pairings include:&lt;br&gt;Novell IPX Name Cisco Name&lt;br&gt;Ethernet_802.3 novell-ether&lt;br&gt;Ethernet_802.2 sap&lt;br&gt;Ethernet_II ARPA&lt;br&gt;Ethernet_SNAP snap&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;B: The proper pairing for 802.3 is novell-ether.&lt;br&gt;C: The proper pairing for 802.2 is sap.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 57 -&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 335-336.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 75&lt;br&gt;Consider Frame Relay multipoint subinterfaces. Which is a valid statement?&lt;br&gt;A. An IP address is required on the physical interface of the central router.&lt;br&gt;B. All routers are required to be fully meshed.&lt;br&gt;C. All routers must be in the same subnet to forward routing updates&lt;br&gt;and broadcasts.&lt;br&gt;D. Multipoint is the default configuration for Frame Relay subinterfaces.&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;Explanation: All routers must be in the same subnet to forward routing&lt;br&gt;updates and broadcasts.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;A: An IP address is required for each subinterface. An IP address is&lt;br&gt;not required for the physical interface.&lt;br&gt;B: Routers are not required to be fully meshed.&lt;br&gt;D: You are required to select either the multipoint or point-to-point&lt;br&gt;parameter; there is no default.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 76&lt;br&gt;Encapsulation is the method of passing data down the stack of the OSI&lt;br&gt;model and adding headers and&lt;br&gt;trailers. Which one of the following shows the correct order of Data&lt;br&gt;Encapsulation?&lt;br&gt;A. Data, Packet, Segment, Frame.&lt;br&gt;B. Segment, Data, Packet, Frame.&lt;br&gt;C. Data, Segment, Packet, Frame.&lt;br&gt;D. Packet, Data, Segment, frame.&lt;br&gt;Answer: C.&lt;br&gt;Explanation: Data encapsulation is a process in which information is&lt;br&gt;wrapped in the data section of another&lt;br&gt;protocol. In the OSI model each layer encapsulates the layer&lt;br&gt;immediately above as the data flows down the&lt;br&gt;protocol stack. The order of encapsulation is&lt;br&gt;1. Application/Presentation/Session DATA&lt;br&gt;2. Transport SEGMENT&lt;br&gt;3. Network PACKET&lt;br&gt;4. Data Link FRAMES&lt;br&gt;5. Physical BITS&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 58 -&lt;br&gt;A: With Data, Packet, Segment, Frame; packet and segment are inverted.&lt;br&gt;B: With Segment, Data, Packet, Frame; data and segment are inverted.&lt;br&gt;D: With Packet, Data, Segment, frame; the only information package in&lt;br&gt;the proper order is frame.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) page 13.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 77&lt;br&gt;The ICMP ping used for troubleshooting a network can be used on a&lt;br&gt;Cisco router in which modes?&lt;br&gt;(Choose two)&lt;br&gt;A. User.&lt;br&gt;B. Privileged.&lt;br&gt;C. Global Configuration.&lt;br&gt;D. Interface Configuration.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, B&lt;br&gt;Explanation: The ping command is used to check network and host&lt;br&gt;reachability. The ping command can be&lt;br&gt;used at both the privileged exec mode and the user exec mode.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;C: The global configuration mode can be used to configure global&lt;br&gt;parameters of the device. The ping&lt;br&gt;command cannot be used in this mode.&lt;br&gt;D: The interface configuration mode is used to configure a specific&lt;br&gt;interface. The ping command cannot be&lt;br&gt;used in this mode.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 99 and 167.&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/cisintwk/itg_v1/tr1902.htm"&gt;http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/cisintwk/itg_v1/tr1902.htm&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 78&lt;br&gt;The advanced editing features are turn on by default on Cisco routers.&lt;br&gt;To turn off these features you&lt;br&gt;enter the command terminal no editing. With the advanced editing&lt;br&gt;features turned on what is the effect&lt;br&gt;of Ctrl-Z?&lt;br&gt;A. Exits back to privileged exec mode.&lt;br&gt;B. Disconnects from the router.&lt;br&gt;C. Aborts the ping operation.&lt;br&gt;D. Exits privileged exec mode.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 59 -&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;Explanation: Ctrl-Z exits back to privileged exec mode (enable mode).&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;B. To end a terminal connection you will need to use the logo command&lt;br&gt;to log off of a router.&lt;br&gt;C. Ctrl Z will not disable the ping command. An Access List could be&lt;br&gt;used to prevent ping from functioning.&lt;br&gt;D. You would need to enter Ctrl Z one more time to exit the privileged&lt;br&gt;exec mode.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 89 – 97.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 79&lt;br&gt;A soft drink company has made the decision to provide 3 branches with&lt;br&gt;network connectivity. There is a&lt;br&gt;LAN in each branch. The Vanilla and Chocolate routers are fully&lt;br&gt;configured. The Plain router is almost&lt;br&gt;fully configured. However, it does not have the routing protocol&lt;br&gt;configured. Configure the routing&lt;br&gt;protocol and publish all networks on the Plain router.&lt;br&gt;The configurations of the routers are as follows:&lt;br&gt;􀁸 The routers are named Vanilla, Chocolate, and Plain.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 RIP is the routing protocol used.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 The clocking is provided on the serial 0 interface.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 The password on the Plain router is &amp;quot;TestKing&amp;quot;&lt;br&gt;􀁸 The default subnet mask is used on all interfaces&lt;br&gt;􀁸 The IP addresses are listed below.&lt;br&gt;Vanilla&lt;br&gt;E0 192.168.149.1&lt;br&gt;S0 192.168.199.1&lt;br&gt;Chocolate&lt;br&gt;E0 192.168.55.1&lt;br&gt;S0 192.168.101.1&lt;br&gt;S0 192.168.199.1&lt;br&gt;Plain&lt;br&gt;E0 192.168.65.1&lt;br&gt;S0 192.168.101.1&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 60 -&lt;br&gt;Lab 1&lt;br&gt;Name: Vanilla&lt;br&gt;E0 192.168.149.1&lt;br&gt;S0 192.168.199.1&lt;br&gt;Lab 2&lt;br&gt;Name: Chocolate&lt;br&gt;E0 192.168.55.1&lt;br&gt;S0 192.168.101.1&lt;br&gt;S1 192.168.199.1&lt;br&gt;Lab3&lt;br&gt;Name: Plain&lt;br&gt;E0 192.168.65.1&lt;br&gt;S1 192.168.101.2&lt;br&gt;Secret Password: TestKing&lt;br&gt;Start by clicking on host that is connected to the router you want to configure.&lt;br&gt;Answer Lab 3:&lt;br&gt;enable&lt;br&gt;config terminal&lt;br&gt;hostname Plain&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 61 -&lt;br&gt;enable secret TestKing&lt;br&gt;interface ethernet 0&lt;br&gt;ip address 192.168.65.1 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;no shutdown&lt;br&gt;exit&lt;br&gt;interface serial1&lt;br&gt;ip address 192.168.101.2 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;no shutdown&lt;br&gt;exit&lt;br&gt;router rip&lt;br&gt;network 192.168.65.0&lt;br&gt;network 192.168.101.0&lt;br&gt;network 192.168.55.0&lt;br&gt;network 192.168.149.0&lt;br&gt;network 192.168.199.0&lt;br&gt;^z&lt;br&gt;copy running-config startup-config&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;&amp;lt; Click on Host6, which is connected to the Lab 3 router&amp;gt;&lt;br&gt;Router Con0 is now available&lt;br&gt;Press RETURN to get started. ! Press enter.&lt;br&gt;Router&amp;gt;enable ! Enter enable mode&lt;br&gt;Router#config terminal ! Enter terminal configuration mode.&lt;br&gt;Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.&lt;br&gt;Router(config)#hostname Plain ! Change hostname&lt;br&gt;Plain(config)#enable secret TestKing ! Enable secret password&lt;br&gt;Plain(config)#interface ethernet 0 ! Enter interface configuration mode.&lt;br&gt;! Note the space between Ethernet and 0.&lt;br&gt;Plain(config-if)#ip address 192.168.65.1 255.255.255.0 ! Configure the&lt;br&gt;IP address of the interface.&lt;br&gt;! Note that we use a class C subnet mask.&lt;br&gt;Plain(config-if)#no shutdown ! Start the interface&lt;br&gt;%LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Ethernet0, changed state to up&lt;br&gt;%LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface Ethernet0, changed state to up&lt;br&gt;Plain(config-if)#exit ! Exit configuration of Ethernet 0 interface&lt;br&gt;Plain(config)#interface serial1 ! Configure serial1 (no space in serial1)&lt;br&gt;Plain(config-if)#ip address 192.168.101.2 255.255.255.0 ! Configure&lt;br&gt;the IP address of the interface.&lt;br&gt;Plain(config-if)#no shutdown ! Start the interface&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 62 -&lt;br&gt;%LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Serial1, changed state to up&lt;br&gt;%LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface Serial1, changed state to up&lt;br&gt;Plain(config-if)#exit ! Exit interface configuration.&lt;br&gt;Plain(config)#router rip ! Enable RIP. Enter router configuration mode.&lt;br&gt;Plain(config-router)#network 192.168.65.0 ! Enable RIP on interface Ethernet 0&lt;br&gt;Plain(config-router)#network 192.168.101.0 ! Enable RIP on interface Serial1&lt;br&gt;! We have now added the two local networks. That should&lt;br&gt;! be enough, but we are specifically been required to publish&lt;br&gt;! all networks. We add the three remote networks as well.&lt;br&gt;Plain(config-router)#network 192.168.55.0 ! The three external&lt;br&gt;networks are added as well.&lt;br&gt;Plain(config-router)#network 192.168.149.0&lt;br&gt;Plain(config-router)#network 192.168.199.0&lt;br&gt;Plain(config-router)#^Z ! Exit configuration mode.&lt;br&gt;%SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from console by console&lt;br&gt;Plain#copy running-config startup-config ! Save running configuration to NVRAM&lt;br&gt;Destination filename [startup-config]? ! Accept defaults and save it.&lt;br&gt;Warning: Attempting to overwrite an NVRAM configuration&lt;br&gt;previously written by a different version of the system image.&lt;br&gt;Overwrite the previous NVRAM configuration?[confirm]&lt;br&gt;Building configuration...&lt;br&gt;[OK]&lt;br&gt;Plain#&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 277 – 279 and 133.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 80&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;TestKing# show ipx interface e0&lt;br&gt;Ethernet0 is up, line protocol is up&lt;br&gt;IPX address is 6F2C.0000.0c5d.b36e, NOVELL_ETHER [up] line-up, RIPPQ:0,&lt;br&gt;SAPPQ: 0&lt;br&gt;Delay of this IPX network, in ticks is 1 throughput 0 link delay 0&lt;br&gt;IPXWAN processing not enabled on this interface.&lt;br&gt;IPX SAP update interval is 1 minute(s)&lt;br&gt;IPX type 20 propagation packet forwarding is disabled&lt;br&gt;Incoming access list is not set&lt;br&gt;Outgoing access list is not set&lt;br&gt;IPX helper access list is not set&lt;br&gt;SAP GNS processing enabled, delay 0 ms, output filter list is not set&lt;br&gt;SAP Input filter list is not set&lt;br&gt;SAP Output filter list is not set&lt;br&gt;SAP Router filter list is not set&lt;br&gt;Input filter list is not set&lt;br&gt;Output filter list is not set&lt;br&gt;Router filter list is not set&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 63 -&lt;br&gt;Netbios Input host access list is not set&lt;br&gt;Netbios Input bytes access list is not set&lt;br&gt;Netbios Output host access list is not set&lt;br&gt;Netbios Outpus bytes access list is not set&lt;br&gt;Updates each 60 seconds, aging multiple RIP: 3 SAP: 3&lt;br&gt;SAP interpacket delay is 55 ms, maximum size is 480 bytes&lt;br&gt;RIP interpacket delay is 55 ms, maximum size is 432 bytes&lt;br&gt;IPX accounting is disabled&lt;br&gt;IPX fast switching is configured (enabled)&lt;br&gt;RIP packets received 0, RIP packets sent 1&lt;br&gt;SAP packets received 0, SAP packets sent 1&lt;br&gt;Novell IPX addressing uses a two-part address that consists of 32 bits&lt;br&gt;for the network number and 48 bits&lt;br&gt;for the node number. What is the node number/layer 2 address as shown&lt;br&gt;in the output of the show ipx&lt;br&gt;interface e0 command?&lt;br&gt;A. 6F2C&lt;br&gt;B. 0000.0c&lt;br&gt;C. 5d.b35e&lt;br&gt;D. 0c5d.b363&lt;br&gt;E. 0000.0c5d.b363&lt;br&gt;F. 6F2C.0000.0c5d.b363&lt;br&gt;Answer: E&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;An IPX address is composed of two parts: the network number and the&lt;br&gt;node number. For IPX the node number&lt;br&gt;is usually obtain from MAC address of the network interface. In this&lt;br&gt;case the network number is 6F2C and the&lt;br&gt;node number/MAC address is 0000.0c5d.b363&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A: 6F2C is the network number, which is a layer 3 address.&lt;br&gt;B: This only part of the MAC address thus incorrect.&lt;br&gt;C: This only part of the MAC address thus incorrect.&lt;br&gt;D: This only part of the MAC address thus incorrect.&lt;br&gt;F: This is the IPX address. As stated previously this address is part&lt;br&gt;layer 3 and part layer 2.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 332 and 345-6.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 81&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 64 -&lt;br&gt;Using the following address and subnet mask &lt;a href="http://195.106.14.0/24"&gt;195.106.14.0/24&lt;/a&gt; what is&lt;br&gt;the total number of networks and&lt;br&gt;the total number of host per network?&lt;br&gt;A. 1 network with 254 hosts.&lt;br&gt;B. 2 networks with 128 hosts.&lt;br&gt;C. 4 networks with 64 hosts.&lt;br&gt;D. 6 networks with 30 hosts.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;Explanation: As the last octet is for host addresses, the maximum&lt;br&gt;number networks is 1 to determine the&lt;br&gt;number of host use the formula (2^8) – 2. That is 256-2=254.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;B and C: These combinations of networks and hosts are not possible.&lt;br&gt;D: This would require a subnet mask of 255.255.255.224.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) page 236.&lt;br&gt;Wendell Odom. Cisco CCNA Exam #640-507 Certification Guide. (Cisco&lt;br&gt;Press: 2000) page 238.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 82&lt;br&gt;Which wide area network technology was designed to work with&lt;br&gt;traditional POTS lines and provide&lt;br&gt;SOHO&amp;#39;s and users with a higher speed digital dial-up service?&lt;br&gt;A. Frame relay&lt;br&gt;B. X.25&lt;br&gt;C. ATM&lt;br&gt;D. ISDN&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;Explanation: Compared to analog modems, ISDN provides a digital&lt;br&gt;service with faster connection times and&lt;br&gt;somewhat higher speeds.&lt;br&gt;Note: POTS= plain old telephone system. SOHO= small office/home office networks&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A. Frame relay is used to handle multiple virtual circuits.&lt;br&gt;B. X.25 defines how the connections between DTE and DCE are maintained.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 65 -&lt;br&gt;C. ATM was designed to take advantage of the speeds offer by media&lt;br&gt;such as E3 and T3.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 387 – 389 and 373.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 83&lt;br&gt;One of the best ways to understand how to build a network is to&lt;br&gt;understand the method in which traffic&lt;br&gt;is passed across the network. One of the reasons the OSI model was&lt;br&gt;created to help you understand how&lt;br&gt;a network operates. Which three devices operate at all seven layers of&lt;br&gt;the OSI model? (Choose three.)&lt;br&gt;A. Network host&lt;br&gt;B. Network management station&lt;br&gt;C. Transceiver&lt;br&gt;D. Bridge&lt;br&gt;E. Web server&lt;br&gt;F. Switch&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, B, E&lt;br&gt;Explanation: The three devices that operate at all seven layers of the&lt;br&gt;OSI model are network hosts, network&lt;br&gt;management station and web server. This is how these devices are able&lt;br&gt;to perform their functions.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;C: A transceiver is not used in a network environment.&lt;br&gt;D: A bridge is a Layer 2 device.&lt;br&gt;F: A switch is a Layer 2 device.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 21-22.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 84&lt;br&gt;Which of the following are functions that occur at the transport layer&lt;br&gt;of the OSI model? (Choose three)&lt;br&gt;A. Route selection-IP&lt;br&gt;B. Sliding window-UDP&lt;br&gt;C. Well known ports-IP&lt;br&gt;D. Route validation-ICMP&lt;br&gt;E. Connection oriented-TCP/IP&lt;br&gt;F. Three way handshake TCP/IP&lt;br&gt;G. No acknowledgement-UDP&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 66 -&lt;br&gt;Answer: E, F, G&lt;br&gt;Explanation: The key to answering this question is the difference&lt;br&gt;between connection and connectionless&lt;br&gt;protocols. TCP is a connection orientated protocol that us a three-way&lt;br&gt;handshake to establish a connection.&lt;br&gt;UDP is a connectionless protocol that does not guarantee delivery&lt;br&gt;therefore there is no acknowledgements.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A: Route selection and IP are network layer, not transport layer functions.&lt;br&gt;B: Sliding windows is used in connection oriented, and UDP is connectionless.&lt;br&gt;C: Well-known ports are functions of UDP &amp;amp; TCP.&lt;br&gt;D: ICMP, which is used for the ping command, does not validate routes.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 28-30.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 85&lt;br&gt;Which wide are network technology was designed to use high-performance&lt;br&gt;digital lines and is packet&lt;br&gt;switched?&lt;br&gt;A. FDDI&lt;br&gt;B. ISDN&lt;br&gt;C. ATM&lt;br&gt;D. Frame Relay&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;Explanation: Frame Relay is a packet switching technology that uses&lt;br&gt;digital lines.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;A: FDDI is a topology.&lt;br&gt;B: ISDN is not a packet switched service.&lt;br&gt;C: ATM is a broadband technology.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 373 – 374.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 86&lt;br&gt;IP addresses use hierarchical numbering. What portion of the address&lt;br&gt;that will identify the network&lt;br&gt;number?&lt;br&gt;A. Subnet Mask.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 67 -&lt;br&gt;B. Dots between octets.&lt;br&gt;C. Class of first octet.&lt;br&gt;D. Assignments of DHCP.&lt;br&gt;E. Address Resolution Protocol.&lt;br&gt;Answer: C.&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;In general, IP addresses contain two fields: one for the network and&lt;br&gt;another for host. Class A address have a&lt;br&gt;range of 1 to 126 and the network portion of the IP address is&lt;br&gt;restricted to the first eight bits (octet). Class B&lt;br&gt;address have a range of 128 –191.255.0.0 and the network portion of&lt;br&gt;the IP address is contain in the first 2&lt;br&gt;octets. Class C IP addresses has a range of 192.223.255.255.0 and the&lt;br&gt;network portion of the IP addresses is the&lt;br&gt;first three octets of the IP address. Class D addresses include the&lt;br&gt;range of 224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255 and are&lt;br&gt;used for multicast address. Class E addresses have a range of&lt;br&gt;224.0.0.0 to 247.255.255.255 and are reserved for&lt;br&gt;experimental purposes.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A: Although the subnet mask is used network devices to determine what&lt;br&gt;part of the IP use address for the&lt;br&gt;network, the subnet and the host address but it is not part of the IP&lt;br&gt;address hierarchy.&lt;br&gt;B: The dots are used for making the IP address readable by humans, but&lt;br&gt;have no determination of the network&lt;br&gt;number.&lt;br&gt;D: DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) provides a mechanism for&lt;br&gt;allocating IP addresses&lt;br&gt;dynamically so that addresses can be reused when hosts no longer need them.&lt;br&gt;E: Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) determines the data link layer&lt;br&gt;address of the destination devices for&lt;br&gt;known destination IP addresses network number.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 215-227.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 87&lt;br&gt;Looking at this address 255.255.255.255 which one of the following is true?&lt;br&gt;A. IP, a flooded broadcast.&lt;br&gt;B. IP, a directed broadcast.&lt;br&gt;C. IPX, a flooded broadcast.&lt;br&gt;D. IPX, a remote directed broadcast.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;Explanation: Flooded broadcast (255.255.255.255) are not propagate and&lt;br&gt;are considered local and are sent to&lt;br&gt;every host on the network.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;B: The IP identified is not directed broadcast. Direct broadcast use&lt;br&gt;the IP of the network&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 68 -&lt;br&gt;C and D: 255.255.255.255 is an IP address, not an IPX address.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 231-233.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 88&lt;br&gt;Using a protocol analyzer you determine your LAN traffic is&lt;br&gt;experiencing congestion. What could be&lt;br&gt;some possible causes for a congested network? (Choose four.)&lt;br&gt;A. Too many hosts in a broadcast domain.&lt;br&gt;B. Full Duplex operation.&lt;br&gt;C. Broadcast storms.&lt;br&gt;D. Multicasting.&lt;br&gt;E. Segmentation.&lt;br&gt;F. Low bandwidth.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, C, D, F&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;A: Too many hosts in a broadcast domain would cause many collisions&lt;br&gt;and congestion.&lt;br&gt;C: Broadcast storms would have a negative impact on available bandwidth.&lt;br&gt;D: Multicasting targets multiple destinations and requires a lot of bandwidth.&lt;br&gt;F: Low available bandwidth would of course result in a congested&lt;br&gt;network faster than a network with higher&lt;br&gt;bandwidth.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;B: Full duplex operation would decrease congestion.&lt;br&gt;E: Segmentation decreases the collisions domains, the network traffic,&lt;br&gt;and the congestion.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 150 –152 and 16 – 23.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 89&lt;br&gt;RouterA is directly connected to RouterB. On RouterA you shutdown the&lt;br&gt;interface that is going to&lt;br&gt;RouterB (you put it administratively down). If you issue the command&lt;br&gt;show interface on RouterB&lt;br&gt;what output status would you see on the interface that is connected to RouterA?&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 69 -&lt;br&gt;A. Interface is down, line protocol is down.&lt;br&gt;B. Interface is down, line protocol is up.&lt;br&gt;C. Interface is up, line protocol is down.&lt;br&gt;D. Interface is up, line protocol is up.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;Explanation: The line protocol would be down, and the interface would&lt;br&gt;be down. The first part of the result&lt;br&gt;will indicate whether the interface hardware is active or not. As you&lt;br&gt;put the interface administratively down the&lt;br&gt;interface will be down. The line protocol result indicates whether the&lt;br&gt;process believes that interface is usable or&lt;br&gt;not. If three keepalives are missed protocol will be marked as down.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;B. It can be assumed that the three keepalives have been missed and&lt;br&gt;thus the line protocol would be done.&lt;br&gt;C and D. You put the interface administratively down as a result the&lt;br&gt;interface would be down.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 106 – 109.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 90&lt;br&gt;Which layer of the OSI model handles data translation, code&lt;br&gt;formatting, and encryption occur?&lt;br&gt;A. Physical&lt;br&gt;B. Data link&lt;br&gt;C. Network&lt;br&gt;D. Transport&lt;br&gt;E. Session&lt;br&gt;F. Presentation&lt;br&gt;Answer: F&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;The presentation layer provides a variety of coding and conversion&lt;br&gt;functions that are applied to application&lt;br&gt;level data. These functions ensure that the data sent from the&lt;br&gt;application layer of one system can be read the&lt;br&gt;application layer of another system.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A: The physical layer is what puts the actual data onto the wire.&lt;br&gt;B: The data link layer is involved in converting bits into bytes,&lt;br&gt;converting bytes into frames and with error&lt;br&gt;detection.&lt;br&gt;C: The network layer provides logical addressing so that routers can&lt;br&gt;perform route determination.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 70 -&lt;br&gt;D: The transport layer provides delivery of the data and error&lt;br&gt;correction prior to retransmit.&lt;br&gt;E: The session layer is responsible for establishing, managing, and&lt;br&gt;terminating communications sessions&lt;br&gt;between presentation layer entities.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 11-12.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 91&lt;br&gt;Using a class C address you need five subnets with a maximum of 17&lt;br&gt;hosts on each of these subnets.&lt;br&gt;Which subnet mask would you use?&lt;br&gt;A. 255.255.255.192&lt;br&gt;B. 255.255.255.224&lt;br&gt;C. 255.255.255.240&lt;br&gt;D. 255.255.255.248&lt;br&gt;Answer: B&lt;br&gt;Explanation: 255.255.255.224 will support the configuration.&lt;br&gt;For 5 networks, we need a minimum of 3 bits. We get this in the&lt;br&gt;following way: Add two to the requirement,&lt;br&gt;then round up to the next power of 2. So, we get 5+2=7, next highest&lt;br&gt;is 8, because 2 to the 3rd power is 8. Thus&lt;br&gt;3 bits.&lt;br&gt;For 17 hosts, we do the same thing, we get 17+2=19, next highest is&lt;br&gt;32, which is 5 bits, 2 to the 5th power is 32.&lt;br&gt;Now 3 bits network and 5 bits host make an octet. For a subnet mask, 3&lt;br&gt;bits are 128+64+32 = 224.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A: This supports too many hosts and not enough networks&lt;br&gt;C and D: They support too few hosts and too many networks.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 230-236.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 92&lt;br&gt;What is the protocol and what is the second part of the following&lt;br&gt;network address? (Choose all that&lt;br&gt;apply.)&lt;br&gt;10.0.0.254 mask 255.0.0.0&lt;br&gt;A. IPX MAX address.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 71 -&lt;br&gt;B. IP Class C director broadcast.&lt;br&gt;C. Private IP address node number.&lt;br&gt;D. Public IP address directed broadcast.&lt;br&gt;E. Private IP address directed broadcast.&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;Explanation: The Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) has&lt;br&gt;reserved the following three blocks of the&lt;br&gt;IP address space for private Internets:&lt;br&gt;10.0.0.0 - 10.255.255.255 (10/8 prefix)&lt;br&gt;172.16.0.0 - 172.31.255.255 (172.16/12 prefix)&lt;br&gt;192.168.0.0 - 192.168.255.255 (192.168/16 prefix)&lt;br&gt;Remember all three ranges!&lt;br&gt;Reference: RFC 1918, Address Allocation for Private Internets&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 194.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 93&lt;br&gt;There are five different types of IP address classes. What IP address&lt;br&gt;class is used for multicasting?&lt;br&gt;A. A&lt;br&gt;B. B&lt;br&gt;C. C&lt;br&gt;D. D&lt;br&gt;E. E&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;Explanation: Multicasting is possible due to Class D IP addresses.&lt;br&gt;Class D address range is 224.0.0.0 to&lt;br&gt;239.255.255.255.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A. Class A addresses are not used for multicasting.&lt;br&gt;B. Class B addresses are not used for multicasting.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 72 -&lt;br&gt;C. Class C addresses are not used for multicasting.&lt;br&gt;E. Class E addresses are for research purposes.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 223 – 224.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 94&lt;br&gt;Which layer of the OSI model uses packets as the PDU (Protocol Data Unit)?&lt;br&gt;A. Data link&lt;br&gt;B. Session&lt;br&gt;C. Presentation&lt;br&gt;D. Network&lt;br&gt;E. Transport&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;The packet is the encapsulation type of the Network layer.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A: The data unit of the data link layer is the frame.&lt;br&gt;B: The session layer in not involved in the data encapsulation process.&lt;br&gt;C: The presentation layer ensures that the receiving system can read&lt;br&gt;the data and is not involved in&lt;br&gt;encapsulation.&lt;br&gt;E: The transport layer data unit is the segment.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 11-13.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 95&lt;br&gt;Cisco supports IPX traffic using different encapsulation types can go&lt;br&gt;over the same interface.&lt;br&gt;A. TRUE&lt;br&gt;B. FALSE&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;Multiple encapsulations can be specified on an interface, but only if&lt;br&gt;multiple network numbers have also been&lt;br&gt;assigned, where each network number belongs to only one encapsulation&lt;br&gt;type and each encapsulation type has&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 73 -&lt;br&gt;only one network number. Although several encapsulation types can&lt;br&gt;share the same interface, clients and&lt;br&gt;servers with different encapsulation types cannot communicate directly&lt;br&gt;with each other.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) page 335.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 96&lt;br&gt;What must you do to test connectivity on a dial on demand routing (DDR) link?&lt;br&gt;A. Increate the idle import parameter.&lt;br&gt;B. Send interesting traffic across the link.&lt;br&gt;C. Switch&lt;br&gt;D. Repeater&lt;br&gt;Answer: B&lt;br&gt;Explanation: To test DDR connectivity you will need to send&lt;br&gt;interesting traffic across the link.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A. This will not have the desired result.&lt;br&gt;C and D. These devices will not allow you to test connectivity.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 400 – 406.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 97&lt;br&gt;Your company is considering purchasing a new accounting software&lt;br&gt;application from ABC accounting&lt;br&gt;company. The ABC accounting company has decided to come in and let you&lt;br&gt;install a demo copy of their&lt;br&gt;software so that you can test it in your network with a few hosts. The&lt;br&gt;server and the hosts that will&lt;br&gt;connect to this server will need a 10Mbps connection. Your company is&lt;br&gt;currently using a hub. Your&lt;br&gt;company has decided to use this new accounting software application.&lt;br&gt;However when you ran your&lt;br&gt;packet analyzer you noticed the rest of the hosts on your network that&lt;br&gt;are not using this application have&lt;br&gt;a bandwidth problem with the new accounting system installed. Since&lt;br&gt;your company has decided to use&lt;br&gt;this new application they would like you to resolve the bandwidth&lt;br&gt;problem. What is the most economical&lt;br&gt;decision would you implement for resolving this problem?&lt;br&gt;A. Install new 100 Mbps switches, and change all hosts&amp;#39; NIC to 100 Mbps.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 74 -&lt;br&gt;B. Segment network with router, and place all testing hosts and the&lt;br&gt;new server into a separate subnet&lt;br&gt;(network).&lt;br&gt;C. Add a Bridge and separate the two networks.&lt;br&gt;Answer: B&lt;br&gt;Explanation: A router helps in creating more broadcast domains and&lt;br&gt;decreasing the scope of each broadcast&lt;br&gt;domain. This will improve network utilization.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;A: A switch would increase the number of collision domains and&lt;br&gt;decrease the scope of each collision domain.&lt;br&gt;However, the broadcast domain would still be the same.&lt;br&gt;C: This would only give two collision domains. A switch would provide&lt;br&gt;more collision domains.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 16 – 17.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 98&lt;br&gt;What are the benefits of replacing a hub with a bridge and segmenting&lt;br&gt;the network?&lt;br&gt;A. It increases the number of collision domains.&lt;br&gt;B. It decreases the number of collision domains.&lt;br&gt;C. It increases the number of broadcast domains.&lt;br&gt;D. It decreases the number of broadcast domains.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A.&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;Bridge networks have the following characteristics: each segment has&lt;br&gt;its own collision domain, all connected&lt;br&gt;devices are part of the same broadcast domain, and all segments must&lt;br&gt;have the same data link layer&lt;br&gt;implementation.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;B: When a network is segmented by a bridge the collisions domains&lt;br&gt;increase and not decrease.&lt;br&gt;C and D: The addition of a bridge to a network has no effect on the&lt;br&gt;number of domains.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 23-4.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 99&lt;br&gt;To govern the flow of data between two devices, TCP uses a flow&lt;br&gt;control mechanism. Which one of the&lt;br&gt;following is true about this mechanism?&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 75 -&lt;br&gt;A. TCP makes no effort to check for lost or duplicate data packets.&lt;br&gt;B. The application layer must sequence data packets when using TCP.&lt;br&gt;C. TCP controls the flow of UDP data through negative acknowledgements NAK.&lt;br&gt;D. TCP is a connection-oriented protocol that acknowledges receipt of&lt;br&gt;data packets and is considered&lt;br&gt;reliable.&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;Explanation: Connection oriented protocols are reliable as the usually&lt;br&gt;acknowledge the receipt of data packets.&lt;br&gt;TCP is connection oriented.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A: TCP is connection oriented and guarantees packet delivery and order.&lt;br&gt;B: TCP is connection oriented, and guarantees packet ordering&lt;br&gt;C: TCP does not mix with UDP, a different transport protocol.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 29 and 207.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 100&lt;br&gt;Your company has decided to use IGRP instead of RIP as the routing&lt;br&gt;protocol. They want to use&lt;br&gt;autonomous system number 130. Which is the correct command for this&lt;br&gt;installation?&lt;br&gt;A. Router(config)# igrp 130&lt;br&gt;B. Router(config)# network 130&lt;br&gt;C. Router(config)# router igrp 130&lt;br&gt;D. Router(config)# enable igrp 130&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;Explanation: To enable IGRP as a routing process one uses the router&lt;br&gt;igrp command. This command must&lt;br&gt;include the AS number within it. Thus the command to set IGPR for AS 130 is:&lt;br&gt;router igrp 130&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A: Igrp 100 is not a valid command.&lt;br&gt;B: The network command it used to identify what network the AS is&lt;br&gt;directly connected to. In this case&lt;br&gt;(network 100) the command is wrong as it contain the AS number and not&lt;br&gt;the network number.&lt;br&gt;D: The enable command is used for entering privilege mode. Further the&lt;br&gt;enable command does not use the AS&lt;br&gt;number.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 285-286 and 69.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 76 -&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 101&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;TestKing1#show interface serial 0/0&lt;br&gt;Serial0/0 is down, line protocol is down&lt;br&gt;Hardware is HD64570&lt;br&gt;Internet address is &lt;a href="http://172.22.5.1/30"&gt;172.22.5.1/30&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;MTU 1500 bytes, BW 1544 Kbit, DLY 20000 usec, rely 255/255, load 1/255&lt;br&gt;Encapsulation HDLC, loopback not set, keepalive set (10 sec)&lt;br&gt;Last input never, output 00:03:11, output hang never&lt;br&gt;Last clearing of &amp;quot;show interface&amp;quot; counters never&lt;br&gt;Input queue: 0/75/0 (size/max(drops): Total output drops: 0&lt;br&gt;Queuing strategy: weighted fair&lt;br&gt;Output queue: 0/1000/64/0 (size/max active/threshold/drops)&lt;br&gt;Conversations 0/2/256 (active/max active/max total)&lt;br&gt;Reserved Conversations 0/0 (allocated/max allocated)&lt;br&gt;5 minute input rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec&lt;br&gt;5 minute output rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec&lt;br&gt;0 packets input, 0 bytes, 0 no buffer&lt;br&gt;Received 0 broadcasts, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles&lt;br&gt;0 input errors, 0 CRC, 0 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored, 0 abort&lt;br&gt;11 packets output, 476 bytes, 0 underruns&lt;br&gt;0 output errors, 0 collisions, 27 interface resets&lt;br&gt;0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out&lt;br&gt;11 carrier transitions&lt;br&gt;DCD=down DSR=down DTR=down RTS=down CTS=down&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 cannot establish a connection to TestKing2 using the show&lt;br&gt;interface serial 0/0 command on&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 command which layer of the OSI model is most likely the problem?&lt;br&gt;A. Physical layer.&lt;br&gt;B. Data layer.&lt;br&gt;C. Network layer.&lt;br&gt;D. Transport layer.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;The key to answering this question is &amp;quot;Serial0/0 is down&amp;quot;. This&lt;br&gt;indicates that the actual serial interface&lt;br&gt;is down. Thus there is a problem with the physical layer.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;B: The exhibit does not indicate a problem with the data link layer.&lt;br&gt;C: The exhibit does not indicate a problem with the network layer.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 77 -&lt;br&gt;D: If the output just indicated that &amp;quot;line protocol is down&amp;quot; then a&lt;br&gt;there would be a problem with the line&lt;br&gt;protocol. If this were the only problem then there would&amp;#39;ve been a&lt;br&gt;problem with the transport layer.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 107-110.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 102&lt;br&gt;All TCP/IP hosts implement the ICMP protocol?&lt;br&gt;A. TRUE&lt;br&gt;B. FALSE&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;Explanation: This is a requirement because ICMP has other uses besides&lt;br&gt;ping, for example destination&lt;br&gt;unreachable or when ICMP is sent to provide better routing information.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 217-218.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 103&lt;br&gt;Aaron is troubleshooting a problem on his network he issues the&lt;br&gt;command ping 10.0.0.2 to test the&lt;br&gt;physical connectivity between two devices? Which type of ICMP messages&lt;br&gt;was carried in the IP&lt;br&gt;datagrams?&lt;br&gt;A. ICMP echo request.&lt;br&gt;B. Information request.&lt;br&gt;C. Timestamp reply.&lt;br&gt;D. Redirect.&lt;br&gt;E. Source quench.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;Explanation: The PING utility uses ICMP echo requests.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;B, C, D. These are all types of ICMP defined messages.&lt;br&gt;E. Source quench is not an ICMP defined message.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 78 -&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 217 – 218.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 104&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;Looking at the diagram above ports 1 through 4 are assigned to VLAN1&lt;br&gt;and ports 5 through 8 are&lt;br&gt;assigned to VLAN3 on each switch. The switches are interconnected over&lt;br&gt;an ISL trunk link.&lt;br&gt;Which of the following actions would test proper VLAN and trunk&lt;br&gt;operation? (Choose three.)&lt;br&gt;A. Host 2-1 can ping Host 2-2&lt;br&gt;B. Host 2-1 can ping Host 7-2&lt;br&gt;C. Host 2-1 can not ping Host 2-2&lt;br&gt;D. Host 7-1 can not ping Host 2-2&lt;br&gt;E. Host 7-1 can ping Host 7-2&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, D, E.&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 79 -&lt;br&gt;A: Host 2-1 and Host 2-2 are both in VLAN1 and a ping should be successful.&lt;br&gt;D: Host 7-1 is in VLAN3 while Host 2-2 is in VLAN1. A ping between&lt;br&gt;those hosts should fail.&lt;br&gt;E: Host 7-1 and Host 7-2 are both in VLAN1 and a ping should be successful.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;B: Host 2-1 and Host 7-2 are in different VLANs and a ping should fail.&lt;br&gt;C: Host 2-1 and Host 2-2 are both in VLAN1 and a ping should be successful.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 184 – 198 and 124.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 105&lt;br&gt;Christopher issues a show cdp neighbor command from RouterA. RouterA&lt;br&gt;has connections to RouterB&lt;br&gt;and RouterC through the serial s0 and s1. Which three pieces of CDP&lt;br&gt;information about neighboring&lt;br&gt;routers are displayed on your console terminal? (Choose three)&lt;br&gt;A. The neighboring router&amp;#39;s host name.&lt;br&gt;B. The neighboring router&amp;#39;s hardware platform.&lt;br&gt;C. Up to one address for each protocol supported.&lt;br&gt;D. Up to two addresses for each protocol supported.&lt;br&gt;E. As many addresses as are configured for each protocol supported.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, B, C&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;When issuing a show cdp entry command, the following information is provided:&lt;br&gt;1) Neighbor device ID&lt;br&gt;2) Layer 3 protocol information (ie IP address)&lt;br&gt;3) Local interface and Port identifiers of the neighbors remote ports&lt;br&gt;4) The hold time in seconds&lt;br&gt;5) Devices capabilities&lt;br&gt;6) Device Platform&lt;br&gt;7) IOS type and version.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;D and E: You only display ONE address.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 116-119.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 106&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;How do you change the Console password on the Sonic router to &amp;quot;cisco&amp;quot;?&lt;br&gt;A. Sonic(config)#line con 0&lt;br&gt;Sonic(config-line)#login&lt;br&gt;Sonic(config-line)#password cisco&lt;br&gt;B. Sonic(config)#line con 0&lt;br&gt;Sonic(config-line)#login&lt;br&gt;Sonic(config-line)# password Cisco&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;Explanation: Passwords are case sensitive.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 102 – 103.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 107&lt;br&gt;You have just entered the command:&lt;br&gt;Superhero(config-line)#logging sync&lt;br&gt;Cisco IOS allows which keystroke(s) to complete the syntax of a&lt;br&gt;partially entered command.&lt;br&gt;Which keystroke(s) did you use to complete the above command above to&lt;br&gt;the completed command&lt;br&gt;below?&lt;br&gt;Superhero(config-line)#logging synchronous&lt;br&gt;A. Ctrl+shift+6 then x.&lt;br&gt;B. Ctrl+Z&lt;br&gt;C. TAB&lt;br&gt;D. /?&lt;br&gt;E. Shift&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;Explanation: The TAB key completes a command if the command is not ambiguous.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 80 -&lt;br&gt;Section B&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 1&lt;br&gt;You work as network administrator at TestKing.&lt;br&gt;Your trainee is configuring a router with both physical and logical interfaces.&lt;br&gt;He asks you what factor determines the OSPF router ID.&lt;br&gt;What should you tell him?&lt;br&gt;A. The lowest network number of any interface.&lt;br&gt;B. The lowest IP address of any logical interface.&lt;br&gt;C. The lowest IP address of any physical interface.&lt;br&gt;D. The highest network number of any interface.&lt;br&gt;E. The highest IP address of any logical interface.&lt;br&gt;F. The highest IP address of any physical interface.&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;The OSPF topology database includes information about routers and the&lt;br&gt;subnets, or links, to which they are&lt;br&gt;attached. To identify the routers in the neighbor table&amp;#39;s topology&lt;br&gt;database, OSPF uses a router ID (RID) for&lt;br&gt;each router. A router&amp;#39;s OSPF RID is that router&amp;#39;s lowest IP address on&lt;br&gt;a physical interface when OSPF starts&lt;br&gt;running.&lt;br&gt;Note: The OSPF router ID is a 32-bit IP address selected at the&lt;br&gt;beginning of the OSPF process. The lowest IP&lt;br&gt;address configured on the router is the router ID. If a loopback&lt;br&gt;address is configured, then it is the router ID. In&lt;br&gt;case of multiple loopback addresses, the highest loopback address is&lt;br&gt;the router ID. Once the router ID is elected&lt;br&gt;it doesn&amp;#39;t change unless the IP address is removed or OSPF restarts.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA ICND exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-083-X) Page 208&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 2&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 81 -&lt;br&gt;Your TestKing trainee is configuring a router. In particular, he is&lt;br&gt;examining a routing table that contains&lt;br&gt;static, RIP, and IGRP routes for the same destination network with&lt;br&gt;each set to its default administrative&lt;br&gt;distance.&lt;br&gt;He asks you which route will be used to forward data?&lt;br&gt;A. The IGRP route&lt;br&gt;B. The static route&lt;br&gt;C. The RIP route&lt;br&gt;D. All three will load balance.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;To decide which route to use, IOS uses a concept called Administrative&lt;br&gt;Distance. Administrative distance is a&lt;br&gt;number that denotes how believable an entire routing protocol is on a&lt;br&gt;single router. The lower the number, the&lt;br&gt;better, or more believable the routing protocol.&lt;br&gt;Route Type Administrative Distance&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Static 1&lt;br&gt;􀁸 IGRP 100&lt;br&gt;􀁸 RIP 120&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA ICND exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-083-X) Page 177&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 3&lt;br&gt;Three bicycle stores in the TestKing Pro chain have decided to&lt;br&gt;establish network connectivity to maintain&lt;br&gt;their repair business in a centralized manner. The stores contracted a&lt;br&gt;local technician, non-Cisco&lt;br&gt;certified, to configure the routers. However, the local MCP certified&lt;br&gt;technician was not able to finish the&lt;br&gt;configuration in an appropriate manner. No network connectivity has&lt;br&gt;been established among the&lt;br&gt;routers. The routers are named TestKing1, TestKing2, and TestKing3.&lt;br&gt;TestKing Pro has contracted you to fix the problems. Identify the&lt;br&gt;fault(s) and make the necessary&lt;br&gt;change(s) to establish connectivity. The routers have been configured&lt;br&gt;with the following specifications:&lt;br&gt;􀁸 The routers are named TestKing1, TestKing2, and TestKing3.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 RIP is the routing protocol&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Clocking is provided on the serial 0 interfaces&lt;br&gt;􀁸 The password on each router is &amp;quot;testking&amp;quot;&lt;br&gt;􀁸 The subnet mask on all interfaces is the default mask.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 The IP addresses are listed in chart below.&lt;br&gt;TestKing1&lt;br&gt;E0 192.168.27.1&lt;br&gt;E1 192.168.29.1&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 82 -&lt;br&gt;S0 192.168.31.1&lt;br&gt;Secret password: testking&lt;br&gt;TestKing2&lt;br&gt;E0 192.168.35.1&lt;br&gt;S0 192.168.33.1&lt;br&gt;S1 192.168.31.2&lt;br&gt;Secret password: testking&lt;br&gt;TestKing3&lt;br&gt;E0 192.168.37.1&lt;br&gt;S1 192.168.33.2&lt;br&gt;Secret password: testking&lt;br&gt;To configure the router click on the host icon that is connected to&lt;br&gt;the router by a serial cable.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Click on Host 2:&lt;br&gt;Router TestKing1:&lt;br&gt;TestKing1&amp;gt; enable&lt;br&gt;Password: testking&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 # config terminal&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config) # interface ethernet 0&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config-if) # ip address 192.168.27.1 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config-if) # no shutdown&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config-if) # exit&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config) # interface ethernet 1&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 83 -&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config-if) # ip address 192.168.29.1 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config-if) # no shutdown&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config-if) # exit&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config) # interface serial 0&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config-if) # ip address 192.168.31.1 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-if) # clock rate 64000&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config-if) # no shutdown&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config-if) # exit&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config) # router rip&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config-router) # network 192.168.27.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config-router) # network 192.168.29.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config-router) # network 192.168-31.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config-router) # Ctrl-Z&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 # copy running-config startup-config&lt;br&gt;Click on Host 4&lt;br&gt;Router TestKing2:&lt;br&gt;TestKing2&amp;gt; enable&lt;br&gt;Password: testking&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 # config t&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config) # interface ethernet 0&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-if) # ip address 192.168.35.1 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-if) # no shutdown&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-if) # exit&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config) # interface serial 0&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-if) # ip address 192.168.33.1 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-if) # clock rate 64000&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-if) # no shutdown&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-if) # exit&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config) # interface serial 1&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-if) # ip address 192.168.31.2 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-if) # no shutdown&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-if) # exit&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config) # router rip&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-router) # network 192.168.35.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-router) # network 192.168.33.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-router) # network 192.168.31.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-router) # Ctrl-Z&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 # copy running-config startup-config&lt;br&gt;Router TestKing3:&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 84 -&lt;br&gt;Click on Host6&lt;br&gt;TestKing3&amp;gt; enable&lt;br&gt;Password: testking&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 # config t&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config) # interface ethernet 0&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-if) # ip address 192.168.37.1 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-if) # no shutdown&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-if) # exit&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config) # interface serial 1&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-if) # ip address 192.168.33.2 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-if) # no shutdown&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-if) # exit&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config) # router rip&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-router) # network 192.168.33.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-router) # network 192.168.37.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-router) # Ctrl-Z&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 # copy running-config startup-config&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 4&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;The exhibit above shows the TestKing.com network.&lt;br&gt;Your trainee David asks you which broadcast addresses of the subnets&lt;br&gt;are shown in the exhibit?(Choose&lt;br&gt;three)&lt;br&gt;A. 172.16.32.255&lt;br&gt;B. 172.16.47.255&lt;br&gt;C. 172.16.64.255&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 85 -&lt;br&gt;D. 172.16.82.255&lt;br&gt;E. 172.16.79.255&lt;br&gt;F. 172.16.95.255&lt;br&gt;Answer: B E F&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://172.16.32.0/20"&gt;172.16.32.0/20&lt;/a&gt; has 16 increments and the broad cast address will&lt;br&gt;always be 1 before the actual number.&lt;br&gt;172.16.32.0 next increment will be 172.16.48.0 so then the broadcast&lt;br&gt;address is 1 less than 172.16.48.0 =&lt;br&gt;172.16.47.255 (Broadcast address).&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 5&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;Two routers named TestKing1 and TestKing2 are connected via their&lt;br&gt;serial interfaces as illustrated, but&lt;br&gt;they are unable to communicate. The TestKing1 router is known to have&lt;br&gt;the correct configuration. Given&lt;br&gt;the partial configurations, identify the fault on the TestKing2 router&lt;br&gt;that is causing the lack of&lt;br&gt;connectivity.&lt;br&gt;A. Incomplete IP address&lt;br&gt;B. Insufficient bandwidth&lt;br&gt;C. Incorrect subnet mask&lt;br&gt;D. Incompatible encapsulation&lt;br&gt;E. Link reliability too low&lt;br&gt;F. IPCP closed&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;HDLC and PPP Configuration&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 86 -&lt;br&gt;HDLC and PPP configuration is straightforward. You just need to be&lt;br&gt;sure to configure the same IP address&lt;br&gt;on each end of the serial link. Otherwise, the routers will&lt;br&gt;misinterpret the incoming frames, because&lt;br&gt;each IP address uses a different frame format. Other than configuring&lt;br&gt;some optional features,&lt;br&gt;that&amp;#39;s all you need to do.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA ICND exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-083-X) Page 310&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 6&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;You work as a network administrator at TestKing.com. A named access&lt;br&gt;list called research_block has&lt;br&gt;been written to prevent users on the research network and public&lt;br&gt;Internet form access to the TestKing&lt;br&gt;Support server. All other users within the TestKing company should&lt;br&gt;have access to this server. The list&lt;br&gt;contains the following statements.&lt;br&gt;deny 172.16.102.0 0.0.0.255 172.16.104.255 0.0.0.0&lt;br&gt;permit 172.16.0.0 0.0.255.255 172.16.104.252 0.0.0.0&lt;br&gt;Which of the following commands sequences will place this list to meet&lt;br&gt;these requirements?&lt;br&gt;A. TestKing1(config)# interface e0&lt;br&gt;TestKing1(config-if)# ip access-group research_block in&lt;br&gt;B. TestKing1(config)# interface s0&lt;br&gt;TestKing1(config-if)# ip access-group research_block out&lt;br&gt;C. TestKing2(config)# interface s0&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 87 -&lt;br&gt;TestKing2(config-if)# ip access-group research_block out&lt;br&gt;D. TestKing2(config)# interface s1&lt;br&gt;TestKing2(config-if)# ip access-group research_block in&lt;br&gt;E. TestKing3(config)# interface s1&lt;br&gt;TestKing3(config-if)# ip access-group research_block in&lt;br&gt;F. TestKing3(config)# interface e0&lt;br&gt;TestKing3(config-if)# ip access-group research_block out&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;To enable the ACL on an interface and define the direction of packets&lt;br&gt;to which the ACL is applied, the ip&lt;br&gt;access-group command is used.&lt;br&gt;When referring to a router, these terms have the following meanings.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Out - Traffic that has already been through the router and is&lt;br&gt;leaving the interface; the source would be&lt;br&gt;where it&amp;#39;s been (on the other side of the router) and the destination&lt;br&gt;is where it&amp;#39;s going.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 In - Traffic that is arriving on the interface and which will go&lt;br&gt;through the router; the source would be&lt;br&gt;where it&amp;#39;s been and the destination is where it&amp;#39;s going (on the other&lt;br&gt;side of the router).&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA ICND exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-083-X) Page 433&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/secursw/ps1018/products_tech_note09186a00800a5b9a.shtml"&gt;http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/secursw/ps1018/products_tech_note09186a00800a5b9a.shtml&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 7&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;Based on the display of the command output, what does [120/3] represent?&lt;br&gt;A. 120 is the UDP port for forwarding traffic and 3 is the number of hops.&lt;br&gt;B. 120 is the administrative distance and 3 is the metric for that route.&lt;br&gt;C. 120 is the bandwidth of the link and 3 is the routing process number.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 88 -&lt;br&gt;D. 120 is the value of the update timer and 3 is the number of updates&lt;br&gt;received for that route.&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;To decide which route to use, IOS uses a concept called the bandwidth&lt;br&gt;of the link. the bandwidth of the link is a&lt;br&gt;number that denotes how believable an entire routing protocol is on a&lt;br&gt;single router. The lower the number, the&lt;br&gt;better, or more believable the routing protocol.&lt;br&gt;Route Type Administrative Distance&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Connected 0&lt;br&gt;􀁸 IGRP 100&lt;br&gt;􀁸 RIP 120&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA ICND exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-083-X) Page 177&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 8&lt;br&gt;David, your TestKing trainee, asks you about basic characteristics of&lt;br&gt;switches and hubs for network&lt;br&gt;connectivity. What should you tell him?&lt;br&gt;A. Switches take less time to process frames than hubs take.&lt;br&gt;B. Switches do not forward broadcasts.&lt;br&gt;C. Hubs can filter frames.&lt;br&gt;D. Using hubs can increase the amount of bandwidth available to hosts.&lt;br&gt;E. Switches increase the number of collision domains in the network.&lt;br&gt;Answer: E&lt;br&gt;Explanation: Switches increases the number of collisions domains in the network.&lt;br&gt;Note:&lt;br&gt;Switches use a couple of different types of internal processing&lt;br&gt;variations. Almost of the more recently released&lt;br&gt;switches use store-and-forward processing, but all three types of&lt;br&gt;switching are supported in at least one type of&lt;br&gt;currently available Cisco Switch.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Store-and-forward –The switch fully receives all bits in the frame&lt;br&gt;(store) before forwarding the frame&lt;br&gt;(forward).&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Cut-through – The switch performs the address table lookup as soon&lt;br&gt;as the destination address field in&lt;br&gt;the header is received.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Fragment-free – This performs like cut-through switching, but the&lt;br&gt;switch waits for 64 bytes to be&lt;br&gt;received before forwarding the first bytes of the outgoing frame.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA INTRO exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-094-5) Page 243&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 89 -&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 9&lt;br&gt;Your boss at TestKing asks you about half-duplex and full-duplex&lt;br&gt;Ethernet. What are unique for halfduplex&lt;br&gt;Ethernet? (Choose two)&lt;br&gt;A. Half-duplex Ethernet operates in a shared collision domain.&lt;br&gt;B. Half-duplex Ethernet operates in a private collision domain.&lt;br&gt;C. Half-duplex Ethernet has higher effective throughput.&lt;br&gt;D. Half-duplex Ethernet has lower effective throughput.&lt;br&gt;E. Half-duplex Ethernet operates in a private broadcast domain.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A C&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;A single device could not be sending a frame and receiving a frame at&lt;br&gt;the same time because it would mean that&lt;br&gt;a collision was occurring. So, devices simply chose not to send a&lt;br&gt;frame while receiving a frame. That logic is&lt;br&gt;called half-duplex logic.&lt;br&gt;Ethernet switches allow multiple frames to be sent over different&lt;br&gt;ports at the same time. Additionally, if only&lt;br&gt;one device is connected to a switch port, there is never a possibility&lt;br&gt;that a collision could occur. So, LAN&lt;br&gt;switches with only one device cabled to each port of the switch allow&lt;br&gt;the use of full-duplex operation. Full&lt;br&gt;duplex means that an Ethernet card can send and receive concurrently.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA INTRO exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-094-5) Page 62-63&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 10&lt;br&gt;You work as a technician at TestKing. You are required to configure&lt;br&gt;PPP on an interface on a Cisco&lt;br&gt;router. A technician is configuring PPP on an interface.&lt;br&gt;Which PPP authentication methods can you use? (Choose two)&lt;br&gt;A. SSL&lt;br&gt;B. VPN&lt;br&gt;C. PAP&lt;br&gt;D. LAPB&lt;br&gt;E. CHAP&lt;br&gt;F. SLIP&lt;br&gt;Answer: C E&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 90 -&lt;br&gt;Password Authentication Protocol (PAP) and Challenge Handshake&lt;br&gt;Authentication Protocol (CHAP)&lt;br&gt;authenticate the endpoints on either end of a point-to-point serial&lt;br&gt;link. Chap is the preferred method today&lt;br&gt;because the identifying codes flowing over the link are created using&lt;br&gt;a MD5 one-way hash, which is more&lt;br&gt;secure that the clear-text passwords sent by PAP.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA ICND exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-083-X) Page 314&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 11&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;What function does the Frame Relay DLCI provide with respect to TestKingA?&lt;br&gt;A. Defines the signaling standard between TestKingA and the frame switch.&lt;br&gt;B. Identifies the circuit between TestKingA and the frame switch.&lt;br&gt;C. Identifies the circuit between TestKingB and the frame switch.&lt;br&gt;D. Identifies the encapsulation used between TestKingA and TestKingB.&lt;br&gt;E. Defines the signaling standard between TestKingB and the frame switch,&lt;br&gt;Answer: B&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;TestKingA sends frames with DLCI, and they reach the local switch. The&lt;br&gt;local switch sees the DLCI field and&lt;br&gt;forwards the frame through the Frame Relay network until it reaches&lt;br&gt;the switch connected to TestKingB. The&lt;br&gt;TestKingB&amp;#39;s local switch forwards the frame out of the access link to TestKingB.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA ICND exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-083-X) Page 386&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 12&lt;br&gt;A technician are configuring a router named TestKing2.&lt;br&gt;Why does she use passive-interface command?&lt;br&gt;A. Allows a routing protocol to forward updates out an interface that&lt;br&gt;is missing its IP address.&lt;br&gt;B. Allows a router to send routing updates on an interface but not&lt;br&gt;receive updates via that interface.&lt;br&gt;C. Allows an interface to remain up without receiving keepalives.&lt;br&gt;D. Allows interfaces to share IP addresses.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 91 -&lt;br&gt;E. Allows a router to receive routing updates on an interface but not&lt;br&gt;send updates via that interface.&lt;br&gt;Answer: E&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;The passive-interface command is used to control the advertisement of&lt;br&gt;routing information. The command&lt;br&gt;enables the suppression of routing updates over some interfaces while&lt;br&gt;allowing updates to be exchanged&lt;br&gt;normally over other interfaces.&lt;br&gt;With most routing protocols, the passive-interface command restricts&lt;br&gt;outgoing advertisements only. However,&lt;br&gt;when used with Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP), the&lt;br&gt;effect is slightly different. This&lt;br&gt;document demonstrates that use of the passive-interface command in&lt;br&gt;EIGRP suppresses the exchange of hello&lt;br&gt;packets between two routers, resulting in the loss of their neighbor&lt;br&gt;relationship. This stops not only routing&lt;br&gt;updates from being advertised, but it also suppresses incoming routing&lt;br&gt;updates. This document also discusses&lt;br&gt;the configuration required in order to allow the suppression of&lt;br&gt;outgoing routing updates, while allowing&lt;br&gt;incoming routing updates to be learnt normally from the neighbor.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.cisco.com/en/US/tech/tk365/tk207/technologies_tech_note09186a0080093f0a.shtml"&gt;http://www.cisco.com/en/US/tech/tk365/tk207/technologies_tech_note09186a0080093f0a.shtml&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 13&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;A new network is being designed for your company TestKing. Using a&lt;br&gt;Class C IP network. which subnet&lt;br&gt;mask will provide one useable subnet per department while allowing&lt;br&gt;enough usable host addresses for&lt;br&gt;each department specified in the graphic?&lt;br&gt;A. 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;B. 255.255.255.192&lt;br&gt;C. 255.255.255.224&lt;br&gt;D. 255.255.255.240&lt;br&gt;E. 255.255.255.248&lt;br&gt;F. 255.255.255.252&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 92 -&lt;br&gt;Answer: B&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 14&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;As a network technician at TestKing you are required to troubleshoot&lt;br&gt;the network shown in the exhibit.&lt;br&gt;The host, TK1, is connected to the TestKing1 LAN is unable to connect&lt;br&gt;to resources on other networks.&lt;br&gt;Assuming that host is configured as follows:&lt;br&gt;host address: 192.168.5.45&lt;br&gt;subnet mask: 255.255.255.240&lt;br&gt;default gateway: 192.168.5.32&lt;br&gt;Which of the following is the cause of this problem?&lt;br&gt;A. The default gateway is a subnetwork address.&lt;br&gt;B. The default gateway is on a different subnet form the host.&lt;br&gt;C. The host subnet mask does not match the subnet mask of the attached&lt;br&gt;router interface.&lt;br&gt;D. The IP address of the host is on a different subnet than the default gateway.&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 15&lt;br&gt;Your boss at TestKing asks you why you are using a router to segment&lt;br&gt;the network at the main office.&lt;br&gt;What are the benefits? What should you tell her? (Choose two)&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 93 -&lt;br&gt;A. Filtering can occur based on Layer 3 information.&lt;br&gt;B. Broadcasts are eliminated.&lt;br&gt;C. Routers generally cost less than switches.&lt;br&gt;D. Broadcasts are not forwarded across the router.&lt;br&gt;E. Adding a router to the network decreases latency.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, D&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 16&lt;br&gt;You work as a network technician at TestKing. You are required to&lt;br&gt;divide the 172.12.0.0 network into&lt;br&gt;subnets. Each submit must have the capacity of 458 IP addresses.&lt;br&gt;Furthermore, according to the requirement you must provide the maximum&lt;br&gt;number of subnets.&lt;br&gt;Which network mask should you use?&lt;br&gt;Answer: 255.255.254.0&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;To obtain 459 IP addresses the number of host bits will be 9. In this&lt;br&gt;maximum 512 hosts can be assigned. Keep&lt;br&gt;9 bits for host means 4th octet and last bit is 3rd will be 0. This&lt;br&gt;gives 255.255.254.0 is subnet mask.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 17&lt;br&gt;Your new Junior TestKing trainee Rutger has a problem with basic&lt;br&gt;binary math. He must convert the&lt;br&gt;binary number 10011101 into its decimal and hexadecimal equivalent.&lt;br&gt;Which two numbers must Rutger provide? (Choose two)&lt;br&gt;A. 159&lt;br&gt;B. 157&lt;br&gt;C. 185&lt;br&gt;D. 0x9D&lt;br&gt;E. 0xD9&lt;br&gt;F. 0x159&lt;br&gt;Answer: B D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;10011101 = 157&lt;br&gt;0x9D is ASCII Hexadecimal = 157&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 94 -&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1818/products_command_reference_chapter09186a00800&lt;br /&gt;7fc95.html"&gt;http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1818/products_command_reference_chapter09186a00800&lt;br&gt;7fc95.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 18&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;Note: SPIDs are not required for this switch.&lt;br&gt;You work as a network consultant. Your customer TestKing wants you to&lt;br&gt;bring up the ISDN link (refer&lt;br&gt;to the exhibit).&lt;br&gt;Which command should you use? (Select three)&lt;br&gt;A. Router(config-if)# encapsulation ppp&lt;br&gt;B. Router(config)# isdn switch-type type&lt;br&gt;C. Router(config)# dialer-list 1 protocol ip permit&lt;br&gt;D. Router(config)# dialer map ip address name name connection number&lt;br&gt;E. Router(config-if)# ip address address subnet mask&lt;br&gt;F. Router(config-if)# dialer-group 1&lt;br&gt;Answer: A E F&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Proper encapsulation to be defined on both routers.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 IP address to be assigned for interface with subnet mask&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Dialer group number enables dialer-list on this interface.&lt;br&gt;Dialer-list to be defined on gloabal&lt;br&gt;configuration command.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA ICND exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-083-X) Page 310+337&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 19&lt;br&gt;You are required to troubleshoot LAN connectivity on the TestKing main&lt;br&gt;site in Toronto.&lt;br&gt;Which router IOS commands would be useful for you? (Choose three)&lt;br&gt;A. ping&lt;br&gt;B. tracert&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 95 -&lt;br&gt;C. ipconfig&lt;br&gt;D. show ip route&lt;br&gt;E. winipcfg&lt;br&gt;F. show interfaces&lt;br&gt;Answer: A D F&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 20&lt;br&gt;As a network technician at TestKing you are required to configure an&lt;br&gt;ISDN BRI interface. Specifically,&lt;br&gt;you must configure dial-on-demand routing (DDR).&lt;br&gt;Which sequence of parameters should you use to achieve this goal?&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Place 1st - next hop address&lt;br&gt;Place 2nd - Dialer-list&lt;br&gt;Place 3rd - protocol&lt;br&gt;Place 4th - Dialer-String&lt;br&gt;Place 5th - group&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA ICND exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-083-X) Page 342&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 21&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 96 -&lt;br&gt;Your TestKing trainee Tess wants to display the configuration register&lt;br&gt;setting on her router.&lt;br&gt;Which command should she use?&lt;br&gt;A. show register&lt;br&gt;B. show flash&lt;br&gt;C. show boot&lt;br&gt;D. show version&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;show version&lt;br&gt;To display the configuration of the system hardware, the software&lt;br&gt;version, the names and sources of&lt;br&gt;configuration files, and the boot images, use the show version command&lt;br&gt;in EXEC mode.&lt;br&gt;Examples&lt;br&gt;The following is sample output from the show version command:&lt;br&gt;Router1&amp;gt; show version&lt;br&gt;Cisco Internetwork Operating System Software&lt;br&gt;IOS (tm) 7200 Software (C7200-J-M), Experimental Version 11.3(19970915:164752) [&lt;br&gt;hampton-nitro-baseline 249]&lt;br&gt;Copyright (c) 1986-1997 by cisco Systems, Inc.&lt;br&gt;Compiled Wed 08-Oct-97 06:39 by hampton&lt;br&gt;Image text-base: 0x60008900, data-base: 0x60B98000&lt;br&gt;ROM: System Bootstrap, Version 11.1(11855) [beta 2], INTERIM SOFTWARE&lt;br&gt;BOOTFLASH: 7200 Software (C7200-BOOT-M), Version 11.1(472), RELEASE SOFTWARE (fc&lt;br&gt;1)&lt;br&gt;Router1 uptime is 23 hours, 33 minutes&lt;br&gt;System restarted by abort at PC 0x6022322C at 10:50:55 PDT Tue Oct 21 1997&lt;br&gt;System image file is &amp;quot;tftp://&lt;a href="http://171.69.1.129/hampton/nitro/c7200-j-mz"&gt;171.69.1.129/hampton/nitro/c7200-j-mz&lt;/a&gt;&amp;quot;&lt;br&gt;cisco 7206 (NPE150) processor with 57344K/8192K bytes of memory.&lt;br&gt;R4700 processor, Implementation 33, Revision 1.0 (512KB Level 2 Cache)&lt;br&gt;Last reset from power-on&lt;br&gt;Bridging software.&lt;br&gt;X.25 software, Version 3.0.0.&lt;br&gt;SuperLAT software copyright 1990 by Meridian Technology Corp).&lt;br&gt;TN3270 Emulation software.&lt;br&gt;8 Ethernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s)&lt;br&gt;2 FastEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s)&lt;br&gt;4 Token Ring/IEEE 802.5 interface(s)&lt;br&gt;4 Serial network interface(s)&lt;br&gt;1 FDDI network interface(s)&lt;br&gt;125K bytes of non-volatile configuration memory.&lt;br&gt;1024K bytes of packet SRAM memory.&lt;br&gt;20480K bytes of Flash PCMCIA card at slot 0 (Sector size 128K).&lt;br&gt;20480K bytes of Flash PCMCIA card at slot 1 (Sector size 128K).&lt;br&gt;4096K bytes of Flash internal SIMM (Sector size 256K).&lt;br&gt;Configuration register is 0x0&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios123/123cgcr/fun_r/cfr_1g10.htm#1033030"&gt;http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios123/123cgcr/fun_r/cfr_1g10.htm#1033030&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 97 -&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 22&lt;br&gt;You are configuring a subnet on the TestKing branch office in Berlin.&lt;br&gt;You need to assign IP addresses to hosts in this subnet.&lt;br&gt;You have been given the subnet mask of 255.255.255.224.&lt;br&gt;Which IP address would be valid? (Choose three)&lt;br&gt;A. 15.234.118.63&lt;br&gt;B. 92.11.178.93&lt;br&gt;C. 134.178.18.56&lt;br&gt;D. 192.168.16.87&lt;br&gt;E. 201.45.116.159&lt;br&gt;F. 217.63.12.192&lt;br&gt;Answer: B, C, D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;B: Valid Host in subnetwork 2 ( 92.11.178.64 to 92.11.178.95)&lt;br&gt;C: Valid Host in subnetwork 1(134.178.18.32 to 134.178.18.63)&lt;br&gt;D: Valid host in subnetwork 2 (192.168.16.64 to 192.168.16.95&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 23&lt;br&gt;You work as network administrator/technician at TestKing. You are&lt;br&gt;configuring Frame Relay on a Cisco&lt;br&gt;router.&lt;br&gt;What is the default LMI (Local Management Interface) frame type&lt;br&gt;transmitted by the Cisco router on a&lt;br&gt;Frame Relay circuit?&lt;br&gt;A. Q933a&lt;br&gt;B. B8ZS&lt;br&gt;C. IETF&lt;br&gt;D. Cisco&lt;br&gt;E. ANSI&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;Name Document IOS LMI-Type Parameter&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Cisco Proprietary cisco&lt;br&gt;􀁸 ANSI T1.617 Annex D ansi&lt;br&gt;􀁸 ITU Q.933. Annex A q.933a&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 98 -&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA ICND exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-083-X) Page 382&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 24&lt;br&gt;You have subnetted the 210.106.14.0 network with a /24 mask.&lt;br&gt;Your boss at TestKing wants to know how many usable subnetworks and&lt;br&gt;usable host addresses per&lt;br&gt;subnet this would provide.&lt;br&gt;What should you tell her?&lt;br&gt;A. 1 network with 254 hosts&lt;br&gt;B. 2 networks with 128 hosts&lt;br&gt;C. 4 networks with 64 hosts&lt;br&gt;D. 6 networks with 30 hosts&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 25&lt;br&gt;TestKing , a fast growing company with one central headquarters site&lt;br&gt;and 3 regional offices, is looking&lt;br&gt;for a scalable WAN technology. Current plans include adding an&lt;br&gt;additional 7 regional offices with all&lt;br&gt;sites requiring continuous connectivity. The current HQ router has no&lt;br&gt;free ports.&lt;br&gt;Which of the following WAN technologies would meet TestKing&amp;#39;s requirements?&lt;br&gt;A. Dedicated PPP/HDLC links&lt;br&gt;B. Frame Relay&lt;br&gt;C. ISDN-BRI&lt;br&gt;D. ADSL&lt;br&gt;E. Broadband cable service&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;ADSL work by using a modem and is always on. The question tells you&lt;br&gt;that the HQ router has no free ports, so&lt;br&gt;by using a ADSL modem, it will be the best choice for this question.&lt;br&gt;The cable modem would also be a good&lt;br&gt;choice, but without much security, the ADSL is the better answer.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA INTRO exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-094-5) Page 465&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 99 -&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 26&lt;br&gt;You work as a network technician at TestKing. You are configuring a E0&lt;br&gt;interface connected to the&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://192.168.1.8/29"&gt;192.168.1.8/29&lt;/a&gt; LAN on a Cisco router.&lt;br&gt;You apply the following access list to the interface.&lt;br&gt;access-list 123 deny tcp 192.168.1.8 0.0.0.7 eq 20 any&lt;br&gt;access-list 123 deny tcp 192.168.1.8 0.0.0.7 eq 21 any&lt;br&gt;What consequence will this access list have?&lt;br&gt;A. All traffic will be allowed to exit E0 except FTP traffic.&lt;br&gt;B. FTP traffic from 192.168.1.22 to any host will be denied.&lt;br&gt;C. FTP traffic from 192.168.1.9 to any host will be denied.&lt;br&gt;D. All traffic exiting E0 will be denied.&lt;br&gt;E. All FTP traffic to network &lt;a href="http://192.168.1.8/29"&gt;192.168.1.8/29&lt;/a&gt; from any host will be denied.&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;By default access list is having implicit deny statement at the end.&lt;br&gt;In this example there is no permit statement,&lt;br&gt;so it will deny all traffic exiting E0 Interface.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect answers&lt;br&gt;A: It will deny FTP and Telnet Traffic&lt;br&gt;B,C,E: It will deny all traffic in addition to the condition mentioned&lt;br&gt;in the answer. Because there is no permit&lt;br&gt;statement at the end.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 27&lt;br&gt;Your TestKing trainee Charles is curios about characteristics of&lt;br&gt;link-state routing protocols.&lt;br&gt;What should you tell him? (Choose three)&lt;br&gt;A. Packets are routed based upon the shortest path to the destination.&lt;br&gt;B. Paths are chosen based upon the cost factor to the destination.&lt;br&gt;C. The exchange of advertisement is triggered by a change in the network.&lt;br&gt;D. In a multipoint network, all routers exchange routing tables&lt;br&gt;directly with all other routers.&lt;br&gt;E. Every router in an OSPF area is capable of representing the entire&lt;br&gt;network topology.&lt;br&gt;F. Only the designated router in an OSPF area is capable of&lt;br&gt;representing the entire network topology.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A C E&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;Open Shortest Path First&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 100 -&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Each router discovers its neighbors on each interface. The list of&lt;br&gt;neighbors is kept in a neighbor table.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Each router uses a reliable protocol to exchange topology&lt;br&gt;information with its neighbors.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Each router places the learned topology information into its&lt;br&gt;topology database.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Each router runs the SPF algorithm against its own topology database.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Each router runs the SPF algorithm against its own topology&lt;br&gt;database to calculate the best routes to each&lt;br&gt;subnet in the database.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Each router places the best rou&amp;#233; to each subnet into the IP routing table.&lt;br&gt;The following list points out some of the key features of OSPF:&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Converges very quickly – from the point of recognizing a failure,&lt;br&gt;it often can converge in less than 10&lt;br&gt;seconds.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Supports VLSM.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Uses short Hello messages on a short regular interval, with the&lt;br&gt;absence of hello messages indicating that&lt;br&gt;a neighbor is no longer reachable.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Sends partial updates when link status changes, and floods full&lt;br&gt;updates every 30 minutes. The flooding,&lt;br&gt;however, does not happened all at once, so the overhead s minimal.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Uses cost for the metric.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA INTRO exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-094-5) Page 417&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 28&lt;br&gt;As a network technician at TestKing you are configuring access lists&lt;br&gt;on an interface of a Cisco router.&lt;br&gt;You use multiple access lists.&lt;br&gt;Which of the following statements are valid? (Select one)&lt;br&gt;A. There is no limit to the number of access lists that can be applied&lt;br&gt;to an interface, as long as they are&lt;br&gt;applied in order from most specific to most general.&lt;br&gt;B. Cisco IOS allows only one access list to be applied to an interface.&lt;br&gt;C. One access list may be configured per direction for each Layer 3&lt;br&gt;protocol configured on an interface.&lt;br&gt;D. Up to three access lists per protocol can be applied to a single interface.&lt;br&gt;E. No more than two access lists can be applied to a single interface.&lt;br&gt;F. The maximum number allowed varies depending on the amount of RAM&lt;br&gt;installed in the router.&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 29&lt;br&gt;You work as a network technician at TestKing. You are configuring a WAN link.&lt;br&gt;Which are typical Layer 2 encapsulations for this link? (Choose three)&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 101 -&lt;br&gt;A. Ethernet&lt;br&gt;B. Frame Relay&lt;br&gt;C. POTS&lt;br&gt;D. HDLC&lt;br&gt;E. PPP&lt;br&gt;F. Token Ring&lt;br&gt;Answer: B, D E,&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;WAN data-link protocols used on point-to-point serial links provide&lt;br&gt;the basic function of data delivery across&lt;br&gt;that one link. The two most popular WAN data-link protocols are&lt;br&gt;High-Level Data Link Control (HDLC) and&lt;br&gt;PPP.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA ICND exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-083-X) Page&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 30&lt;br&gt;Roger is setting up WAN connectivity between the TestKing New York and&lt;br&gt;the TestKing Tokyo offices.&lt;br&gt;He uses a uses two data link layer encapsulations, one for data and&lt;br&gt;one for signaling.&lt;br&gt;Which WAN Service does he use?&lt;br&gt;A. ISDN&lt;br&gt;B. Frame Relay&lt;br&gt;C. ATM&lt;br&gt;D. FDDI&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;ISDN Q.931 messages are used for signaling.&lt;br&gt;ISDN B channels are used to transport data.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA ICND exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-083-X) Page 327&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 31&lt;br&gt;You have segmented a network into two separate segments, segment 1 and&lt;br&gt;segment2, with a Cisco router.&lt;br&gt;Your boss at TestKing is concerned about the cost, and wants to what&lt;br&gt;the purpose of your action is.&lt;br&gt;What should you tell him?&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 102 -&lt;br&gt;A. It increases the number of collisions.&lt;br&gt;B. It decreases the number of broadcast domains.&lt;br&gt;C. It connects segment 1&amp;#39;s broadcasts to segment 2.&lt;br&gt;D. It prevents segment 1&amp;#39;s broadcasts from getting to segment 2.&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 32&lt;br&gt;Your TestKing trainee Ellen is studying the basic of distance vector&lt;br&gt;and link state routing protocols.&lt;br&gt;As her mentor, what could you tell her? (Choose two)&lt;br&gt;A. Distance vector protocols send the entire routing table to directly&lt;br&gt;connected neighbors.&lt;br&gt;B. Link state protocols send the entire routing table to all routers&lt;br&gt;in the network.&lt;br&gt;C. Distance vector protocols send updates about directory connected&lt;br&gt;neighbors to all networks listed in the&lt;br&gt;routing table.&lt;br&gt;D. Link state protocols send updates containing the state of their own&lt;br&gt;links to all other routers on the&lt;br&gt;network.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;Distance Vector Protocols:&lt;br&gt;Distance Vector Protocols advertise routing information by sending&lt;br&gt;messages, called routing updates, out the&lt;br&gt;interfaces on a router. These updates contain a series of entries,&lt;br&gt;with each entry representing a subnet and a&lt;br&gt;metric.&lt;br&gt;Link-State Protocols:&lt;br&gt;Sends partial updates when link status changes, and floods full&lt;br&gt;updates every 30 minutes. The flooding,&lt;br&gt;however, does not happen all at once, so the overhead is minimal.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA INTRO exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-094-5) Page 413 + 419&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 33&lt;br&gt;Your TestKing trainee Bob wants some information regarding the split&lt;br&gt;horizon rule.&lt;br&gt;What should you tell him?&lt;br&gt;A. Only routers can split boundaries (horizons) between concentric networks.&lt;br&gt;B. All distance vector protocols require fall back routes that may&lt;br&gt;cause momentary loops as the topology&lt;br&gt;changes.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 103 -&lt;br&gt;C. Networks can only remain fully converged if all information about&lt;br&gt;routes is sent out all active interfaces.&lt;br&gt;D. Information about a route should not be sent back in the direction&lt;br&gt;from which the original update came.&lt;br&gt;E. Each AS must keep routing tables converged to prevent dead routes&lt;br&gt;from being advertised across the AS&lt;br&gt;boundary.&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;Split horizon blocks information about routes from being advertised by&lt;br&gt;a router out of any interface from which&lt;br&gt;that information originated.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1826/products_configuration_guide_chapter09186a00800&lt;br /&gt;877c6.html"&gt;http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1826/products_configuration_guide_chapter09186a00800&lt;br&gt;877c6.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 34&lt;br&gt;Your boss at TestKing want you to brief him on differences and&lt;br&gt;similarities between bridges and&lt;br&gt;switches.&lt;br&gt;What should you tell her? (Choose two)&lt;br&gt;A. Bridges are faster than switches because they have fewer ports.&lt;br&gt;B. A switch is a multiport bridge,&lt;br&gt;C. Bridges and switches learn MAC addresses by examining the source&lt;br&gt;MAC address of each frame&lt;br&gt;received.&lt;br&gt;D. A bridge will forward a broadcast but a switch will not.&lt;br&gt;E. Bridges and switches increase the size of a collision domain.&lt;br&gt;Answer: B C&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;Bridges build the bridge table by listening to incoming frames and&lt;br&gt;examining the source MAC address in the&lt;br&gt;frame.&lt;br&gt;Switches are multiport bridges that allow you to create multiple&lt;br&gt;broadcast domains. Each broadcast domain is&lt;br&gt;like a distinct virtual bridge within a switch.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA INTRO exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-094-5) Page 239&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/switches/ps4324/products_configuration_guide_chapter09186a00801&lt;br /&gt;86a3e.html"&gt;http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/switches/ps4324/products_configuration_guide_chapter09186a00801&lt;br&gt;86a3e.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 35&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 104 -&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;o/r 0x2142&lt;br&gt;You are working with a 2500 series Cisco router. You are performing&lt;br&gt;the password recovery procedure.&lt;br&gt;You have just typed the command shown in the exhibit.&lt;br&gt;Your TestKing trainee Mahmoud is curious on the purpose of this command.&lt;br&gt;What should you tell him?&lt;br&gt;A. To restart the router.&lt;br&gt;B. To bypass the configuration in NVRAM.&lt;br&gt;C. To view the lost password.&lt;br&gt;D. To save the changes to the configuration.&lt;br&gt;E. To enter ROM Monitor mode.&lt;br&gt;Answer: B&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;o/r 0x2142&lt;br&gt;!--- Changes the value of config-register to 2142, so that the Router boots,&lt;br&gt;!---ignoring the NVRAM contents.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/routers/ps233/products_password_recovery09186a0080094795.shtml"&gt;http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/routers/ps233/products_password_recovery09186a0080094795.shtml&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 36&lt;br&gt;You have told your boss at TestKing that the OSI model has 7 layers.&lt;br&gt;He is curious which protocol is on&lt;br&gt;the application layer. He asks you to give him two examples of items&lt;br&gt;associated with the layer.&lt;br&gt;What should you tell him? (Select two)&lt;br&gt;A. ping&lt;br&gt;B. Telnet&lt;br&gt;C. FTP&lt;br&gt;D. TCP&lt;br&gt;E. IP&lt;br&gt;Answer: B C&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;Layer Name Examples&lt;br&gt;Application (layer 7) Telnet, HTTP, FTP, WWW browsers, NFS, SMTP gateways, SNMP&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 105 -&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA INTRO exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-094-5) Page 34&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 37&lt;br&gt;You are working as a network technician at TestKing.&lt;br&gt;You are required to troubleshooting the WAN link between the TestKing&lt;br&gt;main office at Boston and the&lt;br&gt;TestKing remote office at Rio De Janeiro.&lt;br&gt;A Cisco router that was providing Frame Relay connectivity at the Rio&lt;br&gt;de Janeiro site as replaced with a&lt;br&gt;different vendor&amp;#39;s frame relay router. Connectivity is now down&lt;br&gt;between the Boston and Rio De Janeiro&lt;br&gt;site.&lt;br&gt;What is the most likely cause of the problem?&lt;br&gt;A. Mismatched LMI types.&lt;br&gt;B. Incorrect DLCI.&lt;br&gt;C. Mismatched encapsulation types.&lt;br&gt;D. Incorrect IP address mapping.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;Three LMI protocol options are available in Cisco IOS software: Cisco,&lt;br&gt;ITU, and ANSI. Each LMI option is&lt;br&gt;slightly different and therefore is incompatible with the other two.&lt;br&gt;As long as both the DTE and DCE on each&lt;br&gt;end of an access link use the same LMI standard, LMI works fine.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA ICND exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-083-X) Page 381&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 38&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 106 -&lt;br&gt;Five new routes need to be configured quickly for testing. While&lt;br&gt;connected to a router by console, the&lt;br&gt;administrator copies and pastes a configuration from a text file, a&lt;br&gt;part of which is shown in the graphic,&lt;br&gt;into the HyperTerminal window.&lt;br&gt;Why would host &lt;a href="http://192.168.10.10/29"&gt;192.168.10.10/29&lt;/a&gt; be unable to ping the Ethernet&lt;br&gt;interface of the router as a result of this&lt;br&gt;procedure?&lt;br&gt;A. The new configuration needs to be saved to the NVRAM before the&lt;br&gt;changes take effect.&lt;br&gt;B. The router needs to be reloaded before the changes are implemented.&lt;br&gt;C. The Ethernet network does not show up in the routing table because&lt;br&gt;the RIP configuration is incomplete.&lt;br&gt;D. The copied configuration did not overwrite the shutdown command on&lt;br&gt;the Ethernet interface.&lt;br&gt;E. The subnet mask on the router prevents the host from communicating with it.&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;Default configuration of any interface is always shutdown and always&lt;br&gt;needs the command &amp;quot;no shutdown&amp;quot; in the&lt;br&gt;interface command mode in order to enable the interface.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA INTRO exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-094-5) Page 379&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 107 -&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 39&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;The network administrator at TestKing has found the following problem.&lt;br&gt;The remote networks&lt;br&gt;172.16.10.0, 172.16.20.0, and 172.16.30.0 are accessed through the&lt;br&gt;testking1 router&amp;#39;s serial 0/0 interface.&lt;br&gt;No users are able to access 172.16.20.0. After reviewing the command&lt;br&gt;output shown in the graphic, what&lt;br&gt;is the most likely cause of the problem?&lt;br&gt;A. No gateway of last resort on testking1.&lt;br&gt;B. testking1router&amp;#39;s not receiving 172.16.20.0 update.&lt;br&gt;C. Incorrect static route for 172.16.20.0.&lt;br&gt;D. 172.16.20.0 not located in testking1&amp;#39;s routing table.&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 40&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 108 -&lt;br&gt;You work as a network technician at TestKing. You have subnetted the&lt;br&gt;213.105.72.0 network with a /28&lt;br&gt;mask. Your boss asks you how many usable subnetworks and usable host&lt;br&gt;addresses per subnet this will&lt;br&gt;provide. What should you tell her?&lt;br&gt;A. 62 networks and 2 hosts&lt;br&gt;B. 6 networks and 30 hosts&lt;br&gt;C. 8 networks and 32 hosts&lt;br&gt;D. 16 networks and 16 hosts&lt;br&gt;E. 14 networks and 14 hosts&lt;br&gt;Answer: E&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 41&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;You are troubleshooting a Cisco router at the main office of TestKing&lt;br&gt;in Toronto.&lt;br&gt;You enter the show ip route command. The output is displayed in the exhibit.&lt;br&gt;Which route will not be entered into the routing table of a neighboring router?&lt;br&gt;A. R &lt;a href="http://192.168.8.0/24"&gt;192.168.8.0/24&lt;/a&gt; [120/1] via 192.168.2.2, 00:00:10, Serial0&lt;br&gt;B. R &lt;a href="http://192.168.11.0/24"&gt;192.168.11.0/24&lt;/a&gt; [120/7] via 192.168.9.1, 00:00:03, Serial1&lt;br&gt;C. C &lt;a href="http://192.168.1.0/24"&gt;192.168.1.0/24&lt;/a&gt; is directly connected, Ethernet0&lt;br&gt;D. R &lt;a href="http://192.168.5.0/24"&gt;192.168.5.0/24&lt;/a&gt; [120/15] via 192.168.2.2, 00:00:10, Serial0&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 109 -&lt;br&gt;Directly connected routes do not have a next-hop router field, because&lt;br&gt;the packet does not need to be sent to&lt;br&gt;another router, but instead to the destination host.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA ICND exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-083-X) Page 166&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 42&lt;br&gt;You work as a network technician at TestKing. You have subnetted the&lt;br&gt;201.105.13.0 network with a /26&lt;br&gt;mask. Your boss asks you how many usable subnetworks and usable host&lt;br&gt;addresses per subnet this will&lt;br&gt;provide. What should you tell her?&lt;br&gt;A. 64 networks and 4 hosts&lt;br&gt;B. 4 networks and 64 hosts&lt;br&gt;C. 2 networks and 62 hosts&lt;br&gt;D. 62 networks and 2 hosts&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 43&lt;br&gt;Your TestKing trainee Fernanda is studying the spanning three&lt;br&gt;algorithm. She asks you how the&lt;br&gt;spanning-tree path cost is determined by default.&lt;br&gt;What should you tell her?&lt;br&gt;A. Total hop count.&lt;br&gt;B. Sum of the costs based on bandwidth.&lt;br&gt;C. Dynamically determined based on load.&lt;br&gt;D. Individual link cost based on latency.&lt;br&gt;Answer: B&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 44&lt;br&gt;You are giving a lecture on the Spanning-Tree algorithm for your&lt;br&gt;TestKing trainees.&lt;br&gt;You need to connect the Spanning-Tree Protocol states with the correct&lt;br&gt;functions.&lt;br&gt;(Not all options are used.)&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 110 -&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Listening - Listens to incoming Hello messages to ensure that there&lt;br&gt;are no loops, but does not forward&lt;br&gt;traffic or learn MAC addresses on the interface.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Learning –learns MAC addresses and builds a filter table but does&lt;br&gt;not forward frames.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Forwarding – Sends and receives all data on the bridged port.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Blocking – are used to prevent network loops.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 111 -&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Study guide Second Edition (Sybex, Todd Lammle) page 82&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 45&lt;br&gt;You work as a network technician at TestKing. You are required to&lt;br&gt;establish a Telnet session with a cisco&lt;br&gt;router. Which commands should you use?&lt;br&gt;A. testking1(config)# line console 0&lt;br&gt;testking1(config-if)# enable password testking&lt;br&gt;B. testking1(config)# line console 0&lt;br&gt;testking1(config-line)# enable secret testking&lt;br&gt;testking1(config-line)# login&lt;br&gt;C. testking1(config)# line console 0&lt;br&gt;testking1(config-line)# password testking&lt;br&gt;testking1(config-line)# login&lt;br&gt;D. testking1(config)# line vty 0&lt;br&gt;testking1(config-line)# enable password testking&lt;br&gt;E. testking1(config)# line vty 0&lt;br&gt;testking1(config-line)# enable secret testking&lt;br&gt;testking1(config-line)# login&lt;br&gt;F. testking1(config)# line vty 0&lt;br&gt;testking1(config-line)# password testking&lt;br&gt;testking1(config-line)# login&lt;br&gt;Answer: F&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;Access from Password Type Configuration&lt;br&gt;Telnet vty password line vty 0 4&lt;br&gt;login&lt;br&gt;password cisco&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA INTRO exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-094-5) Page 177&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 46&lt;br&gt;A Law firm has offices in three different countries. Two of the&lt;br&gt;offices have network connectivity to each&lt;br&gt;other. The third office has recently received a router and is to be&lt;br&gt;connected to the other two. The names&lt;br&gt;of the routers are TestKing1, TestKing2, and TestKing3. Configure the&lt;br&gt;TestKing3&amp;#39;s router&amp;#39;s IP addresses&lt;br&gt;on the E0 and S1 interfaces so that the E0 interface receives the&lt;br&gt;first usable subnet while the S1 interface&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 112 -&lt;br&gt;receives the second usable subnet from the network &lt;a href="http://192.168.101.0/28"&gt;192.168.101.0/28&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;Both interfaces should receive the&lt;br&gt;first available IP of the subnet. The zero subnet should not be used.&lt;br&gt;The routers have been configured&lt;br&gt;with the following specifications.&lt;br&gt;􀂃 The routers are named TestKing1, TestKing2, and TestKing3.&lt;br&gt;􀂃 RIP is the routing protocol.&lt;br&gt;􀂃 Clocking is provided on the serial 0 interfaces&lt;br&gt;􀂃 The secret password on the TestKing3 router is &amp;quot;testking&amp;quot;&lt;br&gt;􀂃 The subnet mask of all networks other than 192.168.101.0 is the default mask.&lt;br&gt;􀂃 The IP addresses are listed in the chart below.&lt;br&gt;TestKing1&lt;br&gt;E0 192.168.93.1&lt;br&gt;S0 192.168.95.1&lt;br&gt;TestKing2&lt;br&gt;E0: 192.168.97.1&lt;br&gt;S0: 192.168.101.42&lt;br&gt;S1: 192.168.95.2&lt;br&gt;TestKing3&lt;br&gt;E0 to be determined&lt;br&gt;S1 to be determined&lt;br&gt;Secret password: testking&lt;br&gt;To configure the router click on the host icon that is connect to a&lt;br&gt;router by a serial console cable.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;TestKing3&amp;gt; enable&lt;br&gt;Password: testking&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 # config terminal&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 113 -&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config) # interface ethernet 0&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-if) # ip address 192.168.101.17 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-if) # no shutdown&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-if) # exit&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-) # interface serial 0&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-if) # ip address 192.168.101.33 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-if) # clock rate 64000&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-if) # no shutdown&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-if) # exit&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config) # router rip&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-router) # network 192.168.93.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-router) # network 192.168.95.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-router) # network 192.168.101.0&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA ICND exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-083-X) Page 165&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA INTRO exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-094-5) Page 486&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 47&lt;br&gt;You work as a network consultant. You are planning a network&lt;br&gt;installation for a large organization&lt;br&gt;named TestKing. The design requires 100 separate subnetworks, so&lt;br&gt;TestKing has acquired a Class B&lt;br&gt;network address.&lt;br&gt;What subnet mask will provide the 100 subnetworks required, if 500&lt;br&gt;usable host addresses are required&lt;br&gt;per subnet?&lt;br&gt;A. 255.255.240.0&lt;br&gt;B. 255.255.246.0&lt;br&gt;C. 255.255.252.0&lt;br&gt;D. 255.255.254.0&lt;br&gt;E. 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;F. 255.255.255.192&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 48&lt;br&gt;Your TestKing trainee Jose are interested in ACLs (access control lists).&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 114 -&lt;br&gt;He asks you want they can be used for.&lt;br&gt;What should you tell him? (Choose three)&lt;br&gt;A. Protect hosts from viruses.&lt;br&gt;B. Classify network traffic.&lt;br&gt;C. Provide high network availability.&lt;br&gt;D. Identify interesting traffic for DDR.&lt;br&gt;E. IP route filtering.&lt;br&gt;F. Monitor the number of bytes and packets.&lt;br&gt;Answer: C, D, E&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;IP access control lists (ACLs) cause a router to discard some packets&lt;br&gt;based on criteria defined by the network&lt;br&gt;engineer. The goal of these filters is to prevent unwanted traffic in&lt;br&gt;the network – whether to prevent hackers&lt;br&gt;from penetrating the network or just to prevent employees from using&lt;br&gt;systems they should not be using.&lt;br&gt;IP access lists can also be used to filter routing updates, to match&lt;br&gt;packets for prioritization, to match packets for&lt;br&gt;prioritization, to match packets for VPN tunneling, and to match&lt;br&gt;packets for implementing quality of service&lt;br&gt;features.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA ICND exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-083-X) Page 427&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 49&lt;br&gt;You are configuring a network at TestKing main site in Toronto. You&lt;br&gt;use a distance vector routing&lt;br&gt;protocol.&lt;br&gt;What could you use to prevent rooting loops in the network? (Choose two)&lt;br&gt;A. Link-state advertisements (LSA)&lt;br&gt;B. Spanning Tree Protocol&lt;br&gt;C. Shortest path first tree&lt;br&gt;D. Split horizon&lt;br&gt;E. Hold-down timers&lt;br&gt;Answer: D E&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Split horizon – the routing protocol advertises routes out an&lt;br&gt;interface only if they were not learned from&lt;br&gt;updates entering that interface.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Hold-down timer – After finding out that a router to a subnet has&lt;br&gt;failed, a router waits a certain period&lt;br&gt;of time before believing any other routing information about that subnet.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 115 -&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA ICND exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-083-X) Page 154&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 50&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;Refer to the router topology shown in the exhibit. Assuming that all&lt;br&gt;routers are running RIP, which&lt;br&gt;statements describe how the routers exchange their routing tables? (Choose two)&lt;br&gt;A. TestKing1 exchanges with TestKing3.&lt;br&gt;B. TestKing1 exchanges with TestKing4.&lt;br&gt;C. TestKing1 exchanges with TestKing2.&lt;br&gt;D. TestKing4 exchanges with TestKing3.&lt;br&gt;E. TestKing4 exchanges with TestKing1.&lt;br&gt;F. TestKing4 exchanges with TestKing2.&lt;br&gt;Answer: B, D&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 51&lt;br&gt;Your TestKing trainee Boris is configuring a serial interface on a Cisco router.&lt;br&gt;He asks you which encapsulations he can use on the interface.&lt;br&gt;What should you tell him? (Choose three)&lt;br&gt;A. Ethernet&lt;br&gt;B. Token Ring&lt;br&gt;C. HDLC&lt;br&gt;D. Frame Relay&lt;br&gt;E. PPP&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 116 -&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, D, E&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 52&lt;br&gt;You work as network consultant. Your customer, TestKing Inc, has a&lt;br&gt;class C network license. TestKing&lt;br&gt;requires 5 usable subnets, each capable of accommodating at least 18 hosts.&lt;br&gt;Which subnet mask should you use?&lt;br&gt;Answer: 255.255.255.224&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;Default subnet mask for class C network is 255.255.255.0. If one has&lt;br&gt;to create 5 subnets , then 3 bits are&lt;br&gt;required . With 3 bits we can create 6 subnets. Remaining 5 bits are&lt;br&gt;used for Hosts. One can create 30 hosts&lt;br&gt;using 5 bits in host field. This matches with requirement.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 53&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;Refer to the topology shown in the graphic. Each host is connected&lt;br&gt;through its own 10Mbps half-duplex&lt;br&gt;switch port to the e0 interface of the router TestKing1.&lt;br&gt;What is the bandwidth available to each host?&lt;br&gt;A. 1 Mbps&lt;br&gt;B. 10 Mbps&lt;br&gt;C. 20 Mbps&lt;br&gt;D. 100 Mbps&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 117 -&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 54&lt;br&gt;Three sites, TestKing1, TestKing2, and TestKing3 are connected via a&lt;br&gt;WAN. At each site a router&lt;br&gt;provides serial connectivity to the Wan and an Ethernet connection to&lt;br&gt;a LAN. All three routers are&lt;br&gt;configured, and the network is functional. Configure and apply an&lt;br&gt;access list will prevent telnet access to&lt;br&gt;the TestKing3 router while allowing all other traffic to pass. The&lt;br&gt;access list should not contain more than&lt;br&gt;three (3) statements and should be applied to the TestKing3 router.&lt;br&gt;The routers have been previously&lt;br&gt;configured with the following specifications:&lt;br&gt;􀂃 The routers are named TestKing1, TestKing2, and TestKing3.&lt;br&gt;􀂃 RIP is the routing protocol.&lt;br&gt;􀂃 The clocking signal is provided on the serial 0 interfaces.&lt;br&gt;􀂃 All passwords on all routers are &amp;quot;testking&amp;quot;.&lt;br&gt;􀂃 The subnet mask on all the interfaces is the default mask.&lt;br&gt;􀂃 IP addresses are listed in the chart below.&lt;br&gt;TestKing1&lt;br&gt;E0 192.168.149.1&lt;br&gt;S0 192.168.199.1&lt;br&gt;Secret password: testking&lt;br&gt;TestKing2&lt;br&gt;E0 192.168.155.1&lt;br&gt;S0 192.168.11.1&lt;br&gt;S1 192.168.199.2&lt;br&gt;Secret password: testking&lt;br&gt;TestKing3&lt;br&gt;E0 192.168.165.1&lt;br&gt;S1 192.168.11.2&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 118 -&lt;br&gt;To configure the router click on the host icon that is connected to a&lt;br&gt;router by a serial console cable.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Testking3(config): Interface E0&lt;br&gt;testking3(config-if): Access-list 101 deny TCP any 192.168.165.0 0.0.0.255 eq 23&lt;br&gt;testking3(config-if): Access-list 101 permit IP any any&lt;br&gt;testking3(config): interface S1&lt;br&gt;testking3(config-if): Ip Access-group 101 IN&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 55&lt;br&gt;You work as a network technician at TestKing. You have completed the&lt;br&gt;password recovery procedure on&lt;br&gt;a Cisco router. The process is successful and the router returns to&lt;br&gt;normal operation.&lt;br&gt;What is configuration register value at this point of time?&lt;br&gt;A. 0x2100&lt;br&gt;B. 0x2101&lt;br&gt;C. 0x2102&lt;br&gt;D. 0x2124&lt;br&gt;E. 0x2142&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;Explanation: It is default factory setting. Router should attempt to&lt;br&gt;load an IOS from flash memory and load&lt;br&gt;startup configuration file. Flash memory also called NVRAM&lt;br&gt;Incorrect answers&lt;br&gt;A: It is ROM Monitor mode. A low level problem determination&lt;br&gt;B: Router to boot from ROM&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 119 -&lt;br&gt;E: The value 0x2142 to be set for configuration register in case of&lt;br&gt;password recovery procedure&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 56&lt;br&gt;What feature of a networks switch allows an administrative to create&lt;br&gt;separate broadcast domains?&lt;br&gt;A. Store-and-forward switching&lt;br&gt;B. Microsegmentation&lt;br&gt;C. Transparent bridging&lt;br&gt;D. Fragment-free switching&lt;br&gt;E. Virtual LANs&lt;br&gt;F. Cut-through switching&lt;br&gt;Answer: E&lt;br&gt;Explanation: Creation of VLAN in a switch provide separate Broadcast&lt;br&gt;domain . If VLAN is not there all ports&lt;br&gt;as members of one Broadcast domain.&lt;br&gt;Reference: Wendell Odom. CISCO CCNA Certification Guide ( 2000 Press) Page 172&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;A: This is one of the Switching method in a switch. It will not play&lt;br&gt;any role for creating separate broadcast&lt;br&gt;domains&lt;br&gt;B: Not related to the question&lt;br&gt;C: Transparent bridging is called Transparent because the endpoints&lt;br&gt;devices do not need to know that the&lt;br&gt;bridges exists. It will not play any role for creating separate broadcast domain&lt;br&gt;D,F: Both are switching methods in a switch.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 57&lt;br&gt;New switches have been purchased for a network upgrade. The objective&lt;br&gt;for the network design&lt;br&gt;emphasizes efficient, error-free transport instead of fast transport.&lt;br&gt;Which switching mode should be configured on the new switches to&lt;br&gt;provide error-free transport to the&lt;br&gt;network?&lt;br&gt;A. cut-through&lt;br&gt;B. fragment-free&lt;br&gt;C. frame-filtering&lt;br&gt;D. store-and-forward&lt;br&gt;E. 802.1q forwarding&lt;br&gt;F. VTP transparent mode&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 120 -&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;The Switch receives and stores all bits in the frame before forwarding&lt;br&gt;the frame. This allows switch to check&lt;br&gt;the FCS before forwarding the frame. FCS is Ethernet Trailer.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect answers:&lt;br&gt;A. The Switch performs the address table lookup as soon as the&lt;br&gt;destination address field in the header is&lt;br&gt;received. The first bits in the frame can be sent out to out port&lt;br&gt;before the final bits in the incoming&lt;br&gt;frame are received. This does not allow the switch to discard frames&lt;br&gt;that fail the FCS check.&lt;br&gt;B. This is also same as A. But Switch waits 64 bytes to be received&lt;br&gt;before forwarding the first bytes of the&lt;br&gt;outgoing frame. Collisions may occur during first 64 bytes of the&lt;br&gt;frame. Frames in error due to collision&lt;br&gt;will not be forwarded. The FCS still cannot be checked.&lt;br&gt;C,E,F : They are not related to Switch mode transport.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 58&lt;br&gt;Given a subnet mask of 255.255.255.224, which of the following&lt;br&gt;addresses can be assigned to network&lt;br&gt;hosts? (Select three.)&lt;br&gt;A. 15.234.118.63&lt;br&gt;B. 92.11.178.93&lt;br&gt;C. 134.178.18.56&lt;br&gt;D. 192.168.16.87&lt;br&gt;E. 201.45.116.159&lt;br&gt;F. 217.63.12.192&lt;br&gt;Answer: B, C, D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;B: Valid Host in subnetwork 2 ( 92.11.178.64 to 92.11.178.95)&lt;br&gt;C: Valid Host in subnetwork 1(134.178.18.32 to 134.178.18.63)&lt;br&gt;D: Valid host in subnetwork 2 (192.168.16.64 to 192.168.16.95&lt;br&gt;Incorrect answers:&lt;br&gt;A. is a broadcast&lt;br&gt;E. is a broadcast&lt;br&gt;F. is a network id&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 59&lt;br&gt;A technician at TestKing needs to update the network documentation.&lt;br&gt;One of the tasks includes&lt;br&gt;documenting the name of the IOS image file of each router in the network.&lt;br&gt;Which commands could be used to find this information?&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 121 -&lt;br&gt;A. Router# show protocols&lt;br&gt;B. Router# show version&lt;br&gt;C. Router# show image&lt;br&gt;D. Router# show IOS&lt;br&gt;E. Router# show flash&lt;br&gt;Answer: B&lt;br&gt;&amp;quot;Show flash&amp;quot; displays all the image files in it. There could be more&lt;br&gt;than one file. However, &amp;quot;show version&amp;quot;&lt;br&gt;displays the one that is currently in use by the router.)&lt;br&gt;Incorrect answers:&lt;br&gt;A: Show Protocols will shows routed Protocol using by the router, all&lt;br&gt;interface conditions and their IP address&lt;br&gt;if configured.&lt;br&gt;C,D. There are no such commands.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 60&lt;br&gt;Which statement describes the rule of split horizon?&lt;br&gt;A. Only routers can split boundaries (horizons) between concentric networks.&lt;br&gt;B. All distance vector protocols require fall back routers that may&lt;br&gt;cause momentary loops as the topology&lt;br&gt;changes.&lt;br&gt;C. Networks can only remain fully converged if all information about&lt;br&gt;routers is sent out all active&lt;br&gt;interfaces.&lt;br&gt;D. Information about a route should not be sent back in the direction&lt;br&gt;from which the original update come.&lt;br&gt;E. Each AS must keep routing tables converged to prevent dead routes&lt;br&gt;from being advertised across the AS&lt;br&gt;boundary.&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;Split horizon includes two related concepts that affect what routes&lt;br&gt;are included in a routing update:&lt;br&gt;An update does not include the subnet of the interface out which the&lt;br&gt;update is sent&lt;br&gt;All routes with outgoing interface of interface x are not included in&lt;br&gt;updates sent out that same interface x.&lt;br&gt;Reference: Wendell Odom. CISCO CCNA Certification Guide ( 2000 Press) Page 369&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;A: There is no such requirement&lt;br&gt;B: Distance vector protocols updates routing table at regular&lt;br&gt;intervals instead of Topology changes&lt;br&gt;C: This is not a feature of split horizon&lt;br&gt;E: This is not a related feature for split horizon&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 122 -&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 61&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;Which of the following is the minimum configuration commands required&lt;br&gt;to bring up the ISDN link&lt;br&gt;shown in graphic.&lt;br&gt;Note : SPIDs are not required for this switch. (Choose three)&lt;br&gt;A. Router(Config-if)# encapsulation ppp&lt;br&gt;B. Router(Config-if)# isdn switch-type type&lt;br&gt;C. Router(Config-if)# dialer-list, protocol ip permit&lt;br&gt;D. Router(Config-if)# dialer map ip address name name connection number.&lt;br&gt;E. Router(Config-if)# ip address subnet mask&lt;br&gt;F. Router(Config-if)# dialer group 1&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, E, F&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;A: Proper encapsulation to be defined on both routers.&lt;br&gt;E: IP address to be assigned for interface with subnet mask&lt;br&gt;F: Dialer group number enables dialer-list on this interface.&lt;br&gt;Dialer-list to be defined on gloabal configuration&lt;br&gt;command.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;B, C:The commands are executed on global configuration command.&lt;br&gt;D: Syntax is wrong. Proper syntax is dialer map ip ip address/subnet&lt;br&gt;mask name connection name number.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 62&lt;br&gt;Which of the following are characteristics of PPP? (Choose three)&lt;br&gt;A. Can be used over analog circuits.&lt;br&gt;B. Maps Layer 2 to Layer 3 address.&lt;br&gt;C. Encapsulates several routed protocols.&lt;br&gt;D. Supports IP only.&lt;br&gt;E. Provides error correction.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A C E&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 123 -&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;􀁸 PPP can be used on either type of line (dial or switched lines),&lt;br&gt;because data-link protocols are designed&lt;br&gt;for point-to-point environment.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 PPP uses one LCP per link and one Control Protocol for each Layer 3&lt;br&gt;protocol defined on the link. If a&lt;br&gt;router is configured for IPX, Apple Talk, and IP on a PPP serial link,&lt;br&gt;the router configured for PPP&lt;br&gt;encapsulation automatically tries to bring I the appropriate control&lt;br&gt;protocols for each layer 3 protocol.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Error recovery can be performed by the data-link protocol or a&lt;br&gt;higher-layer protocol, or it might not be&lt;br&gt;performed at all. Supported but not enabled by default.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA ICND exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-083-X) Page 309&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 63&lt;br&gt;A user types the command ping 204.211.38.52 during a router console session.&lt;br&gt;What does this command use to test connectivity between the two devices?&lt;br&gt;A. ICMP echo request&lt;br&gt;B. Information request&lt;br&gt;C. Timestamp reply&lt;br&gt;D. Redirect&lt;br&gt;E. Source quench&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;The ping command sends an ICMP echo request packet to the stated&lt;br&gt;destination address. The TCP/IP software&lt;br&gt;at the destination then replies to the ping echo request packet with a&lt;br&gt;similar packet, called ICMP echo reply.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA ICND exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-083-X) Page 146&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 64&lt;br&gt;An administrator must assign static IP addresses to the servers in the&lt;br&gt;network. For network&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://192.168.20.24/29"&gt;192.168.20.24/29&lt;/a&gt; the router is assigned the first usable host address&lt;br&gt;while the sales server is given the last&lt;br&gt;usable host address.&lt;br&gt;Which of the following should be entered into the IP properties box&lt;br&gt;for the sales server?&lt;br&gt;A. IP address: 192.168.20.14 Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.248 Default&lt;br&gt;Gateway: 192.168.20.9&lt;br&gt;B. IP address: 192.168.20.254 Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0 Default&lt;br&gt;Gateway: 192.168.20.1&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 124 -&lt;br&gt;C. IP address: 192.168.20.30 Subnet Mask 255.255.255.248 Default&lt;br&gt;Gateway: 192.168.20.25&lt;br&gt;D. IP address: 192.168.20.30 Subnet Mask 255.255.255.240 Default&lt;br&gt;Gateway: 192.168.20.17&lt;br&gt;E. IP address: 192.168.20.30 Subnet Mask 255.255.255.240 Default&lt;br&gt;Gateway: 192.168.20.25&lt;br&gt;Answer: E&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 65&lt;br&gt;Which two statements about the store and forward switching method are&lt;br&gt;true? (Choose two)&lt;br&gt;A. Latency remains constant regardless of frame size.&lt;br&gt;B. Latency through the switch varies with frame length.&lt;br&gt;C. The switch receives the complete frame before beginning to forward it.&lt;br&gt;D. The switch checks the destination address as soon as it receives&lt;br&gt;the header and begins forwarding the&lt;br&gt;frame immediately.&lt;br&gt;Answer: B C&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;With store-and-forward, the entire frame is received by the switch&lt;br&gt;before the first bit of the frame is forwarded.&lt;br&gt;As soon as the incoming switch port receives enough of the frame to&lt;br&gt;see the destination MAC address, the&lt;br&gt;forwarding decision is made and the frame is transmitted out the&lt;br&gt;appropriate outgoing port to the destination&lt;br&gt;device. So, each frame might experience slightly less latency.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA INTRO exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-094-5) Page 243&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 66&lt;br&gt;Match the hex and decimal numbers listed on the left with the&lt;br&gt;corresponding binary number listed on the&lt;br&gt;right. Not all options apply.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 125 -&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;170 (Decimal) = 10101010&lt;br&gt;192 (Decimal) = 11000000&lt;br&gt;F1 (241 = Decimal) = 11110001&lt;br&gt;9F (159 = Decimal) = 10011111&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 126 -&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/switches/ps2246/products_programming_reference_guide_chapter09&lt;br /&gt;186a00800c33e4.html"&gt;http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/switches/ps2246/products_programming_reference_guide_chapter09&lt;br&gt;186a00800c33e4.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 67&lt;br&gt;A group of bakeries wants to provide network connectivity for 3&lt;br&gt;factories in the group. Each factory is to&lt;br&gt;have one LAN. The TestKing1 and TestKing2 routers are completely&lt;br&gt;configured. The TestKing3 router&lt;br&gt;has been configured except the routing protocol. Configure the routing&lt;br&gt;protocol to allow a host on the&lt;br&gt;LAN of the TestKing3 router to communicate with a host on the&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 router. The routers have been&lt;br&gt;configured with the following specifications:&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 127 -&lt;br&gt;􀁸 The routers are named TestKing1, TestKing2, and TestKing3.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 RIP is the routing protocol&lt;br&gt;􀁸 The clocking is provided on the serial 0 interfaces.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 The secret password on the TestKing3 router is &amp;quot;testking&amp;quot;&lt;br&gt;􀁸 The subnet masks on all interfaces is the default mask.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 The IP addresses are listed in the chart&lt;br&gt;TestKing1&lt;br&gt;E0 192.168.149.1&lt;br&gt;S0 192.168.179.1&lt;br&gt;TestKing2&lt;br&gt;E0 192.164.155.1&lt;br&gt;S0 192.168.111.1&lt;br&gt;S1 192.168.179.2&lt;br&gt;TestKing3&lt;br&gt;E0 192.168.165.1&lt;br&gt;S1 192.111.2&lt;br&gt;To configure the router click on a host icon that is connected to a&lt;br&gt;router by a serial cable.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;TestKing3#config t&lt;br&gt;Testking3(config)#router rip&lt;br&gt;Testking3(config-router)#network 192.168.165.0&lt;br&gt;Testking3(config-router)#network 192.168.111.0&lt;br&gt;Testking3(config)# Ctrl-Z&lt;br&gt;**Output omitted**&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 128 -&lt;br&gt;TestKing3#copy running-config startup-config&lt;br&gt;**Output omitted**&lt;br&gt;[OK]&lt;br&gt;TestKing3#_&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 68&lt;br&gt;Which of the following statements are characteristic of a typical VLAN&lt;br&gt;arrangement? (Choose three)&lt;br&gt;A. VLANs logically divide a switch into multiple, independent switches&lt;br&gt;at Layer 2.&lt;br&gt;B. A VLAN can span multiple switches.&lt;br&gt;C. VLANs typically decrease the number of broadcast domains.&lt;br&gt;D. Trunk links can carry traffic for multiple VLANs.&lt;br&gt;E. VLAN implementation significantly increases traffic on a network&lt;br&gt;because trunking information must&lt;br&gt;be added to each packet.&lt;br&gt;F. VLANs extend the collision domain to include multiple switches.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, B, D&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 69&lt;br&gt;Which of the following options can be negotiated using LCP during the&lt;br&gt;PPP link establishment? (Choose&lt;br&gt;three)&lt;br&gt;A. callback&lt;br&gt;B. IPCP&lt;br&gt;C. CHAP&lt;br&gt;D. multilink&lt;br&gt;E. TCP&lt;br&gt;F. Q.931&lt;br&gt;Answer: B C D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;􀁸 The NCP phase is used for establishing and configuring different&lt;br&gt;network-layer protocols.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 The most common layer 3 protocol negotiated is IP. The routers&lt;br&gt;exchange IP Control Protocol (IPCP)&lt;br&gt;messages negotiating options specific to the protocol.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) currently supports two authentication&lt;br&gt;protocols: Password Authentication&lt;br&gt;Protocol (PAP) and Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP).&lt;br&gt;Both are specified in RFC&lt;br&gt;1334 and are supported on synchronous and asynchronous interfaces.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 129 -&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA ICND exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-083-X) Page 310+311&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 70&lt;br&gt;Match the ISDN term to the appropriate description. Not all options on&lt;br&gt;the left apply.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;􀁸 LAPD – provides the data link protocol that allows delivery of&lt;br&gt;messages across that D-channel to the&lt;br&gt;local switch.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 LAPB - Protocol and is designed primarily to satisfy the signaling&lt;br&gt;requirements of ISDN basic access. It&lt;br&gt;is defined by ITU-T Recommendations Q.920 and Q.921.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 TE1 – ISDN –capable four-wire cable. Understands signaling and&lt;br&gt;2B=D. Uses an S reference point.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 ITU.T.430 – Defines connectors, encoding, framing, and reference points.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 TE2 – Equipment that does not understand ISDN protocols and&lt;br&gt;specifications (no ISDN awareness).&lt;br&gt;Uses an R reference point, typically an RS-232 or V.35 cable, to&lt;br&gt;connect to a TA.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 NT1 – CPE equipment in North America. Connects with a U reference&lt;br&gt;point (two-wire) to the telco.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA ICND exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-083-X) Page Chapter 10&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 130 -&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 71&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;An employee Tess of TestKing company has moved to an office on a&lt;br&gt;different floor. Although the&lt;br&gt;administrator is able to telnet to all of the routers, the address of&lt;br&gt;Switch TestKing5 is needed in order to&lt;br&gt;verify that Tess remains in the same VLAN.&lt;br&gt;Which action could be used by the administrator to find the IP address&lt;br&gt;of TestKing5?&lt;br&gt;A. Issue the show ip route command on Router TestKing1.&lt;br&gt;B. Issue the show ip route command on Router TestKing3.&lt;br&gt;C. Issue the show cdp neighbors command on Router TestKing2.&lt;br&gt;D. Issue the show cdp neighbors detail command on Router TestKing3.&lt;br&gt;E. Issue the show arp command on Router TestKing1.&lt;br&gt;F. Issue the show arp command on Router TestKing2.&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;To display detailed information about neighboring devices discovered&lt;br&gt;using Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP),&lt;br&gt;use the show cdp neighbors privileged EXEC command.&lt;br&gt;Detail - (Optional) Displays detailed information about a neighbor (or&lt;br&gt;neighbors) including network address,&lt;br&gt;enabled protocols, hold time, and software version.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1831/products_command_reference_chapter09186a00800&lt;br /&gt;d983f.html#1019534"&gt;http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1831/products_command_reference_chapter09186a00800&lt;br&gt;d983f.html#1019534&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 72&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 131 -&lt;br&gt;Which of the following commands can be used to configure the address&lt;br&gt;on the TestKing2 serial interface?&lt;br&gt;A. TESTKING2(config-if)# ip address 172.16.17.1 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;B. TESTKING2(config-if)# ip address 172.16.18.255 255.255.252.0&lt;br&gt;C. TESTKING2(config-if)# ip address 172.16.17.2 255.255.255.252&lt;br&gt;D. TESTKING2(config-if)# ip address 172.16.16.0 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;Explanation: The IP address on the S0/0 interface must be on the same&lt;br&gt;subnet as the S0/0 interface on&lt;br&gt;TestKing. A 22 bit subnet mask must be used.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 73&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 132 -&lt;br&gt;Users on the TestKing2 site Ethernet are unable to access the&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 site network. After reviewing the&lt;br&gt;command output, what is the most likely cause of the problem?&lt;br&gt;A. Incorrect IP addressing&lt;br&gt;B. Frame relay is incorrectly configured.&lt;br&gt;C. IGRP is incorrectly configured.&lt;br&gt;D. Link state routing protocol is needed.&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;router igrp&lt;br&gt;To configure the Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (IGRP) routing&lt;br&gt;process, use the router igrp global&lt;br&gt;configuration command. To shut down an IGRP routing process, use the&lt;br&gt;no form of this command.&lt;br&gt;router igrp autonomous-system&lt;br&gt;autonomous-system- Autonomous system number that identifies the routes&lt;br&gt;to the other IGRP routers. It is also&lt;br&gt;used to tag the routing information.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1828/products_command_summary_chapter09186a00800&lt;br /&gt;f0ab0.html#3674"&gt;http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1828/products_command_summary_chapter09186a00800&lt;br&gt;f0ab0.html#3674&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 74&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;Company TestKing has just added an employee workstation to its&lt;br&gt;network. The employee is unable to&lt;br&gt;connect to the server TestKingA at IP address &lt;a href="http://192.168.10.98/27"&gt;192.168.10.98/27&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;Identify the incorrectly configured&lt;br&gt;network parameter in the workstation configuration.&lt;br&gt;A. Workstation IP address&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 133 -&lt;br&gt;B. Workstation subnet mask&lt;br&gt;C. Workstation default gateway&lt;br&gt;D. IP address of the Ethernet 0 router interface&lt;br&gt;Answer: B&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 75&lt;br&gt;Your TestKing trainee Bob asks you what 11111000 binary is in decimal.&lt;br&gt;What should you tell him?&lt;br&gt;A. 5&lt;br&gt;B. 192&lt;br&gt;C. 224&lt;br&gt;D. 240&lt;br&gt;E. 248&lt;br&gt;Answer: E&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;128 + 64+32+16+8 = 248&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA ICND exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-083-X) Page 559&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 76&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;Users on the 172.17.22.0 network cannot reach the server located on&lt;br&gt;the 172.31.5.0 network. The network&lt;br&gt;administrator connected to router TestKing1 via the console port,&lt;br&gt;issued the show ip route command,&lt;br&gt;and was able to ping the server. Based on the output of the show ip&lt;br&gt;route command and the topology&lt;br&gt;shown in the graphic, what is the cause of the failure?&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 134 -&lt;br&gt;A. The network has not fully converged.&lt;br&gt;B. IP routing is not enabled.&lt;br&gt;C. A static route is configured incorrectly.&lt;br&gt;D. The FastEthernet interface on TestKing1 is disabled.&lt;br&gt;E. The neighbor relationship table is not correctly updated.&lt;br&gt;F. The routing table on TestKing1 has not updated.&lt;br&gt;Answer: E&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 77&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;Refer to the displayed graphic. TestKing2 and TestKing3 are configured&lt;br&gt;for RIPv1 and have complete&lt;br&gt;connectivity. TestKing1 is added to the network.&lt;br&gt;What is the most appropriate TestKing1 configuration for full connectivity?&lt;br&gt;A. TestKing1(config)# router rip&lt;br&gt;TestKing1(config-router)# network 10.0.0.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing1(config-router)# network 172.16.0.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing1(config-router)# network 192.168.1.0&lt;br&gt;B. TestKing1(config)# router rip&lt;br&gt;TestKing1(config-router)# network 10.0.0.0&lt;br&gt;C. TestKing1(config)# router rip&lt;br&gt;TestKing1(config-router)# network 10.0.0.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing1(config-router)# network 172.16.0.0&lt;br&gt;D. TestKing1(config)# router rip&lt;br&gt;TestKing1(config-router)# network 10.0.0.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing1(config-router)# network 192.168.1.0&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 135 -&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA ICND exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-083-X) page 167&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 78&lt;br&gt;You are working as network administrator/technician at TestKing Inc.&lt;br&gt;While troubleshooting a network connectivity problem, you observe&lt;br&gt;steady link lights on both the&lt;br&gt;workstation NIC and the switch port to which the workstation is&lt;br&gt;connected. However, when the ping&lt;br&gt;command is issued from the workstation, the output message &amp;quot;Request&lt;br&gt;timed out&amp;quot; is displayed.&lt;br&gt;At which layer of the OSI model does the problem most likely exist?&lt;br&gt;A. The session layer&lt;br&gt;B. The protocol layer&lt;br&gt;C. The data link layer&lt;br&gt;D. The access layer&lt;br&gt;E. The network layer&lt;br&gt;F. The application layer&lt;br&gt;Answer: E&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;TCP/IP includes ICMP, a protocol designed to help manage and control&lt;br&gt;the operation of a TCP/IP network. The&lt;br&gt;ICMP protocol provides a wide variety of information about a network&amp;#39;s&lt;br&gt;health and operational status. Control&lt;br&gt;message is the most descriptive part of a name. ICMP helps control and&lt;br&gt;manage IP&amp;#39;s work and therefore is&lt;br&gt;considered part of TCP/IP&amp;#39;s network layer.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA ICND exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-083-X) page 277&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 79&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;Your boss Dr King studies the network diagram shown in the exhibit.&lt;br&gt;She asks you which function the&lt;br&gt;Frame Relay DLCI provides with respect to TestKing1. What should you tell her?&lt;br&gt;A. Defines the signaling standard between TestKing1 and the frame switch.&lt;br&gt;B. Identifies the circuit between TestKing1 and the frame switch.&lt;br&gt;C. Identifies the circuit between TestKing2 and the frame switch.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 136 -&lt;br&gt;D. Identifies the encapsulation used between TestKing1 and TestKing2.&lt;br&gt;E. Defines the signaling standard between TestKing2 and the frame switch.&lt;br&gt;Answer: B&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 sends frames with DLCI, and they reach the local switch. The&lt;br&gt;local switch sees the DLCI field and&lt;br&gt;forwards the frame through the Frame Relay network until it reaches&lt;br&gt;the switch connected to TestKing2. The&lt;br&gt;TestKing2&amp;#39;s local switch forwards the frame out of the access link to TestKing2.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA ICND exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-083-X) Page 386&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 80&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;Refer to the graphic. TestKingA is communicating with the server.&lt;br&gt;What will be the source MAC address of the frames received by&lt;br&gt;TestKingA from the server?&lt;br&gt;A. The MAC address of router interface e0.&lt;br&gt;B. The MAC address of router interface e1.&lt;br&gt;C. The MAC address of the server network interface.&lt;br&gt;D. The MAC address of TestKingA.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 137 -&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 81&lt;br&gt;You work as network administrator at TestKing Ltd. TestKing has three&lt;br&gt;different sites with one router&lt;br&gt;at each site. The routers are named TestKing1, TestKing2, and&lt;br&gt;TestKing3. A non-certified technician has&lt;br&gt;configured all the routers, but no connectivity exists between the&lt;br&gt;routers. You task is to identify all&lt;br&gt;error(s) and make the necessary adjustment(s) to establish network connectivity.&lt;br&gt;The routers have been configured with the following configuration:&lt;br&gt;􀁸 They are named TestKing1, TestKing2, and TestKing3.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 RIP is the routing protocol&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Clocking is provided on the serial 0 interface.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 The password on each router is &amp;quot;testking&amp;quot;&lt;br&gt;􀁸 The subnet mask on all interfaces is the default subnet mask.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 The IP addresses are listed in the chart below.&lt;br&gt;TestKing1&lt;br&gt;E0 192.168.3.1&lt;br&gt;S0 192.168.5.1&lt;br&gt;TestKing2&lt;br&gt;E0 192.168.8.1&lt;br&gt;S0 192.168.11.1&lt;br&gt;S1 192.168.5.2&lt;br&gt;TestKing3&lt;br&gt;E0 192.168.13.2&lt;br&gt;S1 192.168.11.2&lt;br&gt;To configure the router click on a host icon that is connected to the&lt;br&gt;router by a serial console cable.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 138 -&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;Click on Host 2:&lt;br&gt;Router TestKing1:&lt;br&gt;TestKing1&amp;gt; enable&lt;br&gt;Password: testking&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 # config terminal&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config) # interface ethernet 0&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config-if) # ip address 192.168.3.1 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config-if) # no shutdown&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config-if) # exit&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config) # interface serial 0&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config-if) # ip address 192.168.5.1 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config-if) # no shutdown&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config-if) # exit&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config) # router rip&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config-router) # network 192.168.3.1&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config-router) # network 192.168.5.1&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 (config-router) # Ctrl-Z&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 # copy running-config startup-config&lt;br&gt;Click on Host 4&lt;br&gt;Router TestKing2:&lt;br&gt;TestKing2&amp;gt; enable&lt;br&gt;Password: testking&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 # config t&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config) # interface ethernet 0&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-if) # ip address 192.168.8.1 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-if) # no shutdown&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-if) # exit&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config) # interface serial 0&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-if) # ip address 192.168.11.1 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-if) # clock rate 64000&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-if) # no shutdown&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-if) # exit&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config) # interface serial 1&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-if) # ip address 192.168.5.2 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-if) # no shutdown&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-if) # exit&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config) # router rip&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 139 -&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-router) # network 192.168.8.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-router) # network 192.168.11.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-router) # network 192.168.5.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 (config-router) # Ctrl-Z&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 # copy running-config startup-config&lt;br&gt;Router TestKing3:&lt;br&gt;Click on Host F&lt;br&gt;TestKing3&amp;gt; enable&lt;br&gt;Password: testking&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 # config t&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config) # interface ethernet 0&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-if) # ip address 192.168.13.2 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-if) # no shutdown&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-if) # exit&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config) # interface serial 1&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-if) # ip address 192.168.11.2 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-if) # no shutdown&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-if) # exit&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config) # router rip&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-router) # network 192.168.13.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-router) # network 192.168.11.0&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 (config-router) # Ctrl-Z&lt;br&gt;TestKing3 # copy running-config startup-config&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 82&lt;br&gt;An OSPF interface has been configured with the bandwidth 64 command.&lt;br&gt;What will be the calculated OSPF cost of this link?&lt;br&gt;A. 1&lt;br&gt;B. 10&lt;br&gt;C. 1562&lt;br&gt;D. 64000&lt;br&gt;E. 128000&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;cost = 10^8 / bandwidth in bps&lt;br&gt;= 1562&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 140 -&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 83&lt;br&gt;What is the purpose of DLCIs in Frame Relay?&lt;br&gt;A. The determine the Frame Relay encapsulation type.&lt;br&gt;B. They identify the logical circuit between a local router and a&lt;br&gt;Frame Relay WAN switch.&lt;br&gt;C. They represent the keepalives used to maintain the PVC in an active state.&lt;br&gt;D. They represent the physical address of the router attached to a&lt;br&gt;Frame Relay network.&lt;br&gt;Answer: B&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;Routers use the data-link connection identifier (DLCI) as the Frame&lt;br&gt;Replay address, which identifies the VC&lt;br&gt;over which the frame should travel.&lt;br&gt;Reference:&lt;br&gt;CCNA Self-Study CCNA ICND exam certification Guide (Ciscopress, ISBN&lt;br&gt;1-58720-083-X) page 377&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 84&lt;br&gt;Which statements is true regarding the command sequence shown below?&lt;br&gt;(Choose three)&lt;br&gt;RouterA(config)# interface loopback 0&lt;br&gt;RouterA(config-if)# ip address 192.168.31.33 255.255.255.255&lt;br&gt;A. It creates a virtual, software only, interface.&lt;br&gt;B. It uses a wildcard mask of 255.255.255.255.&lt;br&gt;C. It ensures that an interface is always active for OSPF processes.&lt;br&gt;D. It provides a way to test the convergence of OSPF routing updates.&lt;br&gt;E. The mask of 255.255.255.255 is called a host mask.&lt;br&gt;F. These commands can only be issued to configure serial interfaces.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A B F&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 85&lt;br&gt;TestKing wants to implement 1000mbps Ethernet. Which IEEE standards&lt;br&gt;apply in this scenario? (chose 2)?&lt;br&gt;A. 802.3ae&lt;br&gt;B. 802.3u&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 141 -&lt;br&gt;C. 802.3z&lt;br&gt;D. 802.3i&lt;br&gt;E. 802.3ab&lt;br&gt;F. 802.3e&lt;br&gt;Answer: C. E&lt;br&gt;IEEE 802.3z 1000BASE-SX.&lt;br&gt;The 1000BaseT standard was released in June 1999, defined by IEEE 802.3ab.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answer:&lt;br&gt;On June 17, 2002 the IEEE 802.3ae specification for 10 Gigabit&lt;br&gt;Ethernet was approved as an IEEE standard&lt;br&gt;by the IEEE Standards Association (IEEE-SA) Standards Board.&lt;br&gt;IEEE 802.3u 100BASE-TX&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 86&lt;br&gt;Which statement describes the routing protocol OSPF( Choose 3)?&lt;br&gt;A. it supports VLSM&lt;br&gt;B. it is used to router between Autonomous System.&lt;br&gt;C. It confines network instability to one area of network.&lt;br&gt;D. It increases routing overhead over the network&lt;br&gt;E. It allows extensive control of the routing update&lt;br&gt;F. It is simpler to configure than RIPv2&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, D, E&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 87&lt;br&gt;Error detection schemes use which field of frame to detect error?&lt;br&gt;A. .MTU&lt;br&gt;B. MAC&lt;br&gt;C. FCS&lt;br&gt;D. PDU&lt;br&gt;E. ERR&lt;br&gt;F. Flag&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;Explanation: The FCS is used for error checking.&lt;br&gt;Reference: Todd Lammle&amp;#39;s 4th edition study guide, Chapter 5 ip routing pages.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 142 -&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 88&lt;br&gt;Your TestKing trainee Tess asks you to list options for Frame LMI&lt;br&gt;types. (Choose three)&lt;br&gt;A. IETF&lt;br&gt;B. Q.931&lt;br&gt;C. Q933a&lt;br&gt;D. IEEE&lt;br&gt;E. Cisco&lt;br&gt;F. ANSI&lt;br&gt;Answer: C, E, F&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 89&lt;br&gt;Given a subnet mask of 255.255.255.224, which of the following&lt;br&gt;addresses can be assigned to network&lt;br&gt;hosts? (Choose three)&lt;br&gt;A. 15.234.118.63&lt;br&gt;B. 82.11.178.93&lt;br&gt;C. 134.178.18.56&lt;br&gt;D. 192.168.16.87&lt;br&gt;E. 201.45.116.159&lt;br&gt;F. 217.63.12.192&lt;br&gt;Answer: B, C, E&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 90&lt;br&gt;Which command will provide you with information regarding the Layer 3&lt;br&gt;configuration of directly&lt;br&gt;connected router interfaces?&lt;br&gt;A. show ip interface&lt;br&gt;B. show cdp neighbors&lt;br&gt;C. show cdp neighbors detail&lt;br&gt;D. show ip route&lt;br&gt;E. show ip link status&lt;br&gt;F. telnet&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 143 -&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 91&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;You work as a network administrator at TestKing Inc. Hosts in the&lt;br&gt;TestKing sales department are&lt;br&gt;unable to access a new server at the Branch Office. Consider the IP&lt;br&gt;addressing scheme in the&lt;br&gt;accompanying graphic to determine the problem.&lt;br&gt;A. The default gateway of the workstations in the sales department is incorrect.&lt;br&gt;B. The subnet mask of the workstations in the sales department is incorrect.&lt;br&gt;C. The default gateway of the server at the Branch Office is incorrect.&lt;br&gt;D. The host address of the server at the Branch Office is invalid.&lt;br&gt;E. The serial 0 interface on the Main Office router and the serial 1&lt;br&gt;interface on the Branch Office router are&lt;br&gt;not on the same subnetwork.&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;Explanation: When you convert the IP address (205.113.20.96) of the&lt;br&gt;server and the subnet mask&lt;br&gt;(255.255.255.240) to binary you will get the following results: (IP&lt;br&gt;address first and then the subnet mask.)&lt;br&gt;11001101 01110001 00010100 01100000&lt;br&gt;11111111 11111111 11111111 11100000&lt;br&gt;Thus it is determined that the IP address on the host is in fact the&lt;br&gt;subnet address. This is what would be causing&lt;br&gt;the network problems.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 144 -&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A. The default gateway in the sales department is correct.&lt;br&gt;B. The subnet mask is correct.&lt;br&gt;C. The default gateway in the branch office is correct.&lt;br&gt;E. This is no problem here.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 233 – 234.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 92&lt;br&gt;You have a Class B network address with a subnet mask of 255.255.255.0.&lt;br&gt;Which of the following statements are true regarding the resulting&lt;br&gt;network? (Choose two)&lt;br&gt;A. There are 254 usable hosts per subnet.&lt;br&gt;B. There is one usable network.&lt;br&gt;C. There are 255 usable hosts per subnet.&lt;br&gt;D. There are 254 usable subnets.&lt;br&gt;E. There are 30 usable subnets.&lt;br&gt;F. There are 64 usable hosts per subnet.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, D&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 93&lt;br&gt;When setting up Frame Relay for point-to-point subinterfaces, which of&lt;br&gt;the following must not be&lt;br&gt;configured?&lt;br&gt;A. The Frame Relay encapsulation on the physical interface.&lt;br&gt;B. The local DLCI on each subinterface.&lt;br&gt;C. An IP address on the physical interface.&lt;br&gt;D. The subinterface type as point-to-point.&lt;br&gt;Answer: B&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 94&lt;br&gt;The following access list was applied outbound on the E0 interface&lt;br&gt;connected to the &lt;a href="http://192.168.1.8/29"&gt;192.168.1.8/29&lt;/a&gt; LAN:&lt;br&gt;access-list 123 deny tcp 192.168.1.8 0.0.0.7 eq 20 any&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 145 -&lt;br&gt;access-list 123 deny tcp 192.168.1.8 0.0.0.7 eq 21 any&lt;br&gt;What effect will this access list have?&lt;br&gt;A. All traffic will be allowed to exit E0 except FTP traffic.&lt;br&gt;B. FTP traffic from 192.168.1.22 to any host will be denied.&lt;br&gt;C. FTP traffic from 192.168.1.9 to any host will be denied.&lt;br&gt;D. All traffic exiting E0 will be denied.&lt;br&gt;E. All FTP traffic to network &lt;a href="http://192.168.1.9/29"&gt;192.168.1.9/29&lt;/a&gt; from any host will be denied.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 95&lt;br&gt;Which command is used to display the placement and direction of an IP&lt;br&gt;access control list on a router?&lt;br&gt;A. show access-list&lt;br&gt;B. show ip route&lt;br&gt;C. show ip interface&lt;br&gt;D. show interface&lt;br&gt;E. show interface list&lt;br&gt;F. show ip interface brief&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 96&lt;br&gt;Which of the following are characteristics of microsegmentation? (Choose two)&lt;br&gt;A. Dedicated paths between sending and receiving hosts are established.&lt;br&gt;B. The number of collision domains is decreased.&lt;br&gt;C. Broadcast domains are enlarged.&lt;br&gt;D. Multiple subnetwork broadcast addresses are created.&lt;br&gt;E. Multiple ARP tables are required on the connected hosts.&lt;br&gt;F. Bandwidth is dedicated to connect hosts.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, F&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 146 -&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 97&lt;br&gt;You are the network administrator of the TestKing company and receive&lt;br&gt;a call from a user who is unable&lt;br&gt;to reach a server at a remote site. After further review your discover&lt;br&gt;the following information.&lt;br&gt;local PC &lt;a href="http://10.0.3.35/24"&gt;10.0.3.35/24&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;default gateway 10.0.3.1&lt;br&gt;remote server &lt;a href="http://10.0.5.250/24"&gt;10.0.5.250/24&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;You then conduct the following tests from the offending local PC.&lt;br&gt;ping 127.0.0.1 – unsuccessful&lt;br&gt;ping 10.0.3.35 – unsuccessful&lt;br&gt;ping 10.0.3.1 – unsuccessful&lt;br&gt;ping 10.0.5.250 – unsuccessful&lt;br&gt;Which of the following problems would create the test results listed above?&lt;br&gt;A. TCP/IP not correctly installed.&lt;br&gt;B. Local physical layer problem.&lt;br&gt;C. Default gateway down.&lt;br&gt;D. Remote physical layer problem.&lt;br&gt;Answer: B&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 98&lt;br&gt;Your boss at TestKing wants to know why the Spanning-Tree algorithm is&lt;br&gt;used in a switched LAN?&lt;br&gt;A. To provide a mechanism for network monitoring in switched environments.&lt;br&gt;B. To prevent routing loops in networks with redundant paths.&lt;br&gt;C. To prevent switching loops in networks with redundant switched paths.&lt;br&gt;D. To manage, the addition, deletion, and naming of VLANs across&lt;br&gt;multiple switches.&lt;br&gt;E. To segment a network into multiple collision domains.&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 99&lt;br&gt;You TestKing trainee Tess ask you which parameter must be supplied&lt;br&gt;when initializing the IGRP routing&lt;br&gt;process. What should you tell her?&lt;br&gt;A. Connected network numbers&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 147 -&lt;br&gt;B. IP address mask&lt;br&gt;C. Metric weights&lt;br&gt;D. Autonomous system number&lt;br&gt;E. Register administrative id&lt;br&gt;Answer: E&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 100&lt;br&gt;You work as a network technician at TestKing. You need to add a new&lt;br&gt;VLAN, named ACCOUNTS, to&lt;br&gt;your switched network.&lt;br&gt;Which of the following are true regarding configuration of this VLAN?&lt;br&gt;(Choose three)&lt;br&gt;A. The VLAN must be created.&lt;br&gt;B. The VLAN must be named.&lt;br&gt;C. An IP address must be configured for the ACCOUNTS VLAN.&lt;br&gt;D. The desired ports must be added to the new VLAN.&lt;br&gt;E. The VLAN must be added to the STP domain.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, C, D&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 101&lt;br&gt;Bob, your TestKing trainee, want to segment a network. What devices&lt;br&gt;could he use?&lt;br&gt;(Choose three)&lt;br&gt;A. hub&lt;br&gt;B. repeater&lt;br&gt;C. switch&lt;br&gt;D. bridge&lt;br&gt;E. router&lt;br&gt;F. media converter&lt;br&gt;Answer: C, D, E&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 102&lt;br&gt;The junior TestKing trainee Ellen asks you to describe what is&lt;br&gt;specific for a global command.&lt;br&gt;What should you tell her?&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 148 -&lt;br&gt;A. A command that is available in every release of IOS, regardless of&lt;br&gt;the version or deployment status.&lt;br&gt;B. A command that can be entered in any configuration mode.&lt;br&gt;C. A command that is universal in application that supports all protocols.&lt;br&gt;D. A command that is implemented in all foreign and domestic IOS versions.&lt;br&gt;E. A command that is set once and affects the entire router.&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 103&lt;br&gt;What is the range of binary values for the first octet in Class B addresses?&lt;br&gt;A. 10000000-11111111&lt;br&gt;B. 00000000-10111111&lt;br&gt;C. 10000000-10111111&lt;br&gt;D. 10000000-11011111&lt;br&gt;E. 11000000-11101111&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 104&lt;br&gt;Which of the following access list statements will deny all telnet&lt;br&gt;connections to subnet &lt;a href="http://10.0.1.0/24"&gt;10.0.1.0/24&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;br&gt;A. access-list 15 deny tcp 10.0.1.0 255.255.255.0 eq telnet&lt;br&gt;B. access-list 115 deny tcp any 10.0.1.0 eq telnet&lt;br&gt;C. access-list 115 deny udp any 10.0.10 eq 23&lt;br&gt;D. access-list 115 deny tcp any 10.0.1.0 0.0.0.255 eq 23&lt;br&gt;E. access-list 15 deny telnet any 10.0.1.0 0.0.0.255 eq 23&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 105&lt;br&gt;Your boss at TestKing wants to know why the Spanning-Tree algorithm is&lt;br&gt;used in a switched LAN?&lt;br&gt;A. To provide a mechanism for network monitoring in switched environments.&lt;br&gt;B. To prevent routing loops in networks with redundant paths.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 149 -&lt;br&gt;C. To prevent switching loops in networks with redundant switched paths.&lt;br&gt;D. To manage, the addition, deletion, and naming of VLANs across&lt;br&gt;multiple switches.&lt;br&gt;E. To segment a network into multiple collision domains.&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 106&lt;br&gt;Which wireless data command type has a high data rate but is limited&lt;br&gt;to very short distances?&lt;br&gt;A. narrowband&lt;br&gt;B. spread spectrum&lt;br&gt;C. infrared&lt;br&gt;D. broadband personal comm. Service (PCS)&lt;br&gt;Answer: Pending. Send your suggestions to &lt;a href="mailto:feedback@testking.com"&gt;feedback@testking.com&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 107&lt;br&gt;Which protocol admin overhead in a switch network by allowing the&lt;br&gt;configuring of a new VLAN to be&lt;br&gt;distributed to all the switches in a domain?&lt;br&gt;A. STP&lt;br&gt;B. VTP&lt;br&gt;C. GVRP&lt;br&gt;D. SNMP&lt;br&gt;E. DHCP&lt;br&gt;Answer: B&lt;br&gt;Explanation :&lt;br&gt;Sybex CCNA Study Guide 4th Edition (Page 359)&lt;br&gt;&amp;quot; The basic goals of VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) are to manage all&lt;br&gt;configured VLANs across a switched&lt;br&gt;internetwork and to maintain consistency throughout that network. VTP&lt;br&gt;allows an administrator to add, delete,&lt;br&gt;and rename VLANs—information that is then propagated to all other&lt;br&gt;switches in the VTP domain.&amp;quot;&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 108&lt;br&gt;Which of the follow types of crosstalk?&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 149 -&lt;br&gt;A. near-end crosstalk(NEXT)&lt;br&gt;B. jitter crosstalk(JEXT)&lt;br&gt;C. far end crosstalk(FEXT)&lt;br&gt;D. middle closed-end crosstalk(MCEXT)&lt;br&gt;E. power sum near-end crosstalk(PSNEXT)&lt;br&gt;Answer: B, C&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 109&lt;br&gt;Which of the following are VLAN frame encapsulation types that may be&lt;br&gt;configured on a catalyst&lt;br&gt;switch? (Choose 2)&lt;br&gt;A. VTP&lt;br&gt;B. ISL&lt;br&gt;C. CDP&lt;br&gt;D. 802.1Q&lt;br&gt;E. LLC&lt;br&gt;Answer: B, D&lt;br&gt;ISL and 802.1Q are the two trunking encapsulations.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 110&lt;br&gt;What command will configure an interface on a Catalyst 2900 series&lt;br&gt;switch to carry traffic from all&lt;br&gt;VLANs to another directly connected switch? (Choose two)&lt;br&gt;A. Switch(config-if)# vlan all&lt;br&gt;B. Switch(config-if)# switchport access clan 30&lt;br&gt;C. Switch(config-if)# switchport access vlan all&lt;br&gt;D. Switch(config-if)# switchport mode trunk&lt;br&gt;E. Switch(config-if)# switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q&lt;br&gt;Answer: D, E&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 111&lt;br&gt;Why do large OSPF networks use a hierarchical design? (Choose three)&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 150 -&lt;br&gt;A. To decrease latency by increasing bandwidth&lt;br&gt;B. To reduce routing overhead&lt;br&gt;C. To speed up convergence&lt;br&gt;D. To confine network instability to single areas of the network&lt;br&gt;E. To reduce the complexity of router configuration&lt;br&gt;F. To lower costs by replacing routers with distribution layer switches&lt;br&gt;Answer: B, C, D&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 112&lt;br&gt;A network administrator is trying to add a new router into a&lt;br&gt;established OSPF network. The networks&lt;br&gt;attached to the new router do not appear in the routing tables of the&lt;br&gt;other OSPF routers. Given the&lt;br&gt;information in the partial configuration shown below, what&lt;br&gt;configuration error is causing this problem?&lt;br&gt;Router(config)# router ospf 1&lt;br&gt;Router(config-router)# network 10.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 area 0&lt;br&gt;A. The process id is configured improperly&lt;br&gt;B. The OSPF area is configured improperly&lt;br&gt;C. The network wildcard mask is configured improperly&lt;br&gt;D. The network number is configured improperly&lt;br&gt;E. The AS is configured improperly&lt;br&gt;F. The network subnet mask is configured improperly&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 113&lt;br&gt;Which commands are required to properly configure a router to run OSPF&lt;br&gt;and to add network&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://192.168.16.0/24"&gt;192.168.16.0/24&lt;/a&gt; to OSPF area 0? (Choose two)&lt;br&gt;A. Router(config)# router ospf 0&lt;br&gt;B. Router(config)# router ospf 1&lt;br&gt;C. Router(config)# router ospf area 0&lt;br&gt;D. Router(config-router)# network 192.168.16.0 0.0.0.255 0&lt;br&gt;E. Router(config-router)# network 192.168.16.0 0.0.0.255 area 0&lt;br&gt;F. Router(config-router)# network 192.168.0 255.255.255.0 area 0&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 151 -&lt;br&gt;Answer: B, E&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 114&lt;br&gt;Network broadcast traffic from the Business Department is needlessly&lt;br&gt;reaching the Engineering&lt;br&gt;Department LAN.&lt;br&gt;What can be done to contain this traffic within the Business&lt;br&gt;Department network while maintaining&lt;br&gt;connectivity with enterprise servers and the Internet? (Choose two)&lt;br&gt;A. Establish a VTP domain to contain the extraneous traffic&lt;br&gt;B. Provide greater bandwidth to the Engineering Department LAN&lt;br&gt;C. Utilize full-duplex Ethernet on the Engineering Department LAN&lt;br&gt;D. Place the business department on a separate subnet and route between networks&lt;br&gt;E. Change the switch IP address to an address on the Engineering Department LAN&lt;br&gt;F. Create separate VLANs and subnets for the two departments and route&lt;br&gt;between the two&lt;br&gt;Answer: D, E&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 115&lt;br&gt;OSPF routing uses the concept of areas.&lt;br&gt;What are the characteristics of OSPF areas? (Choose three)&lt;br&gt;A. Each OSPF area requires a loopback interface to be configured&lt;br&gt;B. Areas may be assigned any number from 0 to 65535&lt;br&gt;C. Area 0 is called the backbone area&lt;br&gt;D. Hierarchical OSPF networks do not require multiple areas&lt;br&gt;E. Multiple OSPF areas must connect to area 0&lt;br&gt;F. Single area OSPF networks must be configured in area 1&lt;br&gt;Answer: B, C, F&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 116&lt;br&gt;How is spanning-tree path cost determined by default?&lt;br&gt;A. Total hop count&lt;br&gt;B. Sum of the costs based on bandwidth&lt;br&gt;C. Dynamically determined based on load&lt;br&gt;D. Individual link cost based on latency&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 152 -&lt;br&gt;Answer: B&lt;br&gt;Explanation: Sybex CCNA Study Guide 4th Edition (Page 323)&lt;br&gt;&amp;quot;The STP cost is an accumulated total path cost based on the available&lt;br&gt;bandwidth of each of the links.&amp;quot;&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 117&lt;br&gt;Refer to the graphic.&lt;br&gt;What should be the IP address of the host?&lt;br&gt;A. 192.168.5.14&lt;br&gt;B. 192.168.5.32&lt;br&gt;C. 192.168.5.40&lt;br&gt;D. 192.168.5.47&lt;br&gt;E. 192.168.5.55&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 118&lt;br&gt;Which mode can be used to quickly configure a router for basic operations?&lt;br&gt;A. RXBOOT mode&lt;br&gt;B. SETUP mode&lt;br&gt;C. ROM Monitor mode&lt;br&gt;D. Autoflash mode&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 153 -&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 119&lt;br&gt;Acknowledgements, sequencing, and flow control are characteristics of&lt;br&gt;which OSI layer?&lt;br&gt;A. Layer 2&lt;br&gt;B. Layer 3&lt;br&gt;C. Layer 4&lt;br&gt;D. Layer 5&lt;br&gt;E. Layer 6&lt;br&gt;F. Layer 7&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 120&lt;br&gt;On which types of network will OSPF elect a backup designated router?&lt;br&gt;A. Point-to-point and multiaccess&lt;br&gt;B. Point-to-multipoint and multiaccess&lt;br&gt;C. Point-to-point and point-to-multipoint&lt;br&gt;D. Nonbroadcast and broadcast multipoint&lt;br&gt;E. Nonbroadcast and broadcast multiaccess&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;Sybex CCNA Study Guide 4th Edition (Page 283)&lt;br&gt;&amp;quot; DR and BDR are elected on broadcast and nonbroadcast multi-access networks.&amp;quot;&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 121&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 154 -&lt;br&gt;Popcorn# show ip protocols&lt;br&gt;Routing Protocol is &amp;quot;rip&amp;quot;&lt;br&gt;Sending updates every 30 seconds, next due in 13 seconds&lt;br&gt;Invalid after 180 seconds, hold down 180, flushed after 240&lt;br&gt;Outgoing update filter list for all interfaces is&lt;br&gt;Incoming update filter list for all interfaces is&lt;br&gt;Redistribution: rip&lt;br&gt;Default version control: send version 1, receive any version&lt;br&gt;Interface Send Recv Triggered RIP Key-chain&lt;br&gt;Ethernet0 1 12&lt;br&gt;Ethernet1 1 12&lt;br&gt;Serial 1 12&lt;br&gt;Routing for Networks:&lt;br&gt;222.8.4.0&lt;br&gt;10.1.1.0&lt;br&gt;Routing Information Sources:&lt;br&gt;Gateway Distance Last Update&lt;br&gt;222.8.4.1 120 00:00:04&lt;br&gt;An administrator who is consoled into the Peanut router is able to&lt;br&gt;ping the Serial0 and Ethernet0 ports of&lt;br&gt;the Popcorn router but unable to ping its Ethernet1 interface.&lt;br&gt;Use the graphic and command output to identify possible causes for&lt;br&gt;this problem. (Choose two)&lt;br&gt;A. The Serial interface of the Popcorn router is shutdown.&lt;br&gt;B. The Ethernet1 interface of the Popcorn router is shutdown.&lt;br&gt;C. The Popcorn router did not include network 192.168.12.0 in its&lt;br&gt;routing configuration.&lt;br&gt;D. The Popcorn router is not forwarding RIP updates.&lt;br&gt;E. The clockrate is missing from the configuration of one of the routers.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, C&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 122&lt;br&gt;RtrA#debug ip rip&lt;br&gt;Rip protocol debugging is on&lt;br&gt;RtrA#&lt;br&gt;1d05h: RIP: sending v1 update to 255.255.255.255 via FastEthernet0/0&lt;br&gt;(172.16.1.1)&lt;br&gt;1d05h: RIP: build update entries&lt;br&gt;1d05h: network 10.0.0.0 metric 1&lt;br&gt;1d05h: network 192.168.1.0 metric 2&lt;br&gt;1d05h: RIP: sending v1 update to 255.255.255.255 via Serial0/0 (10.0.8.1)&lt;br&gt;1d05h: RIP: build update entries&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 155 -&lt;br&gt;1d05h: network 172.16.0.0 metric 1&lt;br&gt;RtrA#&lt;br&gt;1d05h: RIP: received v1 update from 10.0.15.2 on Serial0/0&lt;br&gt;1d05h: 192.168.1.0 in 1 hops&lt;br&gt;1d05h: 192.168.0 in 16 hops (inaccessible)&lt;br&gt;Which of the following are true regarding the command output shown in&lt;br&gt;the display? (Choose two)&lt;br&gt;A. There are at least two routers participating in the RIP process.&lt;br&gt;B. A ping to 192.168.168.2 will be successful.&lt;br&gt;C. A ping to 10.0.15.2 will be successful.&lt;br&gt;D. RtrA has three interfaces participating in the RIP process.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, D&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 123&lt;br&gt;What is the binary equivalent of the decimal number 231?&lt;br&gt;A. 11010011&lt;br&gt;B. 11011011&lt;br&gt;C. 11100111&lt;br&gt;D. 11101011&lt;br&gt;E. 11110011&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 124&lt;br&gt;Which type of EIGRP route entry describes a feasible successor?&lt;br&gt;A. A backup route, stored in the routing table&lt;br&gt;B. A primary route, stored in the routing table&lt;br&gt;C. A backup route, stored in the topology table&lt;br&gt;D. A primary route, stored in the topology table&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 156 -&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 125&lt;br&gt;What are the advantages of using full-duplex Ethernet instead of&lt;br&gt;single-duplex? (Choose two)&lt;br&gt;A. Uses inexpensive hubs&lt;br&gt;B. Provides faster data transfer&lt;br&gt;C. Utilizes fewer pairs of wires&lt;br&gt;D. Operates without collisions&lt;br&gt;E. Operates on coaxial cable&lt;br&gt;Answer: B, C&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 126&lt;br&gt;While troubleshooting a network problem, a technician discovers that&lt;br&gt;the current copy of the Cisco IOS&lt;br&gt;is outdated and needs to be updated.&lt;br&gt;Which of the following commands would the technician issue to replace&lt;br&gt;the Cisco router IOS with the&lt;br&gt;newer version?&lt;br&gt;A. Router# copy tftp flash&lt;br&gt;B. Router(config)# restore flash&lt;br&gt;C. Router(config)# repair flash&lt;br&gt;D. Router# copy flash run&lt;br&gt;E. Router&amp;gt; copy start flash&lt;br&gt;F. Router# copy start flash&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 127&lt;br&gt;Which of the following is a Layer 2 protocol used to maintain a&lt;br&gt;loop-free network?&lt;br&gt;A. VTP&lt;br&gt;B. STP&lt;br&gt;C. RIP&lt;br&gt;D. CDP&lt;br&gt;Answer: B&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 157 -&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 128&lt;br&gt;Which WAN protocol is used for out-of-band signaling?&lt;br&gt;A. NCP&lt;br&gt;B. HDLC&lt;br&gt;C. LAPB&lt;br&gt;D. LAPD&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 129&lt;br&gt;A Cisco router and a router from another manufacturer are directly&lt;br&gt;connected via a serial link.&lt;br&gt;Which command can be used on the Cisco router to form a WAN connection&lt;br&gt;between the routers?&lt;br&gt;A. Lab(config-if)# encapsulation hdlc ansi&lt;br&gt;B. Lab(config-if)# encapsulation ppp&lt;br&gt;C. Lab(config-if)# encapsulation frame-relay default&lt;br&gt;D. Lab(config-if)# encapsulation isdn&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 130&lt;br&gt;Which address represents a unicast address?&lt;br&gt;A. 224.1.5.2&lt;br&gt;B. FFFF.FFFF.FFFF&lt;br&gt;C. &lt;a href="http://192.168.24.59/30"&gt;192.168.24.59/30&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;D. 255.255.255.255&lt;br&gt;E. 172.31.128.255./18&lt;br&gt;Answer: E&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 131&lt;br&gt;Which characteristics describe the routing protocol EIGRP? (Choose two)&lt;br&gt;A. Has a maximum hop count of 255&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 158 -&lt;br&gt;B. Uses a 32-bit metric&lt;br&gt;C. Can differentiate between internal and external routes&lt;br&gt;D. Supports a single routed protocol&lt;br&gt;E. Can maintain only a single routing table&lt;br&gt;F. Required all networks within an AS to use the same subnet mask&lt;br&gt;Answer: B, C&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 132&lt;br&gt;What type of packets do routers running OSPF send to maintain&lt;br&gt;connectivity with neighboring routers?&lt;br&gt;A. dead interval packets&lt;br&gt;B. hello packets&lt;br&gt;C. LSU packets&lt;br&gt;D. OSP packets&lt;br&gt;E. keepalive packets&lt;br&gt;Answer: B&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 133&lt;br&gt;What information does a router running a link-state protocol use to&lt;br&gt;build and maintain its topological&lt;br&gt;database? (Choose two)&lt;br&gt;A. hello packets&lt;br&gt;B. SAP messages sent by other routers&lt;br&gt;C. LSAs from other routers&lt;br&gt;D. Beacons received on point-to-point links&lt;br&gt;E. Routing tables received from other link-state routers&lt;br&gt;F. TTL packets from designated routers&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, D&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 134&lt;br&gt;Which form of NAT maps multiple private IP addresses to a single&lt;br&gt;registered IP address by using&lt;br&gt;different ports?&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 159 -&lt;br&gt;A. static NAT&lt;br&gt;B. dynamic NAT&lt;br&gt;C. overloading&lt;br&gt;D. overlapping&lt;br&gt;E. port loading&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 135&lt;br&gt;A catalyst switch must be in which VTP mode in order to delete and add&lt;br&gt;VLANs to a management&lt;br&gt;domain?&lt;br&gt;A. Client&lt;br&gt;B. Server&lt;br&gt;C. Domains&lt;br&gt;D. Transparent&lt;br&gt;E. Designated.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;VTP Modes&lt;br&gt;If you intend to make a switch part of a VTP management domain, each&lt;br&gt;switch must be configured in one of&lt;br&gt;three possible VTP modes. The VTP mode assigned to a switch will&lt;br&gt;determine how the switch interacts with&lt;br&gt;other VTP switches in the management domain. The three VTP modes that&lt;br&gt;can be assigned to a Cisco switch&lt;br&gt;include server mode, client mode, and transparent mode. Each of these&lt;br&gt;roles is outlined below:&lt;br&gt;􀂃 Server Mode Once VTP is configured on a Cisco switch, the default&lt;br&gt;mode used is Server Mode. In any&lt;br&gt;given VTP management domain, at least one switch must be in Server&lt;br&gt;Mode. When in Server Mode, a&lt;br&gt;switch can be used to add, delete, and modify VLANs, and this&lt;br&gt;information will be passed to all other&lt;br&gt;switches in the VTP management domain.&lt;br&gt;􀂃 Client Mode When a switch is configured to use VTP Client Mode, it&lt;br&gt;is simply the recipient of any&lt;br&gt;VLANs added, deleted, or modified by a switch in Server Mode within&lt;br&gt;the same management domain.&lt;br&gt;A switch in VTP client mode cannot make any changes to VLAN information.&lt;br&gt;􀂃 Transparent Mode A switch in VTP Transparent Mode will pass VTP&lt;br&gt;updates received by switches in&lt;br&gt;Server Mode to other switches in the VTP management domain, but will&lt;br&gt;not actually process the&lt;br&gt;contents of these messages. When individual VLANs are added, deleted,&lt;br&gt;or modified on a switch&lt;br&gt;running in transparent mode, the changes are local to that particular&lt;br&gt;switch only, and are not passed to&lt;br&gt;other switches in the VTP management domain.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 160 -&lt;br&gt;Based on the roles of each VTP mode, the use of each should be more or&lt;br&gt;less obvious. For example, if you had&lt;br&gt;15 Cisco switches on your network, you could configure each of them to&lt;br&gt;be in the same VTP management&lt;br&gt;domain. Although each could theoretically be left in the default&lt;br&gt;Server Mode, it would probably be easier to&lt;br&gt;leave only one switch in this configuration, and then configure all&lt;br&gt;remaining switches for VTP Client Mode.&lt;br&gt;Then, when you need to add, delete, or modify a VLAN, that change can&lt;br&gt;be carried out on the VTP Server&lt;br&gt;Mode switch and passed to all Client Mode switches automatically. In&lt;br&gt;cases where you need a switch to act in a&lt;br&gt;relatively standalone manner, or dont want it to propagate information&lt;br&gt;about its configured VLANs, use&lt;br&gt;Transparent Mode.&lt;br&gt;Define flow control and describe the three basic methods used in networking.&lt;br&gt;Flow control is a function that prevents network congestion by&lt;br&gt;ensuring that transmitting devices do not overwhelm&lt;br&gt;receiving devices with data. Flow control is used to ensure data&lt;br&gt;reliability. There are a number of possible causes of&lt;br&gt;network congestion. In basic terms, flow control is used to control&lt;br&gt;the flow of a message from the sender to the receiver&lt;br&gt;by starting and stopping the message transmission as necessary based&lt;br&gt;on the receivers buffer. It is a protocol&lt;br&gt;mechanism that allows the receiver to control the rate at which the&lt;br&gt;sender can transmit data. It makes it possible for a&lt;br&gt;receiver running on a low speed computer to accept data from high&lt;br&gt;speed sender, without being overrun. Usually it is&lt;br&gt;because a high-speed computer generates data faster than the network&lt;br&gt;can transfer it, or faster than the destination&lt;br&gt;device can receive and process it.&lt;br&gt;There are three commonly used methods for handling network congestion:&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Buffering&lt;br&gt;Buffering is used by network devices to temporarily store bursts of&lt;br&gt;excess data in memory until they can be&lt;br&gt;processed. Occasional data bursts are easily handled by buffering.&lt;br&gt;However, buffers can overflow if data&lt;br&gt;continues at high speeds&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Source Quench Messages&lt;br&gt;Source quench messages are used by receiving devices to help prevent&lt;br&gt;their buffers from overflowing. The&lt;br&gt;receiving device sends a source quench message to request that the&lt;br&gt;source reduce its current rate of data&lt;br&gt;transmission.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Windowing&lt;br&gt;Windowing is a flow-control method in which the source device requires&lt;br&gt;an acknowledgement from the&lt;br&gt;destination after a certain number of packets have been transmitted.&lt;br&gt;1. The source device sends a few packets to the destination device.&lt;br&gt;2. After receiving the packets, the destination device sends an&lt;br&gt;acknowledgment to the source.&lt;br&gt;3. The source receives the acknowledgment and sends the same amount of packets.&lt;br&gt;4. If the destination does not receive one or more of the packets for&lt;br&gt;some reason (such as overflowing buffers), it&lt;br&gt;does not send an acknowledgment. The source will then retransmits the&lt;br&gt;packets at a reduced transmission rate.&lt;br&gt;Windowing is reliable because it uses positive acknowledgement which&lt;br&gt;requires the recipient device to&lt;br&gt;communicate with the sending device, sending back an acknowledgement&lt;br&gt;when it receives data. If the sending&lt;br&gt;device does not receive an acknowledgement it knows to retransmit the&lt;br&gt;packets at a reduced transmission rate. If&lt;br&gt;the receiving device sends a packet with a zero window size, it means&lt;br&gt;it&amp;#39;s buffers are full and it cannot receive&lt;br&gt;any more data. Transmission is resumed when the receiving device sends&lt;br&gt;a packet with a window size higher&lt;br&gt;than zero.&lt;br&gt;TCP at the Transport layer uses Windowing as a method flow control.&lt;br&gt;Two mechanisms used with windowing&lt;br&gt;ensure the delivery of segments with no duplication or data loss.&lt;br&gt;These include Acknowledgements and Negative&lt;br&gt;Acknowledgements and also sequencing and necessary retransmission. All&lt;br&gt;these technologies work together to&lt;br&gt;provide data reliability and optimal performance.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 136&lt;br&gt;Which of the following are types of flow control? (Choose 3)&lt;br&gt;A. Buffering.&lt;br&gt;B. Cut-Through.&lt;br&gt;C. Windowing.&lt;br&gt;D. Congestion Avoidance.&lt;br&gt;E. Load Balancing.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, C, D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;There are three commonly used methods for handling network congestion:&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Buffering&lt;br&gt;Buffering is used by network devices to temporarily store bursts of&lt;br&gt;excess data in memory until they can be&lt;br&gt;processed. Occasional data bursts are easily handled by buffering.&lt;br&gt;However, buffers can overflow if data&lt;br&gt;continues at high speeds&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Source Quench Messages&lt;br&gt;Source quench messages are used by receiving devices to help prevent&lt;br&gt;their buffers from overflowing. The&lt;br&gt;receiving device sends a source quench message to request that the&lt;br&gt;source reduce its current rate of data&lt;br&gt;transmission.&lt;br&gt;􀁸 Windowing&lt;br&gt;Windowing is a flow-control method in which the source device requires&lt;br&gt;an acknowledgement from the&lt;br&gt;destination after a certain number of packets have been transmitted.&lt;br&gt;1. The source device sends a few packets to the destination device.&lt;br&gt;2. After receiving the packets, the destination device sends an&lt;br&gt;acknowledgment to the source.&lt;br&gt;3. The source receives the acknowledgment and sends the same amount of packets.&lt;br&gt;4. If the destination does not receive one or more of the packets for&lt;br&gt;some reason (such as overflowing buffers), it&lt;br&gt;does not send an acknowledgment. The source will then retransmits the&lt;br&gt;packets at a reduced transmission rate.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 137&lt;br&gt;A training company called TestKing has three production facilities.&lt;br&gt;Two of the facilities have network&lt;br&gt;connectivity to each other. The third facility has recently received a&lt;br&gt;router and is to be connected to the&lt;br&gt;other two. The names of routers are QA, StudyGuide, and Examinator.&lt;br&gt;Configure the Examinator&lt;br&gt;router&amp;#39;s IP addresses on the E0 and S1 interfaces so that the E0&lt;br&gt;resolves the first usable subnet while S1&lt;br&gt;receives the second usable subnet from the network &lt;a href="http://192.168.81.0/27"&gt;192.168.81.0/27&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;Both interfaces should receive the&lt;br&gt;first available IP of the subnet. The zero subnet should not be used.&lt;br&gt;The routers have been configured&lt;br&gt;with the following specifications:&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;􀂃 The routers are named QA, StudyGuide, and Examinator&lt;br&gt;􀂃 RIP is the routing protocol&lt;br&gt;􀂃 Clocking is provided on the serial 0 interfaces.&lt;br&gt;􀂃 The secret password on the Examinator router is &amp;quot;testking&amp;quot;&lt;br&gt;􀂃 The IP address are listed in the chart below.&lt;br&gt;Name: QA&lt;br&gt;E0 : 192.168.83.1&lt;br&gt;S0 : 192.168.85.1&lt;br&gt;Name: StudyGuide&lt;br&gt;E0 : 192.168.88.1&lt;br&gt;S0 : 192.168.81.89&lt;br&gt;S1 : 192.168.85.2&lt;br&gt;Name: Examinator&lt;br&gt;E0 : to be determined&lt;br&gt;S1 : to be determined&lt;br&gt;Secret Password: testking&lt;br&gt;Task: To configure the router click on the host icon that is connected&lt;br&gt;to the router by a serial cable.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;Examinator#config t&lt;br&gt;Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with END.&lt;br&gt;Examinator(config)#int e 0&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;Examinator(config-if)#ip add 192.168.81.33 255.255.255.224&lt;br&gt;Examinator(config-if)#no shut&lt;br&gt;Examinator(config-if)#exit&lt;br&gt;Examinator(config)#int s 1&lt;br&gt;Examinator(config-if)#ip add 192.168.81.65 255.255.255.224&lt;br&gt;Examinator(config-if)#no shut&lt;br&gt;Examinator(config-if)#CTRL+Z&lt;br&gt;Examinator#copy ru st&lt;br&gt;..&lt;br&gt;..&lt;br&gt;[OK]&lt;br&gt;Examinator#&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 138&lt;br&gt;Three sites, TestKing1, TestKing2, and TestKing3 are connected via a&lt;br&gt;WAN. At each site a router&lt;br&gt;provides serial connectivity to the Wan and an Ethernet connection to&lt;br&gt;a LAN. All three routers are&lt;br&gt;configured, and the network is functional. Configure and apply an&lt;br&gt;access list will prevent telnet access to&lt;br&gt;the TestKing1 router while allowing all other traffic to pass. The&lt;br&gt;access list should not contain more than&lt;br&gt;three (3) statements and should be applied to the TestKing3 router.&lt;br&gt;The routers have been previously&lt;br&gt;configured with the following specifications:&lt;br&gt;􀂃 The routers are named TestKing1, TestKing2, and TestKing3.&lt;br&gt;􀂃 RIP is the routing protocol.&lt;br&gt;􀂃 The clocking signal is provided on the serial 0 interfaces.&lt;br&gt;􀂃 All passwords on all routers are &amp;quot;testking&amp;quot;.&lt;br&gt;􀂃 The subnet mask on all the interfaces is the default mask.&lt;br&gt;􀂃 IP addresses are listed in the chart below.&lt;br&gt;TestKing1&lt;br&gt;E0 192.168.1.1&lt;br&gt;S0 192.168.118.1&lt;br&gt;Secret password: testking&lt;br&gt;TestKing2&lt;br&gt;E0 192.168.121.1&lt;br&gt;S0 192.168.5.1&lt;br&gt;S1 192.168.118.2&lt;br&gt;Secret password: testking&lt;br&gt;TestKing3&lt;br&gt;E0 192.168.134.1&lt;br&gt;S1 192.168.5.2&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;To configure the router click on the host icon that is connected to a&lt;br&gt;router by a serial console cable.&lt;br&gt;Answer: Pending. Send your suggestion to &lt;a href="mailto:feedback@testking.com"&gt;feedback@testking.com&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;Note: Compare to Question 54.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 162 -&lt;br&gt;Section C – practice questions&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 1&lt;br&gt;RouterTK#show ip route&lt;br&gt;Codes: C-connected, s-static, l –IGRP, R –RIP, M –mobile, B –BGP, D&lt;br&gt;–EIGRP, EX – EIGRP external,&lt;br&gt;O – OSPF, IA –OSPF inter area, EI –OSPF external type 1, E2 –OSPF&lt;br&gt;external type 2, E –EGP,&lt;br&gt;i –IS-IS, L1 –IS-IS level-1, L2 –IS-IS level-2, * -candidate default,&lt;br&gt;U – per-user static&lt;br&gt;route&lt;br&gt;Gateway of last resort is not set&lt;br&gt;R 202.30.8.0 /24[120/1] via 202.30.2.2, 00:00:16, Serial 0&lt;br&gt;C 202.30.9.0 /24 is directly connected, Serial 1&lt;br&gt;R 202.30.10.0 /24 is possibly down, routing via 202.30.9.1, Serial 1&lt;br&gt;R 202.30.11.0 /24 is possibly down, routing via 202.30.9.1, Serial 1&lt;br&gt;C 202.30.1.0 /24 is directly connected, Ethernet 0&lt;br&gt;C 202.30.2.0 /24 is directly connected, Serial 0&lt;br&gt;R 202.30.3.0 /24 [120/1] via 202.30.2.2, 00:00:17. Serial 0&lt;br&gt;R 202.30.4.0 /24 [120/15/ via 202.30.2.2, 00:00:17, Serial 0&lt;br&gt;R 202.30.5.0 /24 [120/15] via 202.30.2.2, 00:00:17, Serial 0&lt;br&gt;R 192.158.6.0 /24 [120/15] via 202.30.2.2, 00:00:17, Serial 0&lt;br&gt;R 202.30.7.0 /24 [120/1] via 202.30.2.2, 00:00:17, Serial 0&lt;br&gt;You are troubleshooting a router with default settings. You are&lt;br&gt;concerned about the 202.30.10.0 and&lt;br&gt;202.30.11.0 routes. In particular you are interested how long they&lt;br&gt;will be kept in the routing table. What&lt;br&gt;would be the maximum time these routes would be kept in the routing table?&lt;br&gt;A. 30 seconds&lt;br&gt;B. 60 seconds&lt;br&gt;C. 240 seconds&lt;br&gt;D. 360 seconds&lt;br&gt;E. 630 seconds&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;Explanation: The Rs on the 202.30.10.0 and 202.30.11.0 lines (see&lt;br&gt;below) indicates that the routes were&lt;br&gt;learned from the RIP protocol. :&lt;br&gt;R 202.30.10.0 /24 is possibly down, routing via 202.30.9.1, Serial 1&lt;br&gt;R 202.30.11.0 /24 is possibly down, routing via 202.30.9.1, Serial 1&lt;br&gt;Note: The hold down timer for RIP is 180 sec. The flush timer for RIP&lt;br&gt;is 240 sec.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 163 -&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 2&lt;br&gt;RouterTK#show ip route&lt;br&gt;Codes: C-connected, s-static, l –IGRP, R –RIP, M –mobile, B –BGP, D&lt;br&gt;–EIGRP, EX – EIGRP external,&lt;br&gt;O – OSPF, IA –OSPF inter area, EI –OSPF external type 1, E2 –OSPF&lt;br&gt;external type 2, E –EGP,&lt;br&gt;i –IS-IS, L1 –IS-IS level-1, L2 –IS-IS level-2, * -candidate default,&lt;br&gt;U – per-user static&lt;br&gt;route&lt;br&gt;Gateway of last resort is not set&lt;br&gt;R 202.30.8.0 /24[120/1] via 202.30.2.2, 00:00:10, Serial 0&lt;br&gt;C 202.30.9.0 /24 is directly connected, Serial 1&lt;br&gt;R 202.30.10.0 /24 [120/7] via 202.30.9.1, 00:00:02, Serial 1&lt;br&gt;R 202.30.11.0 /24 [120/7] via 202.30.9.1, 00:00:03, Serial 1&lt;br&gt;C 202.30.1.0 /24 is directly connected, Ethernet 0&lt;br&gt;C 202.30.2.0 /24 is directly connected, Serial 0&lt;br&gt;R 202.30.3.0 /24 [120/1] via 202.30.2.2, 00:00:10. Serial 0&lt;br&gt;R 202.30.4.0 /24 [120/15/ via 202.30.2.2, 00:00:10, Serial 0&lt;br&gt;R 202.30.5.0 /24 [120/15] via 202.30.2.2, 00:00:10, Serial 0&lt;br&gt;R 202.30.6.0 /24 [120/15] via 202.30.2.2, 00:00:10, Serial 0&lt;br&gt;R 202.30.7.0 /24 [120/1] via 202.30.2.2, 00:00:10, Serial 0&lt;br&gt;You examine the routing table of your router named RouterTK. This&lt;br&gt;routing table will be send to&lt;br&gt;neighboring routers via broadcasts. Some routes might be discarded and&lt;br&gt;not entered in to the routing&lt;br&gt;tables of the neighboring RIP routers. Which of the following routes&lt;br&gt;would be discarded in this way?&lt;br&gt;A. R &lt;a href="http://202.30.8.0/24"&gt;202.30.8.0/24&lt;/a&gt; [120/1] via 202.30.2.2, 00:00:10, Serial0&lt;br&gt;B. R &lt;a href="http://202.30.11.0/24"&gt;202.30.11.0/24&lt;/a&gt; [120/7] via 202.30.9.1, 00:00:03, Serial1&lt;br&gt;C. C &lt;a href="http://202.30.1.0/24"&gt;202.30.1.0/24&lt;/a&gt; is directly connected, Ethernet0&lt;br&gt;D. R &lt;a href="http://202.30.5.0/24"&gt;202.30.5.0/24&lt;/a&gt; [120/15] via 202.30.2.2, 00:00:10, Serial0&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;Explanation: RIP has the maximum hop count of 15. This route already&lt;br&gt;has a hop count of 15 and adding one&lt;br&gt;would make it unreachable (see below). This route will be discarded.&lt;br&gt;R &lt;a href="http://202.30.5.0/24"&gt;202.30.5.0/24&lt;/a&gt; [120/15] via 202.30.2.2, 00:00:10, Serial0&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 3&lt;br&gt;At Layer 2 of the OSI model, which component connects a host to the&lt;br&gt;network media?&lt;br&gt;A. Hub&lt;br&gt;B. Switch&lt;br&gt;C. Bridge&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 164 -&lt;br&gt;D. NIC&lt;br&gt;E. Transceiver&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;Explanation: The data link layer is layer 2 of the OSI model. The data&lt;br&gt;link layer involves frames and uses the&lt;br&gt;burned in MAC addresses that NIC cards and router interfaces have.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;A: A hub operates at the physical layer, layer 1.&lt;br&gt;C: Bridges operate the Data Link layer, layer 2, of the OSI model.&lt;br&gt;However, they are used to connect network&lt;br&gt;segments, not to connect hosts to the network media.&lt;br&gt;B: Bridges operate the Data Link layer, layer 2, of the OSI model.&lt;br&gt;However, they are not used to connect hosts&lt;br&gt;to the network media.&lt;br&gt;E: A transceiver works at the physical layer, layer 1.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 21 – 24.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 4&lt;br&gt;You are upgrading your Cisco router IOS from a TFTP server over the&lt;br&gt;network. The upgrade procedure&lt;br&gt;is stopped and you are prompted to erase the current flash contents&lt;br&gt;before continuing.&lt;br&gt;What is most plausible reason for this?&lt;br&gt;A. There is insufficient room for more than one image.&lt;br&gt;B. The router has detected a copy of the current software image on the&lt;br&gt;TFTP server.&lt;br&gt;C. The file can be relocated and not compressed.&lt;br&gt;D. The image to load is a binary executable file.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;Explanation: There might not be enough free Flash memory to store the new image.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;B. Detecting a copy of the image will not stop the procedure nor&lt;br&gt;prompt you to erase the current version.&lt;br&gt;C. This would not stop the copying of the file.&lt;br&gt;D. The image is a binary executable file but this will not result in&lt;br&gt;the prompt above.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 137 – 140.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 5&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 165 -&lt;br&gt;Identify three valid host addresses in the 192.168.27.0 network with a&lt;br&gt;subnet mask of 255.255.255.240.&lt;br&gt;(Choose three)&lt;br&gt;A. 192.168.27.33&lt;br&gt;B. 192.168.27.112&lt;br&gt;C. 192.168.27.119&lt;br&gt;D. 192.168.27.126&lt;br&gt;E. 192.168.27.175&lt;br&gt;F. 192.168.27.208&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, C, D&lt;br&gt;Explanation: A subnet mask of 255.255.255.240 divides the 4th octet&lt;br&gt;into a subnet parts: the highest four bits,&lt;br&gt;and a host port: the lowest four bits. We simply check the 4th octet&lt;br&gt;to check that all subnet and host parts are ok.&lt;br&gt;i.e that cannot be: 0000 or 1111&lt;br&gt;A: 33 decimal is 00100001. Both the subnet and the host part are ok.&lt;br&gt;C: 119 decimal is 01110111. Both the subnet and the host part are ok.&lt;br&gt;D: 126 decimal is 1111110. Both the subnet and the host part are ok.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;B: 112 decimal is 1110000 binary. This is not a valid host address in&lt;br&gt;this network. It has all host bits 0.&lt;br&gt;E: 175 decimal is 10101111. All host bits are 1&amp;#39;s. This is the local&lt;br&gt;broadcast address and cannot be used as a&lt;br&gt;host address.&lt;br&gt;F: 208 decimal is 11010000 binary. This is not a valid host address in&lt;br&gt;this network. It has all host bits 0.&lt;br&gt;Steve McQuerry. Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices. (Cisco Press:&lt;br&gt;2000) pages 233 – 234.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 6&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 166 -&lt;br&gt;A network administrator in London has been instructed to prevent all&lt;br&gt;traffic originating on the Paris&lt;br&gt;LAN from entering the TestKing2 router.&lt;br&gt;Which statement would accomplish this filtering?&lt;br&gt;A. access-list 101 deny ip 192.168.45.0 0.0.0.255 any&lt;br&gt;B. access-list 101 deny ip 192.168.45.0 0.0.0.0 any&lt;br&gt;C. access list 101 deny ip 192.168.46.0 0.0.0.0.255 198.168.45.0&lt;br&gt;0.0.0.255&lt;br&gt;D. access-list 101 deny ip 192.168.46.0 0.0.0.255 any&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;Explanation: The access-list is configured to deny all the traffic&lt;br&gt;from Paris router network 192.168.45.0 to any&lt;br&gt;network in london. The wild card mask also correctly defined for Class&lt;br&gt;C network.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers&lt;br&gt;B: Wild card mask for 192.168.45.0 network is wrong. Wild card mask&lt;br&gt;should be 0.0.0.255 instead of 0.0.0.0&lt;br&gt;C: This access list deny all traffic from 192.168.46.0 network to&lt;br&gt;192.168.45.0 network( There is type in this&lt;br&gt;answer 192 as printed as 198.This can be defined at Testking 1 router&lt;br&gt;if we want to deny traffic from&lt;br&gt;London network (192.168.46.0) to Paris Network(192.168.45.0)&lt;br&gt;D: This access-list deny traffic from network 192.168.46.0 to any network.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 7&lt;br&gt;Which command is required for connectivity in a Frame Relay network if&lt;br&gt;Inverse ARP is not&lt;br&gt;operational?&lt;br&gt;A. frame-relay arp&lt;br&gt;B. frame-relay map&lt;br&gt;C. frame-relay interface-dlci&lt;br&gt;D. frame-relay lmi-type&lt;br&gt;Answer: B&lt;br&gt;Explanation: If inverse arp is not in use,frame-relay map command maps&lt;br&gt;next-hop router&amp;#39;s Layer 3 address&lt;br&gt;with Local DLCI to reach that router.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect answers&lt;br&gt;A: There is no such command.&lt;br&gt;C. This Command is used to define DLCI to particular physical&lt;br&gt;interface or Sub Interface. Eg. frame-relay&lt;br&gt;interface-dlci 40&lt;br&gt;D: This Command is used to define type of LMI messages sent to the&lt;br&gt;switch. The supported LMI types are&lt;br&gt;ansi,q933a,cisco&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 167 -&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 8&lt;br&gt;A Class C network address has been subnetted with a /27 mask.&lt;br&gt;Which of the following addresses is a broadcast address for one of the&lt;br&gt;resulting subnets?&lt;br&gt;A. 201.57.78.33&lt;br&gt;B. 201.57.78.64&lt;br&gt;C. 201.57.78.97&lt;br&gt;D. 201.57.78.97&lt;br&gt;E. 201.57.78.159&lt;br&gt;F. 201.57.78.254&lt;br&gt;Answer: E&lt;br&gt;Explanation: First task is which IP address is valid Broadcast address&lt;br&gt;for any of the &lt;a href="http://201.57.78.0/27"&gt;201.57.78.0/27&lt;/a&gt; subnets.&lt;br&gt;By definition broad cast address means all the host bits are 1. In&lt;br&gt;this example 5 bits are used for host. Verify&lt;br&gt;each IP address 4 th byte in binary form to see 5 least significant bits are 1.&lt;br&gt;In this example answer E , 4 th byte in the IP address is 159. Decimal&lt;br&gt;value is 1011111. So This is broadcast&lt;br&gt;address for &lt;a href="http://201.57.78.0/27"&gt;201.57.78.0/27&lt;/a&gt; network.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect answers&lt;br&gt;A: Binary value for 33 is 00100001. This is not broadcast address for&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://201.57.78.0/27"&gt;201.57.78.0/27&lt;/a&gt; network&lt;br&gt;B: Binary value for 64 is 01000000. This is not broadcast address for&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://201.57.78.0/27"&gt;201.57.78.0/27&lt;/a&gt; network&lt;br&gt;C, D: Binary value for 97 is 01100001 .This is not broadcast address&lt;br&gt;for &lt;a href="http://201.57.78.0/27"&gt;201.57.78.0/27&lt;/a&gt; network&lt;br&gt;F: Binary value for 254 11111110 .This is not broadcast address for&lt;br&gt;&lt;a href="http://201.57.78.0/27"&gt;201.57.78.0/27&lt;/a&gt; network&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 9&lt;br&gt;Which of the following describe router functions? (Choose three)&lt;br&gt;A. Packet switching&lt;br&gt;B. Collision prevention on a LAN segment&lt;br&gt;C. Packet filtering&lt;br&gt;D. Broadcast domain enlargement&lt;br&gt;E. Broadcast forwarding&lt;br&gt;F. Internetwork communication&lt;br&gt;Answer: B, C, F&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;C: In Packet switching process, packet will be filtered at a&lt;br&gt;particular physical Interface during packet switching.&lt;br&gt;F: In OSI Model each layer dependent on the layer below and above&lt;br&gt;layer for Internetwork communication.&lt;br&gt;Here Router works with Data Link layer and Transport layer.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 168 -&lt;br&gt;Incorrect answers&lt;br&gt;D, E: Broadcast activity is not the function of Router. Router will&lt;br&gt;not transmit Broadcast information out to&lt;br&gt;another router.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 10&lt;br&gt;The following access list was applied outbound on he E0 interface&lt;br&gt;connected to the &lt;a href="http://192.168.1.8/29"&gt;192.168.1.8/29&lt;/a&gt; LAN:&lt;br&gt;access-list 123 deny tcp 192.168.1.8 0.0.0.7 eq 20 any&lt;br&gt;access-list 123 deny tcp 192.168.1.9 0.0.0.7 eq 21 any&lt;br&gt;What effect will this access list have?&lt;br&gt;A. All traffic will be allowed to exit E0 except FTP traffic.&lt;br&gt;B. FTP traffic from 192.168.1.22 to any host will be denied.&lt;br&gt;C. FTP traffic from 192.168.1.9 to any host will be denied.&lt;br&gt;D. All traffic exiting E0 will be denied.&lt;br&gt;E. All FTP traffic to network &lt;a href="http://192.168.1.8/29"&gt;192.168.1.8/29&lt;/a&gt; from any host will be denied.&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;By default access list is having implicit deny statement at the end.&lt;br&gt;In this example there is no permit statement,&lt;br&gt;so it will deny all traffic exiting E0 Interface.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect answers&lt;br&gt;A: It will deny FTP and Telnet Traffic&lt;br&gt;B,C,E: It will deny all traffic in addition to the condition mentioned&lt;br&gt;in the answer. Because there is no permit&lt;br&gt;statement at the end.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 11&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;hostname TESTKING-A&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Ethernet0&lt;br&gt;ip address 192.168.10.9 255.255.255.248&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Serial0&lt;br&gt;ip address 172.16.25.1 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;clockrate 56000&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;interface Serial1&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 169 -&lt;br&gt;ip address 10.1.1.1 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;router rip&lt;br&gt;network 192.168.10.0&lt;br&gt;!&lt;br&gt;line con 0&lt;br&gt;password testking&lt;br&gt;login&lt;br&gt;line aux 0&lt;br&gt;line vty 0 4&lt;br&gt;password testking&lt;br&gt;login&lt;br&gt;!end&lt;br&gt;Five new routers need to be configured quickly for testing. While&lt;br&gt;connected to a router by console, the&lt;br&gt;administrator copies and pastes a configuration from e text file, a&lt;br&gt;part of which is shown in the exhibit,&lt;br&gt;into the HyperTerminal window. Why would host &lt;a href="http://192.168.10.10/29"&gt;192.168.10.10/29&lt;/a&gt; be&lt;br&gt;unable to ping the Ethernet&lt;br&gt;interface of the router as a result of this procedure?&lt;br&gt;A. The new configuration needs to be saved to the NVRAM before the&lt;br&gt;changes take effect.&lt;br&gt;B. The router needs to be reloaded before the changes are implemented.&lt;br&gt;C. The Ethernet network does not show up in the routing table because&lt;br&gt;the RIP configuration is incomplete.&lt;br&gt;D. The copied configuration did not overwrite the shutdown command on&lt;br&gt;the Ethernet interface.&lt;br&gt;E. The subnet mask on the router prevents the host from communicating with it.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 12&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 170 -&lt;br&gt;A network administrator has been instructed to prevent all traffic&lt;br&gt;originating on the TestKing1 LAN&lt;br&gt;from entering the TestKing2 router.&lt;br&gt;Which command would implement the access list on the interface of the&lt;br&gt;TestKing2 router?&lt;br&gt;A. access-list 101 in&lt;br&gt;B. access-list 101 out&lt;br&gt;C. ip access-group 101 in&lt;br&gt;D. ip access-group 101 out&lt;br&gt;Answer: C&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;In order to use access list for an interface ip access-group command&lt;br&gt;to be defined on interface. Before defining&lt;br&gt;ip access group in an interface one should configure access-list. If&lt;br&gt;ip access-group is not defined it will permit&lt;br&gt;all traffic.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect answers&lt;br&gt;A, B: There are no such commands.&lt;br&gt;D: This will apply on an interface for outgoing packets from the&lt;br&gt;interface. Our question requires access-list to&lt;br&gt;be applied for incoming packets to a particular interface on Testking2.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 13&lt;br&gt;A training company called TestKing has three production facilities.&lt;br&gt;Two of the facilities have network&lt;br&gt;connectivity to each other. The third facility has recently received a&lt;br&gt;router and is to be connected to the&lt;br&gt;other two. The names of routers are QA, StudyGuide, and Examinator.&lt;br&gt;Configure the Examinator&lt;br&gt;router&amp;#39;s IP addresses on the E0 and S1 interfaces so that the E0&lt;br&gt;resolves the first usable subnet while S1&lt;br&gt;receives the second usable subnet from the network &lt;a href="http://192.168.81.0/27"&gt;192.168.81.0/27&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;Both interfaces should receive the&lt;br&gt;first available IP of the subnet. The zero subnet should not be used.&lt;br&gt;The routers have been configured&lt;br&gt;with the following specifications:&lt;br&gt;􀂃 The routers are named QA, StudyGuide, and Examinator&lt;br&gt;􀂃 RIP is the routing protocol&lt;br&gt;􀂃 Clocking is provided on the serial 0 interfaces.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 171 -&lt;br&gt;􀂃 The secret password on the Examinator router is &amp;quot;testking&amp;quot;&lt;br&gt;􀂃 The IP address are listed in the chart below.&lt;br&gt;Name: QA&lt;br&gt;E0 : 192.168.83.1&lt;br&gt;S0 : 192.168.85.1&lt;br&gt;Name: StudyGuide&lt;br&gt;E0 : 192.168.88.1&lt;br&gt;S0 : 192.168.81.89&lt;br&gt;S1 : 192.168.85.2&lt;br&gt;Name: Examinator&lt;br&gt;E0 : to be determined&lt;br&gt;S1 : to be determined&lt;br&gt;Secret Password: testking&lt;br&gt;Task: To configure the router click on the host icon that is connected&lt;br&gt;to the router by a serial cable.&lt;br&gt;Answer:&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 172 -&lt;br&gt;Explanation: The network address is &lt;a href="http://192.168.81.0/27"&gt;192.168.81.0/27&lt;/a&gt;. Here 5 bits are&lt;br&gt;used for host. Total valid hosts in each&lt;br&gt;subnetwork are 2 to the power of 5 –2 . This gives 30 hosts on each&lt;br&gt;subnetwork. The range of each network is&lt;br&gt;below.&lt;br&gt;Subnet 0. Valid Host addresses are 192.168.81.1 to 192.168.81.30&lt;br&gt;Subnet 1: Valid Host addresses are 192.168.81.33 to 192.168.81.62&lt;br&gt;Subnet 2: Valid host addresses are 192.168.81.65 to 192.168.81.94&lt;br&gt;Use first available IP address to Ethernet 0 from 1st usable subnet.&lt;br&gt;Use first available IP address to interface s1 from 2nd usable subnet.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 14&lt;br&gt;Which of the following statements regarding routed and routing&lt;br&gt;protocols are true? (Choose two)&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 173 -&lt;br&gt;A. A routed protocol is assigned to an interface and determines the&lt;br&gt;method of packet deliver.&lt;br&gt;B. A routing protocol determines the path of a packet through a network.&lt;br&gt;C. A routed protocol determines the path of a packet through a network.&lt;br&gt;D. A routing protocol operates at the transport layer of the OSI model.&lt;br&gt;E. A routed protocol updates the routing table of a router.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, B&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;A: Routed Protocol delivers data to an interface or host.&lt;br&gt;B: Routing Protocol Routes data.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect answers&lt;br&gt;C, E: Routed protocol only delivers data, Routed Protocol will not&lt;br&gt;update any routing tables.&lt;br&gt;D: A Routing Protocol operates on Layer 3 of OSI Model. ie Network layer.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 15&lt;br&gt;What is the subnetwork address for a host with IP address &lt;a href="http://201.100.5.68/28"&gt;201.100.5.68/28&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;br&gt;A. 201.100.5.0&lt;br&gt;B. 201.100.5.32&lt;br&gt;C. 201.100.5.64&lt;br&gt;D. 201.100.5.65&lt;br&gt;E. 201.100.5.31&lt;br&gt;F. 201.100.5.1&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;Using the subnet mask prefix value 28 , 4 bits are left for host&lt;br&gt;portion. Total number of hosts are 16 ( 2 are&lt;br&gt;reserved for Network and Broadcast in each subnetwork).&lt;br&gt;201.100.5.68 host will reside in subnetwork 201.100.5.64. Valid Hosts&lt;br&gt;in this network are 201.100.5.65 to&lt;br&gt;201.100.5.79.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect answers&lt;br&gt;A: It is network address for subnet 0 . Valid hosts are 201.100.5.1 to&lt;br&gt;201.100.5.14&lt;br&gt;B: It is network address. Valid hosts are 201.100.5.33 to 201.100.5.46.&lt;br&gt;C: It is one of the valid host in subnetwork 201.100.5.65.&lt;br&gt;E: It is broadcast address&lt;br&gt;F: It is valid host in subnetwork 201.100.5.0.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 174 -&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 16&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;The network administrator of the TestKing1 router adds the following&lt;br&gt;command to the router&lt;br&gt;configuration: ip route 192.168.12.0 255.255.255.0 172.16.12.1&lt;br&gt;What are the results of adding this command? (Choose two)&lt;br&gt;A. The command establishes a static route.&lt;br&gt;B. The command invokes a dynamic routing protocol for 192.168.12.0.&lt;br&gt;C. Traffic for network 192.168.12.0 is forwarded to 172.16.12.1.&lt;br&gt;D. Traffic for all networks is forwarded to 172.16.12.1.&lt;br&gt;E. This route is automatically propagated throughout the entire network.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, C&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;IP route command defines static route on a particular router, Traffic&lt;br&gt;from 192.168.12.0 network is forwarded to&lt;br&gt;172.16.12.1 ( IP address of next hop interface).&lt;br&gt;Incorrect answers&lt;br&gt;B: It will not invoke any routing Protocol. It defines static route.&lt;br&gt;D: Only traffic from 192.168.12.0 network is forwarded to 172.16.12.1.&lt;br&gt;E: It will not propagate route automatically by using ip route&lt;br&gt;command. Route will be propagated only if you&lt;br&gt;defined routing protocol configured networks.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 17&lt;br&gt;An administrator would like to configure a switch over a virtual&lt;br&gt;terminal connection from locations&lt;br&gt;outside of the local LAN.&lt;br&gt;Which of the following are required in order for the switch to be&lt;br&gt;configured from a remote location?&lt;br&gt;(Select two)&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 175 -&lt;br&gt;A. The switch must be configured with an IP address, subnet mask, and&lt;br&gt;default gateway.&lt;br&gt;B. The switch must be connected to a router over a VLAN trunk.&lt;br&gt;C. The switch must be reachable through a port connected to its management VLAN.&lt;br&gt;D. The switch console port must be connected to the Ethernet LAN.&lt;br&gt;E. The switch management VLAN must be created and have a membership of&lt;br&gt;at least one switch port.&lt;br&gt;F. The switch must be fully configured as an SMTP agent.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, C&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;A: You need IP address, subnet mask and default gateway.&lt;br&gt;C: The switch must be reachable from outside of the LAN.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;B: It does not need to be connected to a router over a VLAN trunk&lt;br&gt;(This is router-on-the-stick configuration)&lt;br&gt;and not a requirement of the question.&lt;br&gt;D: The switch console port must not be connected to the Ethernet LAN&lt;br&gt;but instead to the host (PC) using rollover&lt;br&gt;cable.&lt;br&gt;E: The switch management VLAN is already created by default (VLAN1).&lt;br&gt;F: You don&amp;#39;t need SMTP agent for this question, SMTP is for email.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 18&lt;br&gt;Which of the following belong to the ISDN TE2 function group? (Choose two)&lt;br&gt;A. A standard PC.&lt;br&gt;B. An ISDN phone.&lt;br&gt;C. An ISDN terminal adapter.&lt;br&gt;D. A router serial interface.&lt;br&gt;E. A router ISDN BRI &amp;quot;U&amp;quot; interface.&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;TE2 is used to connect any non –isdn device by using TA ( Terminal&lt;br&gt;adaptor). In this example Standard PC and&lt;br&gt;router serial interface on non-ISDN Terminals. Router BRI or PRI&lt;br&gt;interface are ISDN compatible ports.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect answers&lt;br&gt;B,C, E: Theses are ISDN compatible devices. It uses ISDN TE1 function.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 19&lt;br&gt;Five minutes after issuing the show running-config command, a&lt;br&gt;technician enters the command again&lt;br&gt;and notices that several access list statements have been altered.&lt;br&gt;Because of this, the technician believes&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 176 -&lt;br&gt;that the router is being configured by an unknown person through&lt;br&gt;Telnet. Before changing the router&lt;br&gt;passwords, the technician would like to discover if anyone is&lt;br&gt;connected to the router by Telnet and stop&lt;br&gt;them from making further changes.&lt;br&gt;Which commands will accomplish these options? (Choose two)&lt;br&gt;A. show hosts&lt;br&gt;B. show sessions&lt;br&gt;C. show connections&lt;br&gt;D. disconnect&lt;br&gt;E. CTRL+SHIFT+6x&lt;br&gt;F. exit&lt;br&gt;Answer: B, D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;Show sessions will display connection id, hostname and IP address&lt;br&gt;details. Disconnect will inform closing the&lt;br&gt;connection for specified hostname.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect answers&lt;br&gt;A: Show hosts list all hostnames and corresponding ip address in a router.&lt;br&gt;C: Show connections will provide connection id.&lt;br&gt;E,F: These are used for exiting from the present mode.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 20&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 177 -&lt;br&gt;The RIP network shown in the exhibit has been fully operational for&lt;br&gt;two days. Each routing table is&lt;br&gt;complete.&lt;br&gt;Which networks will be included in the next routing update from the&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 router to the TestKing3&lt;br&gt;router?&lt;br&gt;A. A,B,C,D,E,F&lt;br&gt;B. A,C&lt;br&gt;C. A,B,C,D&lt;br&gt;D. B,D&lt;br&gt;E. D,E,F&lt;br&gt;F. A,B,C&lt;br&gt;Answer: F&lt;br&gt;Explanation: TestKing3 gets routing update from TestKing1 with the&lt;br&gt;following information:&lt;br&gt;Network A, metric 1&lt;br&gt;Network B, metric 1&lt;br&gt;Network C, metric 2&lt;br&gt;Incorrect Answers:&lt;br&gt;A: Not A because of split horizon. It is never useful to send&lt;br&gt;information about a route back in the direction from&lt;br&gt;which the original update came.&lt;br&gt;B: Not B because it is missing one routing update information (Network B).&lt;br&gt;C, D, E: Not C, D &amp;amp; E because you don&amp;#39;t get a routing update for your&lt;br&gt;directly connected network (Network&lt;br&gt;D).&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 21&lt;br&gt;What is the purpose of pressing the Ctrl+Break keys during the router&lt;br&gt;password recover procedure?&lt;br&gt;A. To restart the router.&lt;br&gt;B. To bypass the configuration in Flash.&lt;br&gt;C. To view the password before changes are made.&lt;br&gt;D. To bypass setup configuration mode.&lt;br&gt;E. To access ROM Monitor mode.&lt;br&gt;Answer: E&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;The value 0x2142 to be set for configuration register in case of&lt;br&gt;password recovery procedure. The value to be&lt;br&gt;set in ROM Monitor mode.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect answers:&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 178 -&lt;br&gt;A: To restart the router one can execute reload command in Privilege mode.&lt;br&gt;B: Ctrl+ Break will not bypass the configuration in the flash&lt;br&gt;C: Ctrl + Break will not show the password&lt;br&gt;E: Ctrl+Break will not bypass Setup mode. Setup mode is Router&lt;br&gt;configuration mode that prompts the user for&lt;br&gt;basing configuration Parameters.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 22&lt;br&gt;Which connections allow the use of full-duplex Ethernet? (Choose three)&lt;br&gt;A. Switch to host&lt;br&gt;B. Switch to switch&lt;br&gt;C. Hub to hub&lt;br&gt;D. Switch to hub&lt;br&gt;E. Host to host&lt;br&gt;Answer: A, B, E&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;Host and Switch works in full duplex mode.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect answers:&lt;br&gt;C,D: Hub Operates in half duplex mode. So connection from Hub to hub&lt;br&gt;or Hub to switch works in half duplex&lt;br&gt;mode.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 23&lt;br&gt;Which of the following host addresses are member of networks that can&lt;br&gt;be routed across the public&lt;br&gt;Internet?&lt;br&gt;A. 10.172.13.65&lt;br&gt;B. 172.16.223.125&lt;br&gt;C. 172.64.12.29&lt;br&gt;D. 192.168.23.252&lt;br&gt;E. 198.234.12.95&lt;br&gt;F. 212.192.48.254&lt;br&gt;Answer: C, E, F&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;These addresses are not Private addresses defined by RFC 1918. These&lt;br&gt;addresses can be routed across public&lt;br&gt;Internet.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect answers:&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 179 -&lt;br&gt;A,B,D: These addresses are in Private address Range:&lt;br&gt;The range of Private addresses are 10.0.0.0 to&lt;br&gt;10.255.255.255,172.16.0.0 to 172.31.255.255 and&lt;br&gt;192.168.0.0 to 192.168.255.255.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 24&lt;br&gt;Given a subnet mask of 255.255.255.224, which of the following&lt;br&gt;addresses can be assigned to network&lt;br&gt;hosts? (Select three.)&lt;br&gt;G. 15.234.118.63&lt;br&gt;H. 92.11.178.93&lt;br&gt;I. 134.178.18.56&lt;br&gt;J. 192.168.16.87&lt;br&gt;K. 201.45.116.159&lt;br&gt;L. 217.63.12.192&lt;br&gt;Answer: B, C, D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;B: Valid Host in subnetwork 2 ( 92.11.178.64 to 92.11.178.95)&lt;br&gt;C: Valid Host in subnetwork 1(134.178.18.32 to 134.178.18.63)&lt;br&gt;D: Valid host in subnetwork 2 (192.168.16.64 to 192.168.16.95&lt;br&gt;Incorrect answers:&lt;br&gt;A. is a broadcast&lt;br&gt;E. is a broadcast&lt;br&gt;F. is a network id&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 25&lt;br&gt;A technician at TestKing needs to update the network documentation.&lt;br&gt;One of the tasks includes&lt;br&gt;documenting the name of the IOS image file of each router in the network.&lt;br&gt;Which commands could be used to find this information?&lt;br&gt;F. Router# show protocols&lt;br&gt;G. Router# show version&lt;br&gt;H. Router# show image&lt;br&gt;I. Router# show IOS&lt;br&gt;J. Router# show flash&lt;br&gt;Answer: B&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 180 -&lt;br&gt;&amp;quot;Show flash&amp;quot; displays all the image files in it. There could be more&lt;br&gt;than one file. However, &amp;quot;show version&amp;quot;&lt;br&gt;displays the one that is currently in use by the router.)&lt;br&gt;Incorrect answers:&lt;br&gt;A: Show Protocols will shows routed Protocol using by the router, all&lt;br&gt;interface conditions and their IP address&lt;br&gt;if configured.&lt;br&gt;C,D. There are no such commands.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 26&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;hostname tess hostname tess&lt;br&gt;! !&lt;br&gt;username tess password testking ! username tess password testking&lt;br&gt;! !&lt;br&gt;interface serial 0 interface serial 0&lt;br&gt;ip address 172.23.56.2 255.255.255.0 ip address 172.23.56.3 255.255.255.0&lt;br&gt;encapsulation ppp encapsulation ppp&lt;br&gt;ppp authentication chap ppp authentication chap&lt;br&gt;clockrate 56000&lt;br&gt;The output shown in the exhibit was taken from two directly connected&lt;br&gt;routers. Based on the output,&lt;br&gt;which of the following would be displayed when the command Router#&lt;br&gt;show interface serial 0 is entered?&lt;br&gt;(Choose two)&lt;br&gt;A. Serial 0 is up, line protocol is up&lt;br&gt;B. Serial 0 is up, line protocol is down&lt;br&gt;C. LCP open&lt;br&gt;D. LCP closed&lt;br&gt;Answer: B, D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;For Chap Authentication to perform both Routers should have different&lt;br&gt;hostnames. Each router will refer other&lt;br&gt;router hostname in username command. In this both routers are same&lt;br&gt;hostname. Chap will not perform during&lt;br&gt;PPP negotiation phase. LCP will be terminated.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect answers:&lt;br&gt;A, C: Chap will not be successful because both are pointing to same&lt;br&gt;username . These conditions will not&lt;br&gt;occur.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 27&lt;br&gt;Exhibit:&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 181 -&lt;br&gt;Which of the following will configure a static route on Router&lt;br&gt;TestKing1 to network &lt;a href="http://180.18.30.0/24"&gt;180.18.30.0/24&lt;/a&gt; with&lt;br&gt;an administrative distance of 90?&lt;br&gt;A. Testking1(config)# ip route 90 180.18.30.0 255.255.255.0 182.18.20.2&lt;br&gt;B. Testking1 (config)# ip route 90 180.18.20.1 255.255.255.0 182.18.20.2&lt;br&gt;C. Testking1 (config)# ip route 180.18.20.1 255.255.255.0 182.18.30.0 90&lt;br&gt;D. Testking1 (config)# ip route 180.18.30.1 255.255.255.0 182.18.20.1 90&lt;br&gt;E. Testking1 (config)# ip route 180.18.30.0 255.255.255.0 182.18.20.2 90&lt;br&gt;Answer: E&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;The syntax is:&lt;br&gt;ip route (Destination prefix) (Destination Prefix mask) (Forwarding&lt;br&gt;Router&amp;#39;s address) (Distance metric for&lt;br&gt;this route).&lt;br&gt;In this example it is defined according to syntax.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect answers:&lt;br&gt;A, B: Destination prefix is not matching according to question,&lt;br&gt;Administrative distance also not configured.&lt;br&gt;C: IP address 180.18.20.1 is not network address. It is one of the&lt;br&gt;interface address on Router TestKing1.&lt;br&gt;D: IP address 180.18.30.1 is not network address . It is one of the&lt;br&gt;interface address on Router TestKing2.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 28&lt;br&gt;A router with a serial interface will be used for an ISDN link.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 182 -&lt;br&gt;What other function group devices are required to complete the&lt;br&gt;connection to the service provider?&lt;br&gt;(Choose two)&lt;br&gt;A. TE1&lt;br&gt;B. TE2&lt;br&gt;C. TA&lt;br&gt;D. NT1&lt;br&gt;E. NT2&lt;br&gt;Answer: C, D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;C: TA is used connect Non ISDN Device. Serial Interface is non-ISDN&lt;br&gt;port. BRI Port is IDSN port.&lt;br&gt;D: NT1 is required to Connect to Service Provider. It converts 2-wire&lt;br&gt;line from Service Provider into 4-wire&lt;br&gt;line.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect answers:&lt;br&gt;A: TE1 is used to connect ISDN Terminal.&lt;br&gt;B: TE2 is used to connect non-ISDN terminal via TA&lt;br&gt;E: Equipment that uses T interface point to Telco outside North America.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 29&lt;br&gt;The network 172.12.0.0 needs to be divided into subnets where each&lt;br&gt;subnet has the capacity of 458 IP&lt;br&gt;addresses.&lt;br&gt;What would be the correct subnet mask to accomplish this division&lt;br&gt;keeping the number of subnets at the&lt;br&gt;maximum?&lt;br&gt;Answer: 255.255.254.0&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;To obtain 459 IP addresses the number of host bits will be 9. In this&lt;br&gt;maximum 512 hosts can be assigned.&lt;br&gt;Keep 9 bits for host means 4th octet and last bit is 3rd will be 0.&lt;br&gt;This gives 255.255.254.0 is subnet mask.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 30&lt;br&gt;New switches have been purchased for a network upgrade. The objective&lt;br&gt;for the network design&lt;br&gt;emphasizes efficient, error-free transport instead of fast transport.&lt;br&gt;Which switching mode should be configured on the new switches to&lt;br&gt;provide error-free transport to the&lt;br&gt;network?&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 183 -&lt;br&gt;A. cut-through&lt;br&gt;B. fragment-free&lt;br&gt;C. frame-filtering&lt;br&gt;D. store-and-forward&lt;br&gt;E. 802.1q forwarding&lt;br&gt;F. VTP transparent mode&lt;br&gt;Answer: D&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;The Switch receives and stores all bits in the frame before forwarding&lt;br&gt;the frame. This allows switch to check&lt;br&gt;the FCS before forwarding the frame. FCS is Ethernet Trailer.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect answers:&lt;br&gt;C. The Switch performs the address table lookup as soon as the&lt;br&gt;destination address field in the header is&lt;br&gt;received. The first bits in the frame can be sent out to out port&lt;br&gt;before the final bits in the incoming&lt;br&gt;frame are received. This does not allow the switch to discard frames&lt;br&gt;that fail the FCS check.&lt;br&gt;D. This is also same as A. But Switch waits 64 bytes to be received&lt;br&gt;before forwarding the first bytes of the&lt;br&gt;outgoing frame. Collisions may occur during first 64 bytes of the&lt;br&gt;frame. Frames in error due to collision&lt;br&gt;will not be forwarded. The FCS still cannot be checked.&lt;br&gt;C,E,F : They are not related to Switch mode transport.&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 31&lt;br&gt;What is the purpose of typing o/r 0x2142 during a password recover&lt;br&gt;procedure on a 2500 series router?&lt;br&gt;A. To restart the router.&lt;br&gt;B. To bypass the configuration in NVRAM.&lt;br&gt;C. To view the lost password.&lt;br&gt;D. To save the changes to the configuration.&lt;br&gt;E. To enter ROM Monitor mode.&lt;br&gt;Answer: B&lt;br&gt;Explanation:&lt;br&gt;On setting 0x2142 in ROM Mon mode Router will bypass configuration in&lt;br&gt;NVRAM. After that user can set&lt;br&gt;new password.&lt;br&gt;Incorrect answers:&lt;br&gt;A. Restart the router can be executed by reload command&lt;br&gt;C: Directly one can not view the lost password by changing the config&lt;br&gt;register 0x2142&lt;br&gt;D: One can save the config by write command.&lt;br&gt;E: Pressing Ctrl+ break Router will enter into ROM Mon mode.&lt;br&gt;640 - 801&lt;br&gt;Leading the way in IT testing and certification tools, &lt;a href="http://www.testking.com"&gt;www.testking.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;- 184 -&lt;br&gt;QUESTION NO: 32&lt;br&gt;Which command is used to display the placement and direction of an IP&lt;br&gt;access control list on a router?&lt;br&gt;A. show access-list&lt;br&gt;B. show ip route&lt;br&gt;C. show ip interface&lt;br&gt;D. show interface&lt;br&gt;E. show interface list&lt;br&gt;F. show ip interface brief&lt;
